FINAL ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT...

FINAL

ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT (EIA)AND

ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN (EMP)

FORTHE ESTABLISHMENT OF

NEW GRAIN BASED DISTILLERYOF CAPACITY 58 KL/DAY RS/ENA/AA

AND CO-GENERATION OF POWER 2.0 MWOF

M/s WAVE DISTILLERIES AND BREWERIES LIMITED

ATVILLAGE: AHMADPURA, TEHSIL: ATRAULI,

DISTRICT: ALIGARH, UTTAR PRADESH

EIA STUDY PERIOD-1st October 2015- 31st December 2015

STUDY CONDUCTED BY-ENVIRONMENTAL AND TECHNICAL RESEARCH CENTRE

2/261, Vishwas Khand, Gomti Nagar, Lucknow-226010 (U.P.)ISO-9001-2008, ISO-14001-2004 and OHSAS 18001:2007certified

NABL Accredited lab

M/s WAVE DISTILLERIES AND BREWERIES LIMITED -NEW GRAIN BASED DISTILLERYFINAL EIA & EMP REPORT

ENVIRONMENTAL AND TECHNICAL RESEARCH CENTRE

ACKNOWLEDGEMENT

This report contains rapid EIA and EMP of proposed new distillery unit of 58KLD RS/ENA/AA based on grain along with co generation of power 2.0 MW ofM/s Wave Distilleries and Breweries Limited at Village Ahmadpura, TehsilAtrauli, District- Aligarh.For the purpose of the preparation of the Environmental Impact Assessmentreport, the check list of Ministry of Environment & Forests notification onEnvironmental Impact Assessment of development projects, New Delhi. The EIANotification (MoEF) So-1533, of 14.09.2006 has been taken as the basis. TheEnvironmental parameters, such as the levels of pollutants and noise inambient air, pollutants in ground and surface waters, have been determined byactual tests conducted in our own lab/site. The data of flora and fauna,rainfall, wind direction and speed, temperature and humidity have beencollected is actual on site. The present report is an interim report of EIA studybased on field data obtained from October 2015 to December 2015 (Field studyconducted by Environmental and Technical Research Centre (An ISO 9001 :2008, ISO 14001 : 2004, OHSAS 18001 : 2007 and Laboratory accredited byNABL). The Environmental Impact Statement identifies the various negativeand positive Environmental impacts of the project. It is based on theEnvironmental impact analysis and studies. The Environmental Managementplan incorporates the measures, which are envisaged to mitigate the adverseEnvironmental impacts as well as to enhance environmental and ecologicalvalues. There are many individual who have helped us in the preparation ofthis report are District Statistical Officer – Aligarh, District forest officerAligarh, deserve our special thanks.

TABLE OF CONTENTSSr. No. Title Page

NumberAbbreviations 1-2A copy of TOR issued by MOEF & CC 3-6EXECUTIVE SUMMARY 7-21CHAPTER 1INTRODUCTION

22-35

1.0 Prelude 221.1 Purpose of the Report 221.2 Identification of Project & Project Proponent 231.3 Introduction to EIA 231.3.1 Purpose of the Report 251.3.2 Regulatory Frame Work 251.3.3 Structure of the Report 261.3.4 Scope of the Study 271.3.5 Methodology of EIA Studies 271.4. Air Environment 281.4.1 Noise Environment 291.4.2 Water Environment 291.4.3 Land Environment 291.4.4 Socio-Economic Environment 291.4.5 Identification of Impacts and Mitigation Measures 291.5 Project Overview 301.6 Project justification 331.7 Site Selection Criteria 341.8 Location of the Project 341.9 Coordinates of Corners of Plot 341.10 Existing distillery unit in the study area 35

CHAPTER - 2PROJECT DESCRIPTION

36-62

2.0 Introduction 362.1 Type of the Project and Site Description 362.2 Environmental Settings 362.3 Need for the Project 372.4 Project Highlights 402.5 Raw Materials 412.6 Technology and Process Description 442.6.1 Grain Based Distillery 442.6.1.1 Storage Tank Details 512.7 Steam Required for the Ethanol Plant 522.8 Captive Power Plant (CPP) 522.9 Ash Handling System 532.10 Power Evacuation 532.11 Area breakup 53

2.12 Water Supply 542.13 Manpower 542.14 Health and Sanitation 542.15 Proposed Scheduled for Approval and

Implementation54

2.16 Facilities at the Plant 542.17 Environmental Pollution by Distillery Plant and Their

Mitigation Measures55

2.18 Gaseous Emissions and Control Measures 572.19 Liquid Effluent Generation and Mitigation Measures 572.19.1 Water Requirement 572.19.2 Effluent Generation 572.19.3 Proposed Waste Water treatment System

(for 58 KLPD Plant)57

2.19.4 Noise Pollution Control Measures 602.19.5 Green Belt Development 602.20 Total Estimated Project Cost 60

CHAPTER 3DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT

63-147

3.0 Introduction 633.1 Study Area 633.2 Study Period 633.3 Components and Methodology 633.3.1 Components 633.3.2 Methodology 643.3.3 The Sampling Location For Base Line Study 653.4 Air Quality 673.4.1 Methodology Adopted For Air Quality Survey 673.4.2 Details of the Sampling Locations 683.4.3 Duration of sampling 683.4.4 Instrumentation for Sampling 683.5 Presentation of Primary Data 693.5.1 Particulate Matter (PM10) 703.5.2 Particulate Matter (PM2.5) 703.5.3 Sulphur Dioxide 703.5.4 Nitrogen Oxide 703.5.5 HC 703.6 Noise Environment (Aerial Environment) 813.6.1 Reconnaissance 813.6.2 Identification of Sampling Locations 823.6.3 Method of Monitoring 843.6.4 Presentation of Results 843.6.5 Existing Noise Environment 853.7 Water Environment 863.7.1 Reconnaissance Survey 863.7.2 Surface Water Quality 863.7.3 Ground water 89

3.7.4 Observation 943.8 Establishment of Baseline Meteorological Data 943.8.1 Meteorological Data 943.8.2 Meteorological Data Generated At the site 953.8.3 Meteorological Data Collected from IMD Observatory

Aligarh: (Secondary Data)98

3.8.4 Wind Speed/ Direction 983.8.5 Comparison of Primary and Secondary Data 1003.9 Soil Environment 1003.9.1 Introduction 1003.9.1.1 Soils Of Aligarh District (U.P.) 1013.9.2 Sampling Locations 1023.9.3 Microbial Quality of Soil 1043.10 Land Environment 1053.10.1 Topography 1083.10.2 Hydrogeology 1083.10.3 Land Use Studies 1103.10.4 Land Use Based on Satellite Imagery 1103.10.5 Digital Elevation Model (DEM) 1133.10.6 Seismicity of the Area 1153.10.7 Physiography 1163.10.8 Geomorphology 1163.11 Biological Environment 1193.11.1 Introduction 1193.11.2 Flora 1233.11.3 Fauna 1253.12 Socio Economic Status Of Study Area 1283.12.1 Demographic structure 1293.12.2 Objectives of the Study 1293.12.3 Scope of Work 1293.12.4 Background Information of the Area 1303.12.5 Socio-Economic Profile of Study Area 1303.12.6 Literacy Rate 1443.12.7 Economic Activities 1443.12.8 Annual Income from Various Sources 1443.12.9 Agriculture and cropping pattern 1443.12.10 Basic Amenities 1453.12.10.1 Educational Facilities 1453.12.10.2 Health Facilities 1453.13 Cropping Pattern of the Study Area 1463.14 Health & Diseases 147

CHAPTER – 4ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTAND MITIGATION MEASURE

148-193

4.0 Introduction 1484.1 Identification of Impacts 1484.1.1 Predictions and Evaluation Of Impacts 149

4.2 Impact during Construction Phase 1514.2.1 Impact on land Use 1514.2.2 Impact on Climate 1524.2.3 Impact on Soil 1534.2.4 Impact on Air Quality 1544.2.5 Impact on Water Quality 1584.2.6 Impact on Noise Levels 1584.2.7 Impact due to Vehicular Rush 1604.2.8 Impact on Terrestrial Ecology 1604.2.9 Demography and Socio – Economics 1624.2.10 Accidents or Occupational Health Hazard 1634.2.11 Sanitation Hazard & Drinking water 1634.2.12 Overland Drainage and Impact on Surface Water 1634.2.13 Ecological Impact Assessment 1644.3 Impact during Operation Phase 1664.3.1 Impact on Land use 1674.3.2 Impact on Soil vis-á- vis Generation of Solid Waste 1674.3.3 Impact on Solid Waste 1674.3.4 Topography and Climate 1674.3.5 Impact on Air Quality 1684.3.5.1 Introduction 1694.3.5.2 Model Data 1754.3.5.2.1 Emission and Stack Details 1754.3.5.2.2 Stack Height Calculation 1764.3.5.2.3 Emission rate calculation for Proposed 20 TPH -

Boiler176

4.3.5.2.4 The emission rate of Particulate Matter (PM) 1774.3.5.2.5 Simulation Model for Prediction using AERMOD View 1784.3.5.2.6 Periodic Incremental Modeling Results 1784.3.5.3 Impacts Due To Fugitive Emissions 1834.3.6 Impact on Drainage 1844.3.6.1 Impact on Water Resources 1844.3.6.2 Impact on water Quality 1844.3.7 Impact Due To Solid / Hazardous Waste 1854.3.7.1 Action Plan for Fly Ash Utilization 1854.3.8 Prediction and Assessment of Impact on Noise

Environment185

4.3.9 Impact on Ecology 1884.3.9.1 Impact on terrestrial Ecology 1884.3.10 Prediction of impact on Socio – Economic 1884.3.11 Impact on Human Health 1894.3.12 Environmental Impact Analysis 1894.3.12.1 Project Elements: Site preparation; Construction and

Erection Phase190

4.3.12.2 Project Elements: Operation Phase 1904.4 Summary 192

CHAPTER – 5ENVIRONMENTALMONITORING PROGRAMME

194-199

5.0 Introduction 1945.1 Formation of EMC (Environmental Management Cell) 1945.1.1 Responsibilities of EMC 1945.2 Measurement Methodologies 1955.2.1 Instrument to be Used 1955.2.2 Monitoring Schedule 1955.3 Location of monitoring station 1985.4 Data Analysis 199

CHAPTER 6RISK ANALYSIS

200-208

6.1 Risk Analysis 2006.2 Scope Of The Study 2006.3 Storage Tanks 2006.4 Fire Protection Systems Proposed 2016.5 Safety Provisions Proposed 2016.6 Methodology Of MCA Analysis 2016.7 Fire& Explosion And Toxicity Index 2026.8 Assessment Of Risk At M/s. WDBL 2036.9 Risk& Consequence Analysis Of Fire 2036.10 Results Of Consequence Analysis 2046.10.1 Identification Of Potential Hazard Areas 2056.10.2 Release Scenarios 2056.10.3 Source Strength Estimation 2056.10.4 Consequence Analysis 2056.10.5 Heat Radiation Effects Due To Pool Fire 2056.11 Recommendations 207

CHAPTER - 7DISASTER MANAGEMENT PLAN

209-222

7.1 Disaster Management Plan 2097.1.1 Disasters 2097.1.2 Objectives of Disaster Management of Plan 2107.1.3 Emergencies 2117.1.3.1 General, Industrial, Emergencies 2117.1.3.2 Specific Emergencies Anticipated 2117.1.3.3 Emergency Organizations 2117.1.3.4 Emergency Communication 2127.1.3.5. Emergency Responsibilities 2127.1.3.5.1 Site Controller 2127.1.3.5.2 Incident Controller 2137.1.3.5.3 Emergency Coordinator -Rescue, Fire Fighting 2137.1.3.5.4 Emergency Coordinator-Medical ,Mutual Aid,

Rehabilitation, Transport And Communication214

7.1.3.5.5 Emergency Coordinator–Essential Services 214

7.1.3.5.6 General Responsibilities Of Employees During AnEmergency

215

7.1.3.6 Emergency Facilities 2157.1.3.6.1 Emergency Control Centre 2157.1.3.6.2 Emergency Power Supply 2167.1.3.6.3 Fire Fighting Facilities 2167.1.3.6.4 Location Of Windsock 2167.1.3.6.5 Emergency Medical Facilities 2167.1.3.7 Emergency Actions 2167.1.3.7.1 Emergency Warning 2167.1.3.7.2 Emergency Shutdown 2167.1.3.7.3 Evacuation Of Personnel 2177.1.3.7.4 All Clear Signal 2177.1.3.7.5 Occupational Health 2177.2.1 Construction & Erection 2177.2.2 Operation & Maintenance 2177.2.3 Occupational Health Surveillance 2187.2.4 EMP For The Occupational Safety& Health Hazards 2187.3 Safety Plan 2197.3.1 Safety Organization 2207.3.2 Construction And Erection Phase 2207.3.3 Operation & Maintenance Phase 2217.3.4 Safety Circle 2217.3.5 Safety Training 2217.3.6 Health And Safety Monitoring Plan 2217.4 Social Impact Assessment 2217.5 R & R Action Plan 222

CHAPTER 8ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN

223-252

8.1 Introduction 2238.2 Purpose of Environmental Management Plan 2248.3 Details of Environmental Management Plan 2248.3.1 During Construction Phase 2248.3.1.1 Air Environment 2248.3.1.2 Water Environment 2258.3.1.3 Solid Waste 2258.3.1.4 Noise Environment 2258.3.1.5 Land Environment 2268.3.1.6 Ecology 2268.3.1.7 Socio-Economic 2268.3.1.8 Storage Of Hazardous Materials 2268.3.1.9 Migrant Laborers And Truck Drivers 2278.3.2 During Operation Phase 2278.3.2.1 Air Environment 2278.3.2.2 Control And Monitoring Of Secondary Fugitive

Emissions228

8.3.2.3 Water Environment 229

8.3.2.3.1 Proposed Waste Water Treatment Plant 2308.3.2.3.2 Spent Wash Treatment Plant 2318.3.2.3.3 Treatment Units 2318.3.2.3.4 Waste Water Treatment Strategy 2328.3.2.3.5 Secondary Effluent Treatment Plant For Effluent

Section233

8.3.2.3.5.1 Raw Effluent Characteristics: 2348.3.2.3.5.2 Characteristics at outlet of treated effluent 2348.3.2.4 Solid Waste 2348.3.2.5 Rain Water Harvesting Scheme 2358.3.2.5.1 Storm Water Drainage Line 2358.3.2.5.2 Conduits 2358.3.2.5.3 Filter 2358.3.2.5.4 Recharge 2358.3.2.5.5 Proposal For Rain Water Harvesting 2368.3.2.6 Noise Environment 2408.3.2.7 Land Environment 2418.3.2.8 Migrant Laborers And Truck Drivers 2418.3.2.9 Green Belt Development 2418.3.2.9.1 Plantation Along Road Sides 2438.3.2.10 Socio-Economic Environment 2438.3.2.11 Occupational Health Surveillance Programme 2438.3.2.12 General Considerations 2448.3.2.13 Concept Of Waste-Minimization,

Recycle/Reuse/Recover Techniques, EnergyConservation, And Natural Resource Conservation

244

8.3.2.14 Monitoring Programme 2458.3.2.15 Air Quality 2458.3.2.15.1 Meteorological Observations 2458.3.2.16 Water Quality 2458.3.2.17 Ecology 2468.3.2.17.1 Terrestrial 2468.3.2.18 Human Health 2468.3.2.19 Environmental Audit 2468.3.2.19.1 Implementation of an Environmental Management

System Commitment246

8.3.2.20 Environment Management Cell 2468.3.2.21 Preparatory Environmental Review 2488.3.2.22 Environmental Policy 2488.3.2.22.1 Reporting System To The Directors 2488.3.2.23 Environmental Effects 2498.3.2.24 Environmental Objectives and Targets 2498.3.2.25 Environmental Management Program 2498.3.2.25.1 Environmental Management Manual &

Documentation249

8.3.2.25.2 Operational Control 2498.3.2.25.3 Environmental Management Records 250

8.3.2.25.4 Environmental Statement 2508.3.2.26 Budget and Procurement Schedule 2518.3.2.26.1 Budget for Environmental Management Plan 2518.3.2.27 Waste Minimization, recycle/reuse/recover

techniques252

8.3.2.28 Energy Conservation/Natural Resource Conservation 2528.4 Summary 252

CHAPTER -9ANALYSIS OF ALTERNATIVE

253-255

Chapter 10ADDITIONAL STUDIES

256-273

10.0 Introduction 25610.1 Public Consultation 25610.1.1 Public Hearing Proceedings 25610.1.2 Public Hearing Notice published in Newspapers

“Dainik Jagran and Times of India” dated 06.11.2016and 08.11.2016

256

10.1.3 Public Hearing Photographs: 25810.1.4 Action plan for the issues raised during Public

Hearing260

10.2 Traffic study 26410.3 Risk Assessment And Hazard Management 26610.3.1 On-Site Emergency Plan 26610.3.1.1 Preparation Of Plan 26710.3.1.1.1 Alarm System 26710.3.1.1.2 Communication 26710.3.2 Fire Protection System 26710.3.2.1 Fire Fighting System 26710.3.3 First Aid 26810.3.4 Security 26810.3.5 Safety 26810.3.6 Evacuation Procedure 26810.3.7 Emergency Control Center 26810.3.8 Communication Equipment and Alarm Systems 26910.3.8.1 Sirens 26910.3.9 Personal Protective Equipment 27010.3.10 Off-site Emergency Preparedness Plan 27010.3.11 Procedure for Testing & Updating the Plan 27110.3.12 Disclosure of information to Worker & Public

Awareness System in Existence or Anticipated271

10.4 Risk Assessment & Damage control 27210.4.1 Risk Assessment for the Project 27210.4.1.1 Exposure to high temperature 272

10.4.1.2 Physical Hazards 272CHAPTER – 11PROJECT BENEFITS

274-278

11.0 Introduction 27411.1 Promotion of Social & Economic Status 27411.1.1 CSR Activities carried out by M/s WDBL 27411.1.2 Education 27411.1.3 Social Causes and Community Development 27511.1.4 Health and Family welfare 27511.1.5 Sports 27511.2 Employment Potential 27511.2.1 Skilled 27511.2.2 Semi-Skilled 27611.2.3 Unskilled 27611.3 CSR Action Plan 27611.4 Occupational Health & Safety plan 27711.5 Conclusion 278

CHAPTER 12RECOMMENDATIONS

279-280

Compliance of TOR 281-290Annexure 1: Land Acquisition Declaration byProponentAnnexure 2: CGWA NOC CopyAnnexure 3:Public Hearing ProceedingsAnnexure 4: A Legal Affidavit By Project ProponentAnnexure 5: Photographs Of Site

M/s WAVE DISTILLERIES AND BREWERIES LIMITED - NEW GRAIN BASED DISTILLERYFINAL EIA & EMP REPORT

ENVIRONMENTAL AND TECHNICAL RESEARCH CENTREPage | 1

ABBREVIATIONSAAQM Ambient Air Quality MonitoringAPCD Air Pollution Control Devices

cm CentimeterCPCB Central Pollution Control Board

dB DecibelDG Diesel GeneratorE East

ECC Emergency Control CentreEIA Environmental Impact Assessment

EMC Environmental Management CellEMP Environmental Management PlanENE East Of North- EastEPA Environmental Protection AgenciesESE East Of South EastETP Effluent treatment plantFCC False Colour CompositeGC Gas ChromatographyGIS Geological Information SystemGLC Ground level concentrationGPS Global Positioning System

HPLC High pressure Liquid ChromatographyIPA Iso propyl alcoholIMD Indian Meteorological DepartmentIRS Indian Remote Sensing Satellite

ISCST Industrial Source Complex, Short TermsISO International Organization Of StandardizationISS Indian Standard SpecificationKLD Kilo Litre Per DayKm KilometerKVA Kilo Volt AmpereKW Kilo WattLISS Linear Imaging Self Scanning Sensor

M Metermbgl Meter Below Ground Levelmg Milligram

MoEF & CC Ministry Of Environment , Forest & Climate ChangemRL Mean Reference Level

MSMEs Micro, Small and Medium EnterprisesMT Million Tonne

MTPA Million Tonns Per AnnumN North

NE North-EastNH National Highway

NNE North Of North-EastNNW North Of North-WestNO2 Nitrogen Dioxides



NTU Naphelo Turbidity UnitNW North-West

OHSAS Occupational Health & Safety AssessmentPPCB Punjab Pollution Control BoardPPE Personal Protective EquipmentPPM Part Per MillionPvt. PrivateR&R Rehabilitation & ResettlementRDS Respirable Dust SamplerRPM Respirable Particulate Matter

RSPM Respirable Suspended Particulate MatterSE South- East

SEIAA State Level Environmental Assessment AuthoritySO2 Sulphur-di-OxideSOI Survey of India

SOPs Standard Operating ProceduresSPCB State Pollution Control BoardSPM Suspended Particulate MatterSSE South Of South-EastSSW South Of South-WestSTP Sewage Treatment plantTAC Traffic Advisory CommitteeTPA Tone Per HourTOR Terms Of ReferenceTPH Tones Per HourTS Total Solid

US EPA United State Environmental Protection Agenciesug/m3 Micro gram per meter cubeVOC Volatile organic matterw.e.f. With Effective Fromw.r.t. With Reference ToW/W Weight By Weight











EXECUTIVE SUMMARY

1.0 Project Description1.1 IntroductionM/s Wave Distilleries and Breweries Limited has proposed toestablishment a new distillery unit of 58 KLD RS/ENA/AA based on grainalong with co-generation of power 2.0 MW. About 4.11 acres (1.66hectares) of land has been procured and is available for the proposed Unit.Sufficient area will be made available for the green belt and EffluentTreatment Facilities as it plans for zero discharge. A good network of internalas well as main approach roads is available and if need it will be prepared.

1.2 Project ProponentWave Group - a leading business conglomerate that has expanded acrossindustries to create a niche for itself. The integral beliefs of the Group arefounded on hard work and team spirit. It has been steered by the long termvision of the Late Mr. Kulwant Singh Chadha since 1963. Today, the WaveGroup boasts an impressive portfolio of businesses, including sugarmanufacturing, distilleries and breweries, real estate, malls and multiplexes,beverages, sports, education and entertainment.Wave Group's policy has been to efficiently and effectively optimise itsdiverse businesses and maximise output by participating in all aspects ofbusiness. This has resulted in exponential growth in the Group'sproductivity, its ability to transform industries and in creating opportunitiesfor entirely new market segments. The business model has evolvedsignificantly through strategic investments in services and technologies,ensuring that the Wave Group maintains its competitive advantage in everysector.India is the fourth largest producer of ethanol in the world and the secondlargest in Asia. Though, the alcohol production from starchy material is alsopracticed in India but on a very limited scale, most of the Indian distilleriesuse sugarcane molasses as raw material.India produces about 2.75 billion liters of alcohol annually. The demand forpotable alcohol has been ever increasing with the more liberal attitude,rising middle class (disposable income) and less taboo in the society.

1.3 Proposed Project DetailsM/s Wave Distilleries and Breweries Limited has procured ample land forthe proposed unit i.e. establishment of new distillery unit of 58 KLDRS/ENA/AA based on grain along with co-generation of power 2.0 MW atVillage -Ahmadpura, Block- Atrauli, District Aligarh.



1.4 Project Justification1.4.1 The National Policy on Bio-fuelsThe Ministry of Petroleum and Natural Gas (MoPNG) issued a notification inSeptember 2002 for mandatory blending of 5 per cent ethanol in nine majorsugar- producing states and four union territories from 2003. In 2003, theReport of the Committee on Development of Bio fuel, under the auspices ofthe Planning Commission, recommended a phase-wise implementationprogramme to blend bio fuels with petrol and diesel. However, due to asupply shortage from 2004 to 2005, the ethanol-blending mandate wasmade optional in October 2004, but it resumed in twenty states in October2006. In October 2007, the Government of India made it mandatory to blend5 per cent ethanol in petrol across the country, with the exception of J&K,the Northeast and island territories. In 2008, the Government of Indiaannounced its National Biofuel Policy, mandating a phase-wiseimplementation of the programme of ethanol blending in petrol in variousstates. The blending level of bio-ethanol at 5% with petrol was mademandatory from October 2008, leading to a target of 20 per cent blending ofbio-ethanol by 2017. This was taken up by the oil marketing companies(OMCs) in twenty states and four union territories.

1.4.2 Objective of the StudyThe overall objective of any EIA studies is to identify and assess the adverseand beneficial impacts of the project in the planning stage itself, so thatnecessary mitigation measures to prevent or minimize these adverse impactscould be planned early and cost effectively. In view of this objective, thescope of EIA study broadly includes-

Introduction along with scope of EIA studies (Chapter-1). Project description including process, resource required and products

formed along with sources of pollution and built in mitigationmeasures with respect to wastewater, gaseous emissions and solidwastes (Chapter-2).

Existing baseline status of the relevant environmental parameters inthe specified study area through primary and secondary source. Theenvironmental parameters include meteorology, air, water, land, soil,noise, and ecology and socio economics (Chapter-3).

Anticipated environmental impacts of the proposed project onenvironment and measures for mitigation of the predicted adverseimpacts, air pollution dispersion modeling studies (Chapter-4).

Environmental Monitoring Programs (Chapter-5) Risk Assessment, Emergency Action Plan (chapter 6) Disaster management plan (Chapter-7). Environment management Plan, Mitigation measure,



Rainwater Harvesting and Green Belt development (Chapter-8). Analysis of alternatives (Chapter-9). Additional Studies (Chapter-10) Project Benefits (Chapter-11). Recommendation (Chapter- 12).

1.5 Project CostThe project cost is 8995.00 lacks. The breakup is given in table no. 2.11The cost towards environmental protection measures is 980 Lakhs.The recurring cost towards environmental measure is 70 LakhsThe cost towards corporate social responsibility is 5.0 Crores.The project would be formulated in such a fashion and manner so that theutmost care of Safety Norms & Environment Protection shall be taken careof.

1.6 Environmental SettingThe proposed Distillery plant falls at the interaction of Latitude27⁰58’51.32”N and Longitude 78⁰12’11.64”E and at an elevation of about606 ft above mean sea level (MSL). The entire study area falls in parts ofTopo sheet no. G44A5, G44A1, H44S4 (Geological Survey of India). The siteimage is shown in fig. 1 as satellite image sourced from Google earth.



Fig – 1.0 Location of Plant Project site







M/s WAVE DISTILLERIES AND BREWERIES LIMITED –NEW GRAIN BASED DISTILLERYFINAL EIA & EMP REPORT


Table-1.0 Details of Environmental Setting

Sr. No. Particulars Details1 Location

Village Ahmadpura

District AligarhState Uttar PradeshLatitude 27⁰58’51.32”N

Longitude 78⁰12’11.64”E

2 Elevation 606 ft3 Climatic condition IMD

Observatory(Aligarh)

Site

Temperature Min.:8.3°CMax.:32.9°C

Min.:7.8°CMax.:30.4°C

Relative humidity Min.:48 %Max.:74 %

Min.:43 %Max.:71 %

4 National highway NH-91

5 Nearest Railway Station Aligarh –16.5 Kms6 Nearest Airport IGIAirport,New Delhi,125 Km7 Tourist Places NIL8 Archaeological important places NIL

9 Areawhichareimportant orsensitive forecological reasons-Wetlands, watercoursesorotherwater bodies, coastalzone, biospheres, mountains,forests.

NIL

10 Reserved Forest NIL11 Nearest Major city with 200000

populationAligarh

12 Village within 2 km Radiussurrounding the project

Ahamadpura

13 Nearest River River Kali – 500 mtrs14 Nearest Hill Range Nil

15 Soil Type Sandy loam16 Seismic Zone IV as per IS- 1893(Part- 1)-

2002



1.7 Process involvedThe Company proposes to establish a state-of-the-art system based on themost advanced technical process in existence.The technology to be harnessed enables significant improvement in theperformance of a very complex process while also simplifying the design –resulting in major savings in capital, operating and maintenance costsover other systems.A very accurate evaluation of competing plant designs which has includedboth capital costs and the associated design features that will affect thelifetime operating costs of the plant such as materials of construction,energy efficiency, degree of automation, waste disposal costs, maintenancecosts, and production opportunity costs has enabled the Company to decideupon the technology selected.

1.8 Infrastructural Facilities and Raw Material Requirement:Land RequirementTotal land requirement of for the proposed distillery is 4.11 acres(1.66 hectare).Proposed land is available at village Ahmadpura, Atrauli, Aligarh, 33% oftotal land is proposed for Green Belt Development.

Raw Material Requirement:Raw Material

Item Quantity Source

Grain 145-165 T/Day Grain will be procuredfrom Local Sources.

FuelItem Quantity Source

Bagasse/rice husk willbe used as Fuel for

Boiler

Bagasse/ rice husk-135.0 TPD

Bagasse will beprocured from Local

Chini Mills& rice huskfrom local market.

Water RequirementTotal water requirement for the Industrial process will be 522 m3/day @9 KL/KL of product and 18 m3/day for Domestic Use. Water will be sourcedfrom groundwater.

Man PowerThe total man power required will be 60 persons. For employment inunskilled category, preference will be given to local people. Employment inskilled category will be sourced from outside if the skilled labour force is notavailable in local areas.



1.9 Sources of PollutionThe major sources of pollution are Particulate Matter (PM 10 and PM 2.5) fromproposed distillery plant based on Grain. The emissions of particulatematters from the stacks will be limited to 150 mg/Nm3. Stack of 58 meterswhich will be attached to boiler through proposed wet scrubber. Wetscrubber will be used as pollution control equipment to reduce the emissionof Particulate Matter.

2.0 Waste Water Generation and Treatment strategy:To ensure Zero Discharge effluent industry has decided to install Multi effectevaporator technology, Decanter, DDGS Dryer along with CPU unit.Spent wash from the bottom of the column will be fed to decanter.Decantation section comprises of decanter centrifuge for separation ofsuspended Solid from Spent Wash (SLOP). Supernatant of spent wash will beconcentrated in MEE and the reject from MEE (SLOP) will be mixed withDecanter sludge (wet cake) for drying in DDGS dryer and dried matter will besold as cattle feed.

Waste waterSpent wash 406 KLD (@ 7.0 KL/KL of Product )Other Effluent (like SpentLeese, MEE Condensate ,Blow Down and Floorwashing

438.0 KLD (will be treated in CPU)

Domestic waste Water 8.0 KLD

2.1 Solid Waste Generation and UtilizationSolid Waste Generation and Its Utilization

Particular Quantity Disposal

Fly ash generation 2.7 MT/DayWill be used in landfilling and briquettespreparation.

Fermenter Sludge 2.4 MT/Day Will be used as manurealong with fly ash.

Grain Residue 54.0 MT/Day Will be used as cattlefeed.

2.2 Noise LevelsThe industry is located in rural area. The adequate steps are proposed tocontrol the noise. The upcoming Distillery Plant will not result in anysignificant impact on noise environment. The minor increase in vehiculartransportation due to increase material handling will not generate anysignificant excessive noise. Hence, there shall not be any significant negativeimpact on noise environment of the study area.



2.3 Baseline Environmental StatusPrimary baseline environmental monitoring studies were conducted duringOctober- December 2015 and details are as follows:

Meteorological Data Generated at SiteThe meteorological parameters were recorded on hourly basis during thestudy period near proposed plant site and comprises of parameters like windspeed, wind direction (from 0 to 360 degrees), temperature, relativehumidity, atmospheric pressure, rainfall and cloud cover. The predominantwind directions during study period are from west.

Air QualityThe study area represents mostly rural/residential environment. EightAmbient air quality monitoring stations were selected in and around projectsite and studies were carried out as per BIS standards. Ambient air qualityanalysis reveals that these results are well within limits in all locations asper National Ambient Air Quality standards 2009.

The results of ambient air monitoring are as follows:Particulate Matter (PM10)The maximum 98th percentile concentrations for PM10 were recorded atnearby factory premises have concentration 84.8 µg/m3. The minimum 98th

percentile concentration was recorded at village Gwalara have concentration69.8 µg/m3. All sites concentration ranges from 69.8 - 84.8 µg/m3.

Particulate Matter (PM2.5)The maximum 98th percentile concentrations for PM2.5 were recorded nearbyfactory premises have concentration 48.8 µg/m3. The minimum 98thpercentile concentration was recorded at village Bawan Garhi haveconcentration 38.8 µg/m3. All sites concentration ranges from 38.8-48.8µg/m3

Sulphur DioxideThe maximum 98th percentile concentrations for SO2 were recorded nearfactory premises have concentration 13.8 µg/m3. The minimum98th percentile concentration was recorded at near Ahmadpura village haveconcentration 11.2 µg/m3. All sites concentration ranges from 11.2-14.2µg/m3.

Nitrogen OxideThe maximum 98th percentile concentrations for NO2 were recorded nearbyfactory premises have concentration 18.4 µg/m3. The minimum 98th

percentile concentration was recorded at village Chandoola Sujanpur have



concentration 15.6 µg/m3. All sites concentration ranges from 15.6-18.4µg/m3.

HCHC recorded<0.20 ppb at all sampling site.

Noise Level SurveyThe noise monitoring has been conducted for determination of noise levels atvarious locations in the study area. Noise monitoring results reveal ambientnoise levels in all locations are well within the limits as per Ambient Noisestandards.

Water QualityWater samples were collected from 8 sampling locations. These samples weretaken as grab samples and were analyzed for various parameters to comparewith the standards.

Ground water quality/Surface water Quality:The observation of the ground/surface water quality analyzed during studyis as follows:

ObservationSl.no. Parameter Surface water Ground water

1 pH 7.60 – 7.70 7.18-7.94

2 Total dissolved solids,mg/l 226.0-296.0 210.0-334.0

3 Total hardness, mg/l 156.0-208.0 155.04-304.46

4 Fluoride,mg/l 0.073-0.083 0.075-0.0925 Nitrates, as NO3, mg/l 7.9-11.8 4.9-15.7

Soil environment:It has been observed from Soil Analysis Result, that

All the samples having pH in range of 7.1 to 7.9. Conductivity of the samples is in between 96.0 to 128 mho/cm. Nearby factory premises highest is the conductivity value. Potassium of the samples is in between 40.6 to 41.2 mg/kg. Chandauli Bujurg village has the highest potassium value as 41.2

mg/kg. Phosphorous ranges between 16.3 to 16.8. Nearby factorypremises Phosphorous is highest.

The water holding capacity of a soil is a very important agronomiccharacteristic which is ranging from 41.0 to 45.0%.

Soils that hold generous amounts of water are less subject to leachinglosses of nutrients or soil applied pesticides. All the soil samples



shows, the higher the percentage of silt and clay sized particles, sincehigher the water holding capacity. The small particles (clay and silt)have a much larger surface area than the larger sand particles. Thislarge surface area allows the soil to hold a greater quantity of water.

NPK concentration in all the soil samples is in the range of 0.005 to0.008 %, 0.001 to 0.002 % and 0.001 to 0.004 % respectively.

Soil Organic Matter also acts the major sink and source of soil carbon.The concentration of the organic matter in the soil is 1.45 to 1.6 %.

Heavy metals like Cadmium, Lead and Chromium are below detectionlimit in all the samples.

Overall it is observed that the soils of the region are good foragriculture.

Flora and Fauna StudiesA preliminary survey was made for determination of baseline details of flora.During field survey, various plant species were recorded from the study area.The study area did not record the presence of any critically threatened plantspecies. The records of Botanical Survey of India and Forest department alsodid not indicate presence of any endangered or rare and vulnerable plantspecies in this area.

Land environment:The 10 km area form the proposed project site shows a general slopetowards North West/South East in the lower half and North West in theupper half of the project site. Elevation in the Project area varies between605 ft and 620 ft above mean sea level. Rest of the area in the southern halfaround the project site show slightly undulating topography with local slopetowards North-West/South-East. The minimum elevation in the area is 605ft AMSL and the maximum elevation is 620 ft AMSL.The proposed projectsite is located in a gently sloping area at an elevation of approximately 606 ftAMSL.Detailed study is provided in EIA report

2.4 Impact Assessment2.4.1 Impact during Construction PhaseImpact on Land UseThe land use of proposed distillery land is under industrial category. Thetotal land required for the proposed project will be 4.11 acres (1.66hectares). The green belt development will be in an area of 33% of total areawhich shall be developed during construction phase.



Impact on SoilVegetation on topsoil is to be removed prior to commencement of bulkearthwork. The construction activities will result in minimum loss ofvegetation and topsoil in the plant area. Vegetation is less in the site to bedeveloped and will be disturbed only in the bare minimum area required forconstruction. Apart from localized constructional impacts at the proposedplant site, no significant adverse impact on the soil in the surrounding areais anticipated.

Impact on Air QualityDuring construction phase, dust generation will be the main pollutant,which would generate from the site development activities and vehicularmovement on the road. However, concentration of NOx may also be slightlyincreased due to increased vehicular traffic movement. To mitigate theseimpacts, regular sprinkling of water will be done at the construction site. Theapproach roads will be black carpeted and vehicles will be kept in good orderto minimize automobile exhaust.However, the impact of such activities would be temporary and restricted tothe construction phase and will be confined to the project boundary and isexpected to be negligible outside the plant boundaries.

Impact on Noise LevelsThe major sources of noise during the construction phase are vehiculartraffic, construction equipment like dozers, scrapers, concrete mixers,cranes, generators pumps, compressors, drills, pneumatic tools, saws,vibrators etc. The operation of this equipment will generate noise rangingbetween 70-85 dB (A). The noise produced during the construction will havesignificant impact on the existing ambient noise levels. The major work willbe carried out during the daytime. The construction equipment may havehigh noise levels, which can affect the personnel operating the machines.Use of proper personal protective equipment will mitigate any significantimpact of the noise, generated by such equipment.

Impact on Terrestrial EcologyMost of the land identified for the proposed project with approx fifty numbersof trees. Trees will be cut only if required and as per functional requirement.Therefore, no major loss of biomass is envisaged during construction phase.

Demography and Socio-EconomicsThe non-workers constitute about 50-60% of the total population in 10-kmradius study area. Some of them will be available for employment in theproposed plant during construction activities. As the laborers are generally



un-skilled, the locals would get opportunities for employment duringconstruction activities.

2.4.2 Impacts during Operational PhaseImpact on Soil vis-à-vis Solid WasteAll the solid wastes generated will be used in manufacturing of briquettes,filling of low lying area and also used as manure in crops , or in ancillaryactivities, hence, no impact of solid waste is envisaged on soil quality of thearea.

Impact on Air QualityAdequate stack height has been provided to disperse gaseous emissions overa wider area. In order to control emissions of Particulates adequate controlequipment are proposed.The cumulative concentrations (maximum baseline concentration+ predictedincremental rise in concentration) of PM10 and SO2 for short term period 24hrs are shown in table below:

Resultant concentration after commissioning of new unit:

Pollutant

MaximumBaseline

concentrationin the study

area(µg/m3)

Maximumpredicted

Incrementalrise in the

concentrationdue to

proposedproject(µg/m3)

Direction

Concentration(µg/m3)

Net Resultantconcentration

NAAQsLimit

PM10 84.8 2.154 East 86.90 100*

SO2 14.2 1.44 SouthEast 15.64 80*

*As per NAAQS 2009The net resultant concentration of PM10 and SO2 during operation of theproposed project are well within the revised national ambient air qualitystandards (NAAQS) stipulated by MOEF vide notification dated 16.11.2009.Hence, there will not be any adverse impact on the air environment due tothe proposed project.

Impact on Water ResourcesProposed distillery plant has estimated the fresh water requirement fordistillery plant as 522 m3/day and For Domestic 18 m3/day. The water willbe sourced from the ground water through tube well. As the area comesunder safe ground water level, hence no impact is envisaged on the waterresources of the area.



Impact on Water QualityGeneral Water is essential for human, agriculture, industry and commercialuse. The industrial activity shall have direct impact on the end users. Thewater environment broadly covers the following points for consideration ofimpact.

• Industrial operations, their effect on water quality and groundwater potential of study area.

• Identifying potential sources of pollutants focusing specificallyzero discharge of the wastewater.

Impact of raw water usageThe main source of water supply for the industrial operations is bore welland site is not under critical area.There is no waste water discharge in this process. Proposed plant is basedon Zero liquid Discharge. Domestic Waste water Generation will be treated inseparate soak pit and Septic Tank. Hence, there is no disposal of wastewater in this process so no impact on water quality of the area.

Impact on Noise LevelsThe industry is located in rural area away from major human settlement.The adequate steps are proposed to control the noise. The upcomingDistillery Plant will not result in any significant impact on noiseenvironment. The minor increase in vehicular transportation due to increasematerial handling will not generate any significant excessive noise. Hence,there shall not be any significant negative impact on noise environment ofthe study area.

Impact on EcologyThe impact of air pollutants on vegetation due to the proposed distillery isidentified and quantified by using air dispersion modeling. The simulationshave been done to evaluate PM likely to be contributed by the proposedproject activities; the resultant concentrations for study period are within thelimits as per National Ambient Air Quality Standards. Hence no impact onecology of study area is identified.

2.5 Environment Management PlanDuring construction, some of the vegetation in the plant premises is requiredto be cleared. The measures required to be undertaken to minimize theimpact on the ecology are:

The felling of trees will be kept at minimum; Proper Canteen, Sanitation and shelter facility will be provided to

worker and truck driver during construction.



To control air pollution proper sprinkling of water shall be done. The greenbelt shall be developed.

2.5.1 Environment Management during Operation PhaseAir Pollution ManagementAir Pollution Control Equipment-Proposed Distillery and Co-generation plantto reduce the emission of particulate matters and gases wet scrubber will beinstalled Wet scrubber is connected with boiler through Duct. Theparticulate matter from stack will be limited to less than 150 mg/Nm3.

Noise Pollution ManagementThe greenbelt proposed around the boundary of the plant will attenuate thenoise emitted by the various sources in the plant. Earplugs will be providedfor the personnel working close to the noise generating units as a part of thesafety policy. Apart from this, some of the design features provided to ensurelow noise levels are as follows:

Provision of silencers will be made wherever possible; The insulation provided for prevention of loss of heat and personnel

safety will also act as noise reducers; Necessary enclosures will also be provided on the working

platforms/areas to provide local protection in high noise level areas; The workers will be provided with ear plugs; and Plantation in the zone between plant and township would attenuate

noise in the residential area.

Water Pollution ManagementThe zero liquid discharge strategy:Spent wash from the bottom of the column will be fed to decanter.Decantation section comprises of centrifuge decanter for separation ofsuspended Solid from Spent Wash (SLOP). Supernatant will be concentratedin MEE and the reject from MEE (Thick Syrup) will be mixed with Wet Cakeof Decanter, then dried in DWGS dryer and Dried Solid will be sold as cattlefeed.



Fig: Spent wash treatment strategy

Solid Waste ManagementFly ash will be generated in the process. Dust collected from air pollutioncontrol equipment will be used in filling of low lying area. Fermenter sludgewill be used as manure.

Greenbelt DevelopmentDue care will be taken to ensure that a greenbelt is developed around theplant, colony. All areas devoid of vegetation and having low density will besystematically and scientifically planted. Proposed Distillery has proposed todevelop greenbelt in 33% of total area of proposed distillery plant.



CHAPTER 1INTRODUCTION

1.0 Prelude:Biofuels are potentially important to India because of the significant numberof lives they could impact and the economic changes they couldcause. Indiais currently the second mostpopulousnation in the world with a growingpopulation of over 1.147 billion people.As of August 2008, the Indiangovernment and the World Bankboth estimated that 26% of India’spopulation was classified as poor despite efforts made to alleviatetheproblem. However, there are possibilities to ameliorate poverty througheconomic growth. According to the International Monetary Fund, the Indianeconomy is growing at over 7% a year, which means there are opportunitiesto invest in new industries such as biofuels that could help resolve some ofIndia’s economic problems.

As the fifth largest energy consumer in the world, India additionally providesa good market for biofuels.70% of its crude oil is imported from around theworld and experts anticipate that over 94% of its crude oil will be purchasedfrom a broad by 2030 if energy trends continue on their currenttrajectory.Biofuels offer potential opportunities to decrease the nation’sdependence on foreign energy imports.

In view of the above scenario, M/s. Wave Distilleries and BreweriesLimited has proposed to establish 58 KLD Grain Based Ethanol plant toproduce Rectified Spirit /ENA/Ethanol/ Alcohol at Village Ahmadpura,Tehsil Atrauli, District Aligarh, U.P. along-with cogeneration of 2.0 MWpower.

The raw materials proposed to be used for Ethanol production are Grainslike Maize, Jowar, Bajra, non-human consumed broken rice or any otherstarch based input for producing Rectified Spirit / ENA/ Ethanol/IndustrialAlcohol etc and Rice husk /bagasse will be used as fuels for powergeneration.

1.1 Purpose of the ReportFor obtaining prior Environmental clearance for the above proposed project,as per the EIA Notification 2006 and its amendments, Form –I along withproposed TOR for REIA study & Pre-feasibility report has been submitted toSEIAA UP. A presentation was made before the SEAC UP on 29th APRIL,2015 for the approval of TOR for EIA study. The EIA report has beenprepared in accordance with the TOR issued by the SEAC UP vide letter no.714/PARYA/SEAC/2642/2014/DDY dated 06-8-2015.



This report furnishes the details of location of Site, Description of theproject, prevailing baseline status w.r.t. Air Environment, Waterenvironment, Noise Environment; land Environment, Flora & Fauna andSocio-economic environment. This report also helps in identification ofenvironmental impacts and suggesting mitigation measures to be followedduring Construction and Operation of the project as part of EnvironmentalManagement Plan. This report also acts as guidance manual for theproponent for following the Environmental Management Plan (EMP) and foradopting post project Environmental Monitoring Program as per statutorynorms.

1.2 Identification of Project & Project ProponentM/s Wave Distilleries and Breweries Limited has proposed theestablishment of new distillery unit of 58 KLD RS/ENA/AA based on grainalong with co generation of power 2.0 MW. About 4.11 acres (1.66hectares) of land has been procured and is available for the proposed Unit.Sufficient area will be made available for the green belt and EffluentTreatment Facilities as it plans for zero liquid discharge unit. A goodnetwork of internal as well as main approach roads would be prepared. Theunit would be designed in a versatile fashion by adopting latest CDM (CleanDevelopment mechanism) process techniques as well as with state-of-the artmachinery. The total capital investment would be to the tune of Rs. 8995.00Lacks for project. The project would be formulated in such a fashion andmanner so that the utmost care of Safety Norms & Environment Protectionshall be taken care of.

1.3 Introduction to EIA:The term Environment Impact Assessment (EIA) refers to the anticipation ofvarious impacts a project will have on the environment and the localcommunity. It is a decision making tool, which guides decision makers intaking appropriate decisions prior to sanctioning clearance.

According to the United Nations Environment Programme-Division ofTechnology, Industry and Economics (UNEP-DTIE), Environmental ImpactAssessment (EIA) is a tool used to identify the environmental, social andeconomic impacts of a project prior to decision- making. It aims to predictenvironmental impacts at an early stage in project planning and design, findways and means to reduce adverse impacts, shape projects to suit the localenvironment and present the predictions and options to decision-makers. Byusing EIA both environmental and economic benefits can be achieved, suchas reduced cost and time of project implementation and design, avoidedtreatment/clean-up costs and impacts of laws and regulations.



Under the Environment Protection Act, 1986, a notification on EIA waspassed in India, which made it obligatory for certain development projects toprepare and submit an EIA prior to environmental clearance. Thisnotification says, no developmental activities shall be allowed inunprecedented manner. This is a powerful notification, which has not onlyrestricted the sitting of projects in restricted areas but also; restricts thecommencement of construction and production till the project gets clearedfrom the environmental angle.

EIA systematically examines both beneficial and adverse consequences of theproposed project and ensures that these impacts are taken into accountduring the project design. It helps to identify possible environmental impactsof the proposed project, proposes measures to mitigate adverse effects andpredicts whether there will be significant adverse environmental effects, evenafter the mitigation is in place. By considering environmental effects andmitigation early in the project planning cycle, there are many benefits, suchas protection of the environment, optimum utilization of resources andsaving overall time and cost of the project. Properly conducted EIA alsolessens conflicts by promoting community participation, informs decisionmakers, and helps lay the base for environmentally sound projects. Benefitsof integrating EIA have been observed in all stages of a project, fromexploration and planning, through several phases like construction,operations, decommissioning, and site closure.

EIA is different from other decision-making tools like environment audit,which is conducted on existing projects, while the EIA is applied to newprojects and the expansion of existing projects. EIA uses the techniques ofscience, economics, sociology, geology etc while assessing the projectbecause it is dealing with events, which have not yet occurred, may notoccur, but whose chances of occurrence may be strong in future. There arevarious other tools like energy analysis, cost-benefit analysis, environmentmanagement systems and risk analysis. EIA is by far the most suitable toolfor any proposed project. It is also one of the most popular decision-makingtools and has been integrated in the regulatory system of many countries.Depending on the types of project and severity of impact, generally two typesof EIA are conducted namely:

Rapid EIA: This is carried out for projects that are likely to cause limitedadverse impacts. In rapid EIA, data or information is collected for only oneseason (other than monsoon). Therefore, the time frame for undertakingrapid EIA is much shorter (3 months).Comprehensive EIA: As the name suggests, this is conducted over a year asit involves collection of data/information for three seasons (other than



monsoons). It is usually conducted for projects that are likely to cause moreor a series of adverse impacts. However, in India, there are no clearguidelines on the type of projects for which comprehensive EIA should beconducted. As per the new EIA notification, the authority in charge ofissuing environmental clearances (either the Union ministry for environmentand forests (MoEF&CC) or the state level body) decides whether the projectproponent has to conduct a rapid or a comprehensive EIA.

1.3.1 Purpose of the ReportAs per the EIA Notification dated 14th September 2006, as amended fromtime to time; it is mandatory to have the Environmental Clearance for anynew industry or the expansion of the industry from Ministry of Environment,Forests and Climate Change (MoEF&CC), Government of India, New Delhi forwhich EIA is required be conducted as per the guidelines of MoEF&CC, NewDelhi. The purpose of the EIA report is to provide a coherent statement of thepotential impacts of proposed project and the measures that should be takento establish the impacts and suggest mitigation measures. It containsessential information for:

The proponent to implement the proposal in an environmentally andsocially responsible manner;

The responsible authority to make an informed decision on theproposal, including the terms and conditions that must be attached toan approval or authorization; and public to understand the proposaland its likely impacts on people and the environment.

1.3.2 Regulatory Frame WorkThe principal environmental regulatory agency in India is the Ministry ofEnvironment, Forests and Climate change (MoEF&CC), New Delhi. MoEF &CC formulates environmental policies and accords environmental clearancefor the projects.It is important to note that the Central Government framed ‘umbrellalegislation’, called the Environment (Protection) Act, 1986 to broadlyencompass and regulate an array of environmental issues. The overallpurpose of EPA is to establish an overall coherent policy and provide a basisfor the coordinated work of various government agencies with operationalresponsibility for the environment and natural resources. This legislationalso invests authorities with regulatory powers to address specific issuesaffecting the environment. The Act does not allow any person to establish anindustry, operation or process that discharge or emit any environmentalpollutant in excess of standards prescribed under specific rules andnotifications.



The Acts, Rules and Notifications applicable to environmental aspects of theconstruction and operational phases of proposed project is briefly describedin the following sections:Summary of Environmental Legislation for Proposed Project:

i. Environment Impact Assessment Notification, dated 14th September2006, as amended on 1st December, 2009.

ii. Environment (Protection) Act, 1986 Environment (Protection) Rules,1986.

iii. Air (Prevention and Control of Pollution) Act, 1987 (as amended) withRules.

iv. Water (Prevention and Control of Pollution) Act, 1974 with Rules.v. Noise Pollution (Regulation and Control) Rules, 2006 (as amended).

vi. The Municipal Solid Waste (Management and Handling) Rules, 2000.vii. The Public Liability Insurance Act, 1992 (as amended).

viii. Manufacture, Storage and Import of Hazardous Chemicals Rules, 2000(as amended).

ix. The Explosives Rules, 2008.x. Hazardous Waste (Management, Handling and Transboundary

Movement) Rules, 2008.xi. Public Liability Insurance Rules, 1992.

xii. Excise and Taxation Act 2000.

1.3.3 Structure of the Report:The entire EIA report is prepared based on the generic structure of EIAdocument given at Appendix III of the Notification No. S.O. 1533 dated 14th

September, 2006 at MoEF & CC, New Delhi.

The report has been divided into following chapters as described below:Chapter-1 gives information about the proposed project including itslocation and justification/importance, brief details around the surroundingarea and details about site selection criteria considered. It also outlines thestatutory requirement of obtaining prior Environment Clearance, steps to befollowed for the same and basic purpose, scope and methodology of EIAstudy.Chapter-2 is Project Description and infrastructure facilities incorporatingall industrial and environmental activities of the project proponent for settingup of the proposed project. It also gives information about manufacturingprocess and raw materials, sources of pollution and details of pollutioncontrol facilities to be provided i.e. water and waste water details, airpollution and control system, sludge storage facility, noise control measuresetc.Chapter-3 is Description of the Environment which includes Base LineEnvironment Study giving details about status of air quality, meteorology,



water, noise, land, ecology and socio economic environment, traffic survey ofthe study area based on information collected through actual field study orfrom secondary sources.Chapter-4 is Identification of Impacts and its mitigation measures, whichidentifies the impacts of various environmental parameters whetherbeneficial or deleterious for the construction and operation phase of theproject. It also quantifies significant impacts of the proposed project onvarious environmental components for the construction and operation phaseof the project.Chapter-5 is about Environmental Monitoring Plan which provides details ofmonitoring plan of various environmental parameters as well as itsfrequency of monitoring.Chapter-6 Risk AnalysisChapter-7 Disaster management planChapter-8 is Environmental Management Plan (EMP) incorporatingmeasures to be adopted for mitigation of anticipated adverse impacts, ifany safety measures, post- project monitoring program for environmentalparameters, green belt development etc.Chapter -9 is analysis of alternate site.Chapter 10 is additional studies includes public hearing proceedings.Chapter-11 is Benefits due to the proposed project including improvementin Physical infrastructure, improvement in the social infrastructure,Employment potential–skilled, semi-skilled and others.Chapter-12 is about recommendations along with the Summary andConclusion of the proposed Project, includes overall justification of theproject.

1.3.4 Scopeof the Study:As per the EIA Notification 2006 and its amendments, Form –I along withproposed TOR for REIA study has been submitted to SEIAA UP. Apresentation was made before the SEAC UP on 29th April, 2015 for theapproval of TOR for EIA study. The SEAC UP has prescribed the Terms ofReference for preparing the EIA report. The study period is from 1st October2015- 31st December 2015.

1.3.5 Methodology of EIA Studies:The environmental influence due to the project is analyzed covering a radialdistance of about 10 km around the factory premises. Therefore, the studyarea for monitoring of environmental parameters covers 10 km distance fromthe project site. The environmental parameters, which are likely to beaffected by the activities of the project, were identified. They include air,water, soil, land use, ecology, socio-economics etc. The existing status of



these environmental parameters for study area is collected from bothprimary and secondary sources.Primary source data were collected through environmental monitoringsurvey of representative locations of the study area.The reconnaissance survey was conducted and the sampling locationswere identified based on:

i. Existing topography and location of surface water bodies like pondsand steams.

ii. Meteorological conditions (pre-dominant wind directions).iii. Location of towns, villages and other sensitive areas present in the

vicinity of the proposed project site.iv. Representative areas for baseline conditionsv. Accessibility, power availability and security to the monitoring

equipment.Secondary data were collected from various organizations to substantiate theprimary data. The data thus collected was compared with the standardsprescribed for the respective environmental parameters. The environmentalparameters monitored and the frequency of monitoring is given in E.M.P.The methodologies adopted for studying individual components ofenvironment are briefly described below:

1.4. Air EnvironmentMicrometeorologyThe existing status of these environmental parameters for study area iscollected from both primary and secondary sources. The parameters likewind speed, maximum and minimum temperatures, relative humidity andtotal rainfall were recorded on hourly basis continuously during the postmonsoon period. The meteorological data thus collected has been used forinterpretation of the existing ambient air quality status.

Ambient Air QualityThe status of the existing ambient air quality in the study region has beenassessed through a network of eight air sampling stations during the studyperiod within a radial distance of 10 km distance from the project site. Themonitoring network was so designed that a representative baseline scenariois obtained in upwind, downwind and crosswind directions. Thesemonitoring sites have been established keeping in view the available data onpredominant wind direction and wind speed of this particular region.The existing ambient air quality status (AAQ) has been monitored for PM10,PM2.5, SO2 and NOx at each station on 24 hourly basis. The monitoring wasdone as per the approved methods of Central Pollution Control Board(CPCB). Maximum, minimum and average values have been computed from



the data collected at all individual sampling stations to represent theambient air quality status.

1.4.1 Noise EnvironmentNoise monitoring has been carried out at different locations to identify theimpact of project activities on the surroundings in the study area. Noiselevels were recorded at an interval of 10s for about 30 minutes during theday and night times to compute the day equivalent, night equivalent andday-night equivalent level.

1.4.2 Water EnvironmentThe existing surface and ground water sources in and around the plant sitewere monitored for assessment of their physico-chemical characteristics.Samples were collected from different locations within an area of 10 kmradius and analyzed. The parameters thus analyzed were compared with IS:10500:2012, IS–2296:1982 standards. The activities around the sourceduring sampling were taken into consideration in interpretation of the waterquality of the particular source.

1.4.3 Land EnvironmentRepresentative soil samples were collected from different sampling locationswithin an area of 10 km radius around the plant site. They were analyzed toassess their physiochemical characteristics. Standard procedures werefollowed for sampling and analysis. The samples collected were assessed fortheir suitability for the growth of plant species, crops.

1.4.4 Socio-Economic EnvironmentData pertaining to geology, land use, demography, socio economics andecology were based on secondary data collected from different sources suchas census reports, district gazetteer, government publications and scientificliterature.

1.4.5 Identification of Impacts and Mitigation MeasuresThe likely impacts of various activities of the proposed project on theenvironment were identified. These impacts were assessed for theirsignificance based on the background environmental quality in the area andthe magnitude of the impact. All components of the environment wereconsidered and wherever possible impacts were evaluated in quantitative/qualitative terms. Estimated impacts have been superimposed over thebaseline (pre-project) status of environmental quality. The resultant (post-project) quality of environmental parameters is reviewed with respect to thepermissible limits. Thereby, the preventive and mitigation measures wereformulated and incorporated in the environmental plan.



1.5 Project Overview:M/s Wave Distilleries and Breweries Limited has procured ample land forthe proposed unit i.e. establishment of new distillery unit of 58 KLDRS/ENA/AA based on grain along with co generation of power 2.0 MW.The details of the proposed distillery unit are given in Table 1.0Raw MaterialItem Quantity SourceGrain 145-165 TPD Grain Will be Procured

from Local Sources.FuelItem Quantity SourceGrain Based Operation:Bagasse/rice husk will beused as Fuel for Boiler

Bagasse/ rice husk-135.0 TPD

Bagasse will be procuredfrom Local Chini Mills andrice husk will be from localmarket.

Fresh Water RequirementDuring Operation Industrial Use : 522 KLD

(@ 9.0 KL/KL of Product)Domestic Use 18.0 KLDWaste waterSpent wash(During Grain Based Operation)

406 KLD (@ 7.0 KL/KL of Product )

Other Effluent (like Spent Leese,MEE Condensate, Blow Downand Floor washing

438.0 KLD (will be treated in CPU)

Domestic waste Water 8.0 KLDWaste water treatment strategySpent Wash treatment duringGrain based operation

Spent wash from the bottom of the column will befed to decanter. Decantation section comprises ofcentrifuge decanter for separation of suspendedSolid from Spent Wash (SLOP). Supernatant will beconcentrated in MEE and the reject from MEE(Thick Syrup) will be mixed with Wet Cake ofDecanter, then dried in DWGS dryer and DriedSolid will be sold as cattle feed.

Other Effluent Will be treated in Secondary Effluent treatmentPlant (CPU) and 100% recycling will be done.

Domestic Waste Water Separate soak pit and septic tank.Solid Waste Generation andIts DisposalParticular Quantity DisposalFly ash generation 2.7 MT/Day Will be used in land filling

Fermenter Sludge 2.4 MT/Day Will be used as manurealong with fly ash.

Grain Residue 54.0 MT/Day Will be used as cattle feed.Air pollution control systemWet scrubber is provided to Stack height (58 meters) in order to control dustemissions from 20 TPH BoilerGreen belt-33% of total land area.



Source: Geological Survey of India; Scale: 1:50000Fig1.0: Topo map showing 5 km radius around the project site.

Topo sheet no. G44A5, G44A1, H44S4

H44S4

G44A5G44A1

PICTURESHOWINGTOPOSHEETSINVOLVED INSTUDY AREA



Map of AligarhShowing Atrauli Tehsil

Location of proposedplant site-M/s Wave Distilleriesand Breweries Ltd.At Village Ahmadpura,Tehsil AtrauliDistrict Aligarh











1.6 Project justification:The use of ethanol-blended gasoline has various benefits as mentionedbelow, and needs to be promoted by the government.The new blend-

is renewable reduces dependence on Imports of foreign oil improves market opportunity for agriculture crops contributes to rural economic development benefits environment Displaces dangerous and environmental damaging component in

gasoline, such as benzene.

Environmental Benefits:Ethanol is one of the best tools to fight urban air pollution from motorvehicles. As an oxygen (ethanol contains 35 oxygen by weight), fuel ethanolenhances the combustion of gasoline resulting in a more efficient burn andgreatly reduced emissions. It helps reduce all pollutant includinghydrocarbons, NOx, CO2, fine particulate and toxics.10% ethanol blends reduce carbon monoxide better than any otherreformulated gasoline blend-more than 25%.Ethanol is a low in reactivity and high in oxygen content, making it aneffective tool reducing ozone pollution.Ethanol is safe replacement for toxic octane enhances in gasoline such asbenzene toluene and xylene.ETBE (Ethyl tert-butyl ether) lowers gasoline volatility and is particularly effectivein reducing VOC emissions from automobiles.Besides the technical and environmental benefits fuel ethanol offers, itmakes tremendous economic sense in India as India's Import bill of crudepetroleum is increasing every year. India is number two in the world inSugarcane production. The number of sugar factories is 416 and 295distilleries in the country. Large number of sugar factories co-produceethanol.The introduction of ethanol fuel will give big boost to Indian economy byfollowing ways: The efficiency and commercial viability of sugar factories will improve. Agriculture will get boost because of additional production of sorghum,

jawar and sugarcane. Mixing of ethanol to petrol will save foreign exchange worth Rs. 4000

crores every year. Less dependence on imports and cheaper cost of production of ethanol

will bring down the prices of fuels. Overall it is "Eco-friendly Project".



In view of the above positive results, it is recommended without anyreservation that the establishment of this factory be granted.

1.7 Site Selection Criteria:Site selected for the project has some advantageous features.These are:

There is no human settlement in 350 m radius. Easy availability of raw material due nearby sugar mills. Location in rural area ensures adequate availability of manpower at

marginally lower rates, compared to metro cities of India. There is no National Park, Biosphere Reserves, Tiger Reserves,

Reserved / Protected Forests within 10 Km radius of study area. There is no water body within core zone. Nearness to NH-91 makes it easier to transport raw materials & final

product at market.

1.8 Location of the Project:The total land requirement for the proposed project will be accommodated atvillage: Ahmadpura, Tehsil Atrauli, District Aligarh.The Topography of the proposed plant site is plain with elevation of about606 ft above MSL.

1.9 Coordinates of Corners of Plot:The coordinates of all four corners of the proposed project is given hereunder in table 1.1

TABLE - 1.1

1 LOCATION CORNER 1Village AhmadpuraDistrict AligarhState Uttar PradeshLatitude 27⁰58’52.11”NLongitude 78⁰12’08.78”E






5 LOCATION CENTRE OF THESITEVillage AhmadpuraDistrict AligarhState Uttar PradeshLatitude 27⁰58’51.32”NLongitude 78⁰12’11.64”E

1.10 Existing distillery unit in the study area:M/s Wave Distilleries and Breweries Ltd. has already established a distilleryunit of 90 KLPD capacity based on molasses, the proposed project of 58KLPD grain based distillery is adjacent to existing distillery premises. Themolasses (raw material) is sourced from sugar units present in the state ofUttar Pradesh for existing 90 KLPD molasses based distillery.No any other distillery is present within 10 kms radius of the project site.



CHAPTER - 2PROJECT DESCRIPTION

2.0 IntroductionThis chapter deals with the technical details of the proposed project, detailsof infrastructure, various sources of pollution and mitigation measuresproposed to control pollution.

2.1 Type of the Project and Site DescriptionM/s Wave Distilleries and Breweries Limited has proposed establishmentof new distillery unit of 58 KLD RS/ENA/AA based on grain along with cogeneration of power 2.0 MW.The proposed project will be located at Village Ahmadpura, Tehsil Atrauli,District- Aligarh.

2.2 Environmental SettingsThe proposed Distillery plant falls at the interaction of Latitude27⁰58’51.32”N and Longitude 78⁰12’11.64”E and at an elevation of about606 ft above mean sea level (MSL). The entire study area falls in parts ofTopo sheet no. G44A5, G44A1, H44S4 (Geological Survey of India).The environmental setting of the proposed plant is given in Table 2.1.The location maps showing proposed project location, with proposed plantlayout are shown in Figure no. 2.1., 2.2 &2.3 respectively.

Table – 2.1 Environmental SettingsSr. No. Particulars Details1 Location

Village AhmadpuraDistrict AligarhState Uttar PradeshLatitude 27⁰58’51.32”NLongitude 78⁰12’11.64”E

2 Elevation 606 ft

3 Climatic conditionIMDObservatory(Aligarh)

Site

Temperature Min. : 8.6°CMax.: 25.9°C

Min.:7.0°CMax.: 27.1°C

Relative humidity Min. : 47%Max.: 81%

Min. : 47%Max.:83%

4 State highway NH-91



5 Nearest Railway Station Aligarh –16.5 Kms

6 Nearest Airport New Delhi Airport,New Delhi,125 Km

7 Tourist Places Nil8 Archaeological important places Nil

9

Areawhichareimportant orsensitive forecological reasons-Wetlands, watercoursesorotherwater bodies, coastalzone, biospheres, mountains,forests.

NIL

10 Reserved Forest Nil

11 Nearest Major city with 200000population Aligarh

12 Village within 2 km Radiussurrounding the project Ahamadpura

13 Nearest River River Kali – 500mtrs14 Nearest Hill Range Nil15 Soil Type Sandy loam16 Seismic Zone IV as per IS- 1893(Part- 1)-2002

2.3 Need for the Project: The latest technology is adopted with a better productivity and quality

of alcohol. These are also involved in several developmental activities to help

farmers. The proposed project will create employment generation.

Justification: Rectified Spirit/Ethyl Alcohol will be available for M/s WDBL unit. Revenue will be generated for the state government. Foreign currency will be saved. Import of foreign liquor will reduce. Employment will be provided to nearby people, which will reduce

poverty. Development of local region Increase in Local Business Standard of Living of people will increase.



Close view: location of M/s Wave Distilleries And Breweries Limited

Fig 2.2 Satellite image showing 5 kms radius around proposed project site











Fig 2.3 Layout of proposed distillery plant



2.4 Project HighlightsThe principal features/highlights of the proposed project of M/s WaveDistilleries and Breweries Limited under study are as follows:

Table 2.2Location District: Aligarh Tehsil -Atrauli Village- Ahmadpura.

Its graphical co-ordinates are Latitude27⁰58’51.32”N and 78⁰12’11.64”E Longitude withmean sea level as 606 ft.

Land requirement Project shall be installed in 4.11 acres of vacant land,owned by the Promoters of the company.

Raw waterrequirement &source

As per an initial estimate, water to the tune of 522+18 =540 cu.m/day (industrial + domestic) will berequired for the proposed project. The raw water willbe sourced from borewells. The application forgetting necessary permission for establishment of thenew well(s) has been submitted to CGWA.

Power requirement Requirement of power for the proposed project isaround 2.0 MW, which will be sourced fromproposed CO-GEN Power Plant

Effluent generation& disposal

The plant will be designed as a zero discharge plantas far as the process effluents are concerned.Industrial effluent after adequate treatment will beused in non-critical purposes within the plant.Domestic wastewater will be treated in Septic tank–Soak pit system.

Air pollutioncontrol

Adequate control measures like Wet Scrubber, dustsuppression system & Stack of 58 mtrs height atrelevant point will be installed.

Solid WasteManagement

Distillers’ Dried Grains & Solubles (DDGS) thatwould be generated in the tune of 54 TPD will be soldas animal feed.Boiler ash will be used in filling of low lying areas orsold to brick manufacturers for briquettespreparation.Fermenter sludge will be used as manure.Septic Tank sludge will be disposed off suitably inconsultation with the concerned Civic body.



Proposed units:ApplicationsBasic Raw Material for a large number of high-value end products

Sl. No. Unit ProposedCapacity Product

1. DistillationUnit 58,000 LPD Extra Neutral Alcohol -

Ethanol (ENA)/AA/RS

2. Captive PowerPlant 2.0 MW Power

a. Cosmetics including perfumesb. Pharmaceutical preparationsc. Beveragesd. Other uses of ethanol are paint and medicine such as tinctures.Ethanol is also used in medical wipes and in most common antibacterialhand sanitizer gels at a concentration of about 62% as an antiseptic.Ethanol proves to be effective against most bacteria and fungi, and manyviruses.e. DDGS, very widely used as Cattle & Poultry feed. Because of the increasedconcentration of protein, the feed value of DDGS is very high and is apremium export item, with very high global demand.

Assessment of New & Untested Technology for the Risk ofTechnological FailureFermentation technology for production of Ethanol is well proven technologyall over the world. Hence, there will not be any risk of technological failurefrom this plant.

2.5 Raw MaterialsThe main raw material for the proposed project is grain (Broken Rice,maize, barley) along with few chemicals and Enzymes in very smallquantity. The annual requirement of raw materials, which will be requiredfor the proposed project, is presented in Table-2.3.



Table-2.3 List of Raw Materials

Raw Materials Quantity Source Mode ofTransport

Grain(BrokenRice,maize, barley)

145-165 TPDFrom local &surrounding

markets

ViaTrucks

FuelRiceHusk

/Bagasse-135 TPD

LocalMarket

Sodium Hydroxide(Caustic) 72 Kg/day

Fromlocalsuppliers/

Dealers/ Agents

Sulphuric AcidConc.,

Commercial Grade85 Kg/day

Antifoam Agent 60 Kg/dayYeast 100 Kg/dayUrea 100 Kg/day

CIP Chemicals 100 LS From renownedSupplier/

Dealer/Agent

Liquefying Enzyme 60 ltrs./daySaccharifying

Enzyme 60 Kg/day

Broken Rice, deemed and certified to be unfit for human consumption andavailable with various agencies like the Food Corporation of India (FCI) canalso be used in the Plant.Raw materials will be received at plant site by road. All the trucks for rawmaterial and finished product transportation shall comply with theapplicable environmental norms. The overall Process flow diagram for theproposed project is depicted in Figure-2.3.



Figure-2.3-The overall Process flow diagram for the proposed projectA representative composition of Rice is as follows:

Raw Material RiceStarch 80.0% dry,

70.4% as wetProtein 8.5% dryFibres 1.0%

Fat 0.5%Ash 1.5%



2.6 Technology and Process Description2.6.1 Grain Based DistilleryM/s Wave Distilleries and Breweries Limited has procured ample land for theproposed unit i.e. establishment of new distillery unit of 58 KLD RS/ENA/AAbased on grain along with co generation of power 2.0 MW.The Company proposes to establish a state-of-the-art system based on themost advanced technical process in existence.The technology to be harnessed enables significant improvement in theperformance of a very complex process while also simplifying the design –resulting in major savings in capital, operating and maintenance costs overother systems.A very accurate evaluation of competing plant designs which has includedboth capital costs and the associated design features that will affect thelifetime operating costs of the plant such as materials of construction,energy efficiency, degree of automation, waste disposal costs, maintenancecosts, and production opportunity costs has enabled the Company todecide upon the technology selected.

Grain MillingGrains (Broken Rice) are procured from various sources, and are stored ingunny bags in covered storage godowns. Finally, grains would be transferredto Silos for storage and for processing.From the silos the grain is transferred by a scraper conveyor and bucketelevator to drum separator and further through stone catcher and magnet tohammer mill feed hopper. The raw material is ground by hammer mill to theparticle size of less than 1 mm. Coarse particles are recycled from vibratingscreen by bucket elevator to the hammer mill feed hopper.The flour is conveyed by bucket elevator into flour bin and fed by screwconveyor to the starch conversion department.Dust is collected by three separate dust collection systems.

Starch ConversionSlurry Preparation / Liquefaction SectionFlour having average particle size of 0.5 mm is mixed with process water inmixing tank. Nutrient solution and liquefaction enzyme are dosed into themixing tank. Calcium chloride is added to mixing to minimize consumptionof enzyme. Caustic soda is fed directly to mixing tank. This mixture ispumped into first liquefaction tank. The feed is heated up to 85oC. Retentiontime in starch conversion is under four hours. The slurry is pumped furtherinto the second liquefaction tank. Acidity of the mash is adjusted by meansof sulphuric acid and the density is adjusted by adding thin stillage beforecooling.



Slurry from pre-masher is taken to Slurry tank where liquefying enzyme isadded. This slurry is then “cooked” in the jet cooker. The slurry iscontinuously pumped to a steam jet cooker where high-pressure steamrapidly raises the slurry temperature. The mixture of slurry and steam isthen passed through the retention vessel having sufficient capacity toprovide the desired retention time at a given flow rate. The cooked mash isdischarged to a flash tank. The cooking process, accomplished in the abovemanner, converts the slurry into a hydrated, sterilized suspension (as starchmolecule is solubilized) and is therefore susceptible to enzyme attack forliquefaction.

The gelatinized mash from the flash tank is further liquefied in a liquefactiontank where liquefying enzyme is added. Then the liquefied mash is cooled inslurry cooler and transferred to Fermentation section. The complete reactionof conversion of starch into ethanol can be represented as follows:

Saccharification & Instantaneous Fermentation Yeast ActivationYeast seed material is prepared in Yeast Activation Vessel (Pre-Fermenter) byinoculatingsterilized mash with yeast.Optimum temperature is maintainedby circulating cooling water. The contents of the Yeast ActivationVessel arethen transferred to Fermenter.The purpose of Fermentation is to convert the fermentable substrate intoalcohol. To prepare the mash for Fermentation, it is diluted with water. Yeastis added in sufficient quantity to complete Fermentation to produce alcohol.At the start of the cycle, the Fermenter is charged with mash andcontents of the Yeast Activation Vessel (Pre-Fermenter). Significant heatrelease takes place during Fermentation. This is removed by passing themash through heat exchangers to maintain an optimum temperature. Therecirculating pumps also serve to empty the Fermenters into Beer Well. CO2

can then be taken to CO2 vent line where it is vented out. After emptying of















Fermenter, it is cleaned with CIP (Cleaning in Place) system using cleaningnozzles. After CIP, Fermenter is ready for next batch to be filled.

FermentationThe Fermentation process is engineered to operate in batch mode dependingupon the quality of raw material. The purpose of Fermentation is to convertthe fermentable sugars into alcohol. During Fermentation, sugars are brokendown into alcohol and carbon dioxide. Significant heat release takes placeduring Fermentation. The fermenter temperature is maintained at around30-32°C by forced recirculation flow through plate heat exchangers. Thereis a provision for spent wash recycle to Fermentation depending on solidsconcentration in fermented wash.

Distillation - Wash to ENAMulti-Pressure Distillation system to be invoked in this plant will have SevenDistillation columns operating at various pressure conditions. Heat energyfrom columns operating under high pressure is utilized for columnsoperating under low pressure to optimize the operation for energyconsumption.

Pre-heated fermented wash will be fed to Degasifying column. Fermentedwash is stripped off alcohol by ascending vapors in Analyser column.Rectifier vapors provide energy to Analyser column through a Thermosyphonreboiler. Vapors of Degasifying column are condensed and taken to RecoveryFeed Tank. The condensed Analyser vapors are taken to Pre-Rectifier FeedTank Analyser.

Condensate is concentrated in Pre- Rectifier column, which operates underpressure. Condensing steam provides energy to pre-rectifier column througha vertical Thermosyphon reboiler. A Technical Alcohol cut of about 1-2% oftotal spirit is taken from the Pre-Rectifier column.Concentrated alcohol drawn from Pre-Rectifier column is fed to Extractivedistillation column for purification. Dilution water in the ratio of 1:9 is addedin this column for concentrating higher alcohol at the top. Top of thiscolumn is condensed in its condensers and fed to recovery feed tank whilebottoms are fed to Rectifier cum Exhaust Column for concentration. RectifierColumn operates under pressure and condensing steam provides energy tothis column through a vertical Thermosyphon reboiler. Technical Alcohol cutis taken out from the top of this column while ENA draw is taken out fromappropriate upper trays and fed to Simmering Column after cooling. FuselOil build up is avoided by taking fusel oil draws from appropriate trays.



These fusel oils along with the condensate of Degasifying & ExtractiveDistillation columns are fed to recovery column for concentration. Atechnical alcohol cut is taken out from the top of this column.Simmering Column is operated under high reflux for better separation ofmethanol and di-acetyls. Final ENA product draw is taken from the bottomof this column.

The stillage water is taken out at about 66°C, and is used as process waterin the starch conversion.Multi-pressure Distillation system has lower steam consumption as it isdesigned for maximum heat integration to conserve energy.This system ensures a very low Steam Consumption Energy efficient Multi-pressure Distillation system with a very low

steam consumption Vacuum operation nearly eliminates scaling problem in Analyzer

column and ensures better separation of impurities, which resultsinto better quality product

Well-engineered plants with high efficiency trays to ensure elaborateseparation and removal of impurities ensuring superior quality ofNeutral Alcohol.

Proper care in design of calming zone on trays, large area of down-comers, gas-liquid separators with tangential entry and vapour bottlesensures proper gas-liquid disengagement and eliminates chances ofliquid carryover.

Analyzer column with Hyper-stat Rh-Grid trays ensure highturbulence on tray, this minimizes chances of scaling. Also, thisspecial construction of trays and access to each tray helps in easiercleaning column internals.

Condensersaredesignedwithmultiplepassestoensurehighvelocityandtominimize scaling in side tubes.

Fusel oil decanters after Rectification column ensure properseparation of fusel oils.

Stillage ProcessingDecantation SectionStillage from the distillation section is pumped to a stillage tank.Decantation section comprises of a Centrifuge Decanter for separation ofsuspended solids from Spent Wash coming out of Grain Distillation Plant.The stillage is pumped from the stillage tank to this decanter. Wet cake with28-30% w/w solids is removed from the bottom of Decanter which can besold directly in wet form as cattle feed (DWGS).Thin slops coming out of Decanter arecollected in a tank and partly recycledinto the process & further for Evaporation for concentration upto 30-35%w/w solids. The concentrated thin slops called Syrup is mixed with Wet



cake. This can be sold in this wet form also as cattle feed (DWGS). In thisplant, the entire mixture is dried in a DDGS Dryer and then sold in dry formas Distiller’s Dried Grain with Solubles (DDGS).Syrup from evaporator is fed to the dryer through the mixer and secondarycondensate is pumped to the hot process water tank of the starch conversionsection

CIP [Cleaning In Place]Fermenters and liquefaction tanks are equipped with CIP-nozzles. These andheat exchangers are connected to the piping of CIP-system for propercleaning with caustic soda and hot water. CIP-system is operatedautomatically and liquids can be used several times before draining to thewaste water treatment.The process flow diagram of each unit is presented in Figure-2.4 to Figure-2.9.







2.6.1.1 Storage Tank Details:

Tank Description TankCapacity (m3) No. of Tanks Total

Capacity (m3)ENA DailyReceivers 60 3 180

ImpureSpirit DailyReceiver

20 1 20

ENA Storage Tank 900 2 1800Impure Spirit

StorageTank

300 1 300

Fusel oil Tank 20 1 20Spent Wash Storage

Tank 1000 1 1000



2.7 Steam Required for the Ethanol PlantThe steam requirement for the proposed Ethanol plant will be met from 20TPH boiler, considering 85% efficiency of the Boiler. The fuel for the both theBoilers will be Rice Husk/Bagasse. The steam balance diagram for theproposed project is as follows:

Steam requirement 14.60 TPH

Liquefication 1.2 TPH at 3.5 kg/cm2

Wash to ENA Mode +Integrated Evaporation

7.4 TPH at 3.5 kg/cm2

DWGS Dryer 6.0 TPH at 3.5 kg/cm2

2.8 Captive Power Plant (CPP)The company intends to set up a co-generation Captive Power Plant of 2.0MW capacity. The Boiler of 20 TPH capacity of the power plant will be firedby Rice Husk/Bagasse. The boiler will be complete with evaporator steamdrum, mud drum, bank of super heaters, economizer, temperature, air fans,wet scrubber, internal piping etc. Soot blowing and super heater temperationsystem will be also provided. Boiler will be provided with blow down tanks(IBD, CBD etc), sample cooler.The details of the Boiler are as below:

Table 2.4-Boiler Details:Sl. Description Details

1 No. of Boiler One

2 Capacity 20 TPH

3 Fuel Rice Husk / bagasse

4 Stack Height 58 mtrs

The flue gases will pass over various heat transfer surfaces to wet scrubberand then finally discharged into chimney by ID fan. Condensate extractionpumps will pump the condensate after condenser of STG to a commondeaerator. Feed water from the deaerator will be pumped to the boiler byboiler feed pump. The steam generated from the boiler will drive the steamturbine of 2.0 MW capacity.It is proposed to install high efficiency wet scrubber to limit the outletemission of suspended particulate matters to 150 mg/Nm3 or better whilethe boiler is operating at its Maximum Continuous Rating (MCR). The wetscrubber Management Systemin conjunction with opacity monitor shallcontinuously monitor and maintain the optimum energy level to achievehigher efficiency of wet scrubber.



2.9 Ash Handling SystemSemi-wet extraction system will be applied for Bottom ash, to be collected inBottom Ash silo for its subsequent disposal either in slurry mode or bytruck. For Fly Ash, there will be extraction and pneumatic handling up to Flyash intermediate surge hopper and pressurized conveying of Fly Ash toterminal ash silo. Ash silo will have the capacity of storage for 1 day of ash.Dry Ash would be further disposed either in dry form in truck loads or onhigh concentration slurry mode to Ash Disposal Area.Fly ash generated from the power plant will be used as briquettes.

2.10 Power EvacuationThe proposed captive Power Plant will have a double bus 2500 kV switchyardto which all the generators will ultimately be connected to the plant.The total power requirement (at 415V, 3 PH, 50 Hz level) for the distilleryand co-generation plant is given below:

Table 2.5 Power Consumption Details:POWER REQUIREMENT IN VARIOUS SECTIONS

Distillery Process requirement 775 KW

Spent-wash concentration plant 480 KW

Condensate/lees polishing unit 100 KW

Boiler and other utilities 620KW

Lighting and Misc. 25 KW

Total (operating reqt.) 2000 KW

2.11 Area breakup:Total 4.11 acres (1.66 hectare) of land has been procured and is available forthe proposed Unit. The total land required for the proposed project is givenin Table-2.6

Table 2.6-Area BreakupSl no, Particulars Area (m2) Area (%)

1 Plant Area 5000 302 Admin Office 500 33 Storages 1500 94 Utilities 1500 95 Road Parking 1700 106 Store & Work Shop 1000 67 Green Belt 5400 33

Total 16600 100Source: Detailed Project Report



The land use of the proposed project is industrial as land is already purchasedat the time of establishment of existing 90 KLPD molasses based distillery,the proposed distillery is adjacent to the existing distillery.

2.12 Water SupplyThe water requirement will be 540 KLD. This water will be supplied from theexisting borewell.

Industrial purposes daily fresh water requirement-522 KLPD @ 9.0KL/KL of product.

Domestic requirement -18 KLPD.

2.13 ManpowerManpower required for the proposed project is 20 direct and 40 indirect i.e.total 60.

Table 2.7: Manpower RequirementS. No. Particulars No. of personal

1. Administrative Staff 52. Supervisor 5

3. Skilled Worker 10

4. Semi Skilled Worker 20

5. Unskilled Worker 20

Total 60

2.14 Health and SanitationTo ensure optimum hygienic conditions in the plant area, proper drainagenetwork will be provided to avoid water logging and outflow. Adequate healthrelated measures and a well equipped safety and environment departmentwill be provided to ensure clean and healthy environment.

2.15 Proposed Scheduled for Approval and ImplementationThe proposed project will be completed with 12 months for the Zero data.

2.16 Facilities at the PlantThe factory building will along with other ancillary structures are proposedto be constructed. It will be provided adequate space for the following areasof working:-

1. Storage for raw material and finished goods.2. Plant and Machineries3. Offices4. Toilets5. Under Ground Tank



Open space will be landscaped and trees will be planted in due course oftime.

2.17 Environmental Pollution by Distillery Plant and Their MitigationMeasures:The environmental aspect, impact and proposed mitigation measures givenin table 2.9.Table 2.9: Environmental Aspects, Impact and Proposed Mitigation MeasuresS. No. Aspect Impact MitigationMeasures1 Effluent

GenerationWaterPollution

The proposed grain baseddistillery would be based on“Zero Liquid Discharge” ZLD)Spent wash will be init ial lyconcentrated decanter centrifuge,the supernatant will move toMEE (Multiple EffectEvaporator ) and decantersludge along with slops from theMEE will move to DDGS dryer formanufacturing of dry cattle feed.Spent wash generation theproposed unit will not exceedbeyond 8 KL/KL.

2 i.Emission ofGasesii.DustEmission

Air Pollution Sprinkler will be installed alongthe haul and kuccha road.The wetting of Kuccha road willbe done by water tankersregularly.Green belt will be developedalong the project boundary, haulroad and inside the plant roads.The PUC (Pollution under control)will be checked at the entrance.The vehicles will passed throughthe water so that dust attachedwith tires will be washed.The material brought in truckswill be covered properly withplastic sheets.The sand/cement stored at thesite will also be covered withplastic sheet.The temporary wall will be



created along boundary of theproject site so that effect of windand generation of dust beminimized.By adopting the above mitigationmeasures the emission level willbe brought down and PM10 will beminimized below100 µg/m3.

3 Generation ofSolid andHazardousWaste

LandPollution

Boiler ash collected and sold tobrick manufacturers and filling oflow lying areas.The other solid wastes expectedfrom the unit are containers,empty drums which are returnedto the product seller or sold toauthorize buyers afterdetoxification.

4 Noisegenerationduringoperation ofplant

NoisePollution

All noise generating machineswill be spread at different placeswithin the cover sheds. PPEswill be provided to Workers whowill work in High noise area.

5 Use of water ImpactonHydrogeology

Rain water recharge pits will beconstructed.

6 Removal ofthe soil

Impact ongeology

Top soil will be stackedseparately and will be used forgreenbelt development.

7 Constructionof building

Impact onLand Use

33% area of the project site willbe developed as Greenbelt.

8 Removal ofplant andshrubs

Impactbiologicalenvironment

No tree cutting.Adequate plantation will be doneto minimize the adverse impact.

9 Projectactivity

SocioEconomicEnvironment

Employment will be given tolocal persons.Fund allocated for CSR activity.

10 EmergencyduringOperation ofthe Plant

Risk Risk assessment and Onsiteemergency plan will be prepared.



2.18 Gaseous Emissions and Control MeasuresOne no of Boiler is Proposed to install at site 20 TPH capacity in whichbagasse/grain will be used as fuel ,to control air pollution from stack wetscrubber shall be installed with Boiler along with 58 meters of stack. TheMajor environment pollutants are Particulate matter, SO2 due to combustionof Fuel bagasse/husk.Details of control system are given in Environment Management Plan.

2.19 Liquid Effluent Generation and Mitigation Measures2.19.1 Water RequirementWater is required in the process, Steam generation, Fermenter washing,cooling, yeast propagation, Boiler feed water etc.The proposed distillery process at 58 KLPD products shall consume 522m3/day (@ 9.0 KL/ KL of product) and 18 m3/day shall be used for domesticand sanitary purposes.Daily fresh makeup water requirement of the project will be 522 m3/day.

Table No 2.10 Water Requirements

Sr. No Process Quantity

a Industrial Process Makeup water 426 m3/day

b Boiler Makeup Water 96 m3/day

Total Consumption 522 m3/day

c Domestic Water Uses 18 m3/day

Overall fresh water consumption 540 m3/day

*in cooling tower section evaporator section distillation section andcogeneration section water will be recycled no fresh water is required.

2.19.2 Effluent GenerationProposed Distillery Plant shall be based on semi Continuous fermentationsystem along with boilers to reduce the effluent up to 7.0 KL/KL of Product.The Effluent (Spent Wash) generation will be 406 m3/day. Further thisEffluent will be treating by different strategies to achieve Zero Discharge(elaborated in EMP).

2.19.3 Proposed Waste Water treatment System (for 58 KLPD Plant)To ensure zero discharge industry has proposes to go for Multi effectevaporation fallowed by condensate processing unit. Our Further Treatmentprocess strategy is as under in Fig. 2.5 a, b. Details of Treatment strategyare discussed in the Environment Management Plan.



Fig. 2.5 a: Zero Liquid Discharge Treatment strategy



Note: As in CPU 438 KLPD effluents will be available for treatment so the proposed Condensate Processing Unit willbe of 500 KLPD effluent treatment capacity.

Figure – 2.5 b Zero Discharge Based Treatment Strategy



2.19.4 Noise Pollution Control Measures Proper maintenance, oiling and greasing of machine at regular interval

will be done to reduce generation of Noise Personal protective equipments are provided to workers exposed to high

noise levels. Sufficient green belt within the plant area will be develop and maintain.

2.19.5 Green Belt Development Out of total plant area, about 33 % of area will be used for Green Belt

development. Plantation is being done in and around the plant premises. Survival rate is about 80 % with all possible efforts. The trees are planted at suitable grid spacing to encourage proper

growth. Local Species will be planted as per guidelines.

2.20: Total Estimated Project Cost:Project cost: the project cost is 8995.00 lacks. The breakup is given in tableno. 2.11.The cost towards environmental protection measures is 980 Lakhs.The recurring cost towards environmental measure is 73 Lakhs.Table 2.11 Estimated Project Investments: Cost Breakup:

Part A:Sr.No. DESCRIPTION AMOUNT

(Rs.In Lacs)

SECTIONA

Supply of Plant & Machinery: Liquefaction Sectionalongwith MCC electrical andPLC-SCADA based Instrumentation.

765.00SECTIONB

Supply of Plant & Machinery: Saccharification &Fermentation Section (With MS + Epoxy Fermenters)alongwith MCC electricals andPLC-SCADA based Instrumentation.

SECTIONC

Supply of Plant & Machinery:Multi-Pressure Distillation Section along with MCCelectricals and PLC SCADA based Instrumentation.

1980.00SECTION

D&ESupply of Plant & Machinery : Decantation Sectionincluding Decanter CentrifugeAlong with MCC Electricals and Instrumentation.Integrated Evaporation of Part Thin Slops Plantalongwith MCCE electricals and (common) PLC-SCADAbased Instrumentation.

SECTIONF

Supplyof Plant & Machinery: DWGS Drier (withCooling & Conveying, Semi-Auto Bagging system alongwith its MCC Electricals & Instrumentation.

630.00

SECTIONG

Supply of Plant & Machinery: Daily Spirit Receivers &Alcohol Bulk Storage alongwith MCC Electricals &Instrumentation.

180.00



SECTIONH

Auxiliaries for Section A,B,C&D including CoolingTower, CWRP,Diesel driven Emergency Pumpset, PipingValves & Electricals; Instrument Air Compressor (IAC)&its Air Dryer with piping from common Air compressorsupto individual sections.

180.00

SECTIONI

Evaporation process condensate treatment plant with itsMCC, electrical &instrumentation.

300.00

SECTIONJ

Civil and MS Structural engineering only for PRAJ scopeof work as above

27.00

SECTIONK Freight & Transit insurance upto Site

138.00

Total forabove scope, F.O.R Site excluding all taxesand duties.

4200.00

PART B:

Sr. No. DESCRIPTION AMOUNT(Rs. In Lacs)

SECTIONK

Supply of Plant & Machinery: Grain Storage silos (2x 2000 MT) Section including Grain loading & pre-cleaning along with MCC electricals andInstrumentation.

135.00

Supply of Plant & Machinery: Grain Milling Sectionalong with MCC electrical and Instrumentation

225.00Supply of Plant & Machinery: Grain flour handling &Weighment, common equipment along with respectiveMCC electricals & Instrumentation

SECTIONL

Boiler with Accessories: (20 TPH; 45 kg/cm2g;

440OC) Section along with MCC electricals and PLCInstrumentation. Includes Main Boiler, Fuel Feeding,Ash Handling, wet scrubber, PRDS/DSH, Part SteamPiping upto Turbine, etc.

675.00

Turbine & Alternator: Back Pressure Type (2.0 MW)along with electrical and Instrumentation.

450.00Steam Piping &Valves, Interconnections, CondensatePiping, PRDS/DSH, Insulation, Steam Header, etc.

SECTIONM

Electrical distribution : Transformer, DG Sets, PowerControl Center, Cabling from PCC to respective MCC,Earthing, Synchronization Panel, In-Plant & YardLighting, etc.

SECTIONN

Borewell (1 No.) ; Water Treatment Plants (Soft Water& DM Water), Water distribution Piping & Valves, Flow-meters & Tantalizers, (Instruments) etc.

150.00

SECTIONO

Fire Fighting arrangement, weigh bridge, laboratoryequipment.

110.00

SECTIONP

Effluent Treatment Plant (ETP) for miscellaneousstreams. (Provisional) 90.00

SECTIONQ

Complete MS Structural work for Process sectionand utility section such as columns, Beams, Rooftruss, Gratings, Hand railing, Staircases, Tie beamsetc. including interconnecting Steam & Waterdistribution Pipe Racks, Cable Tray, Ash Silo,etc.

700.00



SECTIONR

Complete Civil Works including Foundations, drains,land preparation, roads, buildings, offices, stores,workshop, canteen, guesthouse, Boiler Chimney,Blending & Bottling Halls, DDGS Storage Godowns,Flooring, Boundary Wall, Gates, Underground WaterTanks, Pits, Sumps, Borewells, Equipment & Structurefoundations, platforms, laboratory, etc. Alsoincluded in the scope is Green Belt development, RainWater Harvesting, etc.

1250.00

SECTIONS Freight and Insurance, etc. for all above

300.00

SECTIONT Estimated TAXES & DUTIES – For all above scope

700.00

Total for above scope, PART B, F.O.R Site. 4795.00

TOTAL FIXED ASSETS ( PART A+ PART B) 8995.00



CHAPTER 3DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT

3.0 IntroductionThe main objectives of describing the environment, which may bepotentially affected, are(i) to assess present environmental quality and the environmental impactsand;(ii) to identify environmentally significant factors.

3.1 Study AreaVarious environmental parameters study has been done within 10 Kmradius area of the proposed project site. The study area map is given inChapter 1, Figure 1.1.

3.2 Study PeriodThis chapter and the related discussions contain the results of field studiescarried out during the Post monsoon and winter Season- October toDecember, 2015.

3.3 Components andMethodology3.3.1 ComponentsTo achieve the objectives of ToR, ETRC team members visited the site andstudy area (10 Km radius) study and monitored the environmentalparameters as per of ToR Letter and accordance with the Guidelines forEIA, issued by the Ministry of Environment, Forests and Climate Change,Government of India.The component of the study is given below:

Table no. 3.1 Environmental Attributes and Frequency of MonitoringSr.No. Attributes Parameters Frequency

1 Ambient AirQuality

As per NAAQS –November 2009

24 Hourly Samples twice a weekfor 13 weeks at 8 locations.CO ismonitored at three 8 Hourlysamples in 24 hours for twice aweek for thirteen weeks.

2 Meteorology

Wind Speed ,Winddirection,Temperature,Relative humidity,Rainfall, and otherNon instrumental

Continuous for three monthswith hourly recording andsecondary data collected fromIMD Aligarh



observations

3 WaterQuality

Physical, Chemicaland Bacteriologicalparameters

Grab Samples were Collected at 8locations. Sampling and analysiscarried out once during studyperiod

4 Ecology

Existing terrestrialand aquatic floraand fauna in 10-km radius area

Primary survey through fieldstudies during study period andsupplemented with publisheddata.

5 Noise levels Noise level in dB(A)at 8 locations

Hourly readings for 24 hours ateach locations once during period

6 Soil Quality

Parameters relatedto agricultural andPlantationpotential,IS – 2720

Once during study period at 8locations

7 Land UseTrend of land usechange fordifferent categories

Based on data published indistrict census handbooks andbased on satellite imagery

8SocioEconomicAspect

Socio – economicCharacteristic andlabor forcecharacteristic

Based on the data collected fromthe secondary source(Based on data published indistrict census handbooks)

3.3.2 Methodology:The data was collected from both primary and secondary sources. Primarydata sources include the data collected through environmental monitoring/survey of the study area. The studies involved conducting field studies andanalyzing various parameters that might be affected due to the industry andconducting socio-economic survey among the people.

Existing topography and meteorological conditions: Locations of water intake and waste disposal points Location of human habilitation and other sensitive areas present in

the vicinity of the proposed project site Representative areas for baseline conditions Accessibility for sampling

Secondary data was collected from various organizations to substantiate theprimary data. The data thus collected was compared with the standardsprescribed for the respective environmental parameters.



Instrument Used For Environmental Baseline Data CollectionThe following instruments were used at the site for environmental baselinedata collection work.

1. Respirable Dust Collector with attachment for gaseousPollutants, Envirotech 460 BL.

2. Fine Particulate Matter (FPM) Sampler, APM 5503. Digital D.O. Meter Model –OM-51E.4. Dry and Wet Bulb Thermometer.5. Sound Level Meter Model MS - 67086. Micro Meteorological Station Model Enviro-WIN 2517. Water Level Indicator8. Global Positioning System (GPS)9. And other.

In addition to the above samples collected, the data on land use, vegetationand agricultural crops were also collected by the field team by meeting with alarge number of local inhabitants in the study area and differentGovernment departments / agencies. This provided an excellent opportunityto the members of the field team for obtaining an intimate feel of theenvironment of the study area.

3.3.3 The Sampling Location for Base Line Study:Table: 3.2: The details of the sampling site

S.No Location Code Directionw.r.t. Point

Source

Distance (Km)w.r.t Point

Source

Latitude andLongitude

1 ChandauliBujurg

SS1 East 1.8 KmsLat. 27°58’47.75”NLon. 78°13’06.06”E

2Ahmadpura SS2 North 1.2 Kms

Lat. 27°59’22.23”NLon. 78°12’03.06”E

3Gowali SS3 North 2.5 Kms

Lat. 28°00’05.96”NLon. 78°12’09.08”E

4Gwalra SS 4 West 1.6 Kms

Lat. 27°58’27.63”NLon. 78°11’11.50”E

5Bhawan Garhi SS5 South 1.3 Kms

Lat. 27°58’07.47”NLon. 78°12’17.94”E

6 ChandolaSujanpur

SS 6 East 3.5 KmsLat. 27°58’39.76”NLon. 78°14’15.62”E

7Daoodgarhi SS 7 North East 2.0 Kms

Lat. 27°59’31.57”NLon. 78°13’06.12”E

8 NearbyFactory Premises

SS8 - -Lat. 27⁰58’51.07”NLon. 78⁰12’11.82”E

9 River Kali NearVill-Gowali

SW1 (N)1.0 Kms

-

10 River Kali NearVill-Chandoli

BuzurgSW2 (NW)

0.800 Kms-



SS- SAMPLING SITESW-SAMPLING SITE SURFACE WATERThe sampling locations for water, noise, air, soil, demographic survey isnearly same as indicated in Table 3.2, the map showing location of thesapling in the study area is given pic 1.

5 KMS RADIUS BUFFERAMBIENT AIR QUALITY MONITORING SITES

TOPO SHEET NO.G44A5,G44A1,H44S4

LEGEND:

-SITE

-5 KMS RADIUS

AIR MONITORING POINTS:1.AQ1-CHANDAULI BUJURG2.AQ2-AHMADPURA3.AQ3-GOWALI4.AQ4-GWALRA5.AQ5-BHAWAN GARHI6.AQ6-CHANDOLASUJANPUR7.AQ7-DAOODGARHI8.AQ8-FACTORY PREMISESPROJECT NAME:M/S WAVE DISTILLERIESAND BREWERIES LTDVILLAGE AHMADPURA,TEHSIL ATRAULI, DISTRICTALIGARHPROJECT AREA: 4.11 ACRE(1.66 H)Project LocationCoordinates:Latitude 27⁰58’51.32”NLongitude 78⁰12’11.64”ESCALE: 1:50000

PREPARED BY-ETRC

AQ1

AQ2

AQ3

AQ4

AQ5

AQ6

AQ7

AQ8






LEGEND:

-SITE

-5 KMS RADIUS


PREPARED BY-ETRC

AQ1

AQ2

AQ3

AQ4

AQ5

AQ6

AQ7

AQ8






LEGEND:

-SITE

-5 KMS RADIUS


PREPARED BY-ETRC

AQ1

AQ2

AQ3

AQ4

AQ5

AQ6

AQ7

AQ8



3.4 Air QualityThe ambient air quality with respect to the study zones of 10 km radiusaround the proposed installation of distillery unit forms the baselineinformation. The prime objective of the baseline air quality study was toassess the existing air quality of the area. This will also be useful forassessing the conformity to standards of the ambient air quality during theoperation of proposed Distillery. The study area mainly represents rural/residential environment.

3.4.1 Methodology Adopted For Air Quality SurveySelection of sampling locationsThe baseline status of the ambient air quality has been assessed through ascientifically designed ambient air quality monitoring network. The design ofmonitoring network in the air quality surveillance program has been basedon the considerations-:Meteorological condition on synoptic scale:

Topography of the study area; Representatives of regional background air quality for obtaining

baseline status; and Representatives of likely impact areas.

Frequency and Parameters for SamplingAmbient air quality monitoring was done at a frequency of 2 days continuousper week for three months at all 8 monitoring stations during Post Monsoonand winter Season. The duration, period and frequency of sampling is, as perthe guidelines of National Ambient Air Quality (NAAQ) Standards prescribedby Central Pollution Control Board (CPCB), New Delhi and are as givenbelow:Duration:Post Monsoon and winter Season (1st October 2015 to 31st December 2015).

Period:A). 24 hrs for PM-10, PM-2.5, SO2 & NOx

B). 8 hr for CO

Frequency:Twice a week for the entire study period (i.e. 3 months).The baseline data of air environment was monitored for parametersmentioned below as per revised MoEF notification dated 16th November2009.

Particulate Matter (PM10) Particulate Matter (PM2.5) Sulphur dioxide (SO2)



Nitrogen Oxide (NOx) HC (Methane and Non Methane)

3.4.2 Details of the Sampling LocationsAll the sampling locations are described below in Table- 3.2. The stationswere selected to assess present pollution levels.

Table – 3.3 Details of Ambient Air Quality Monitoring

Sr.No Location Code

Directionw.r.t.Point

Source

Distance(Km)w.r.tPoint

Source


1 ChandauliBujurg

AQ1 East 1.8 Kms Lat. 27°58’47.75”NLon. 78°13’06.06”E

2 Ahmadpura AQ2 North 1.2 Kms Lat. 27°59’22.23”NLon. 78°12’03.06”E

3 Gowali AQ3 North 2.5 Kms Lat. 28°00’05.96”NLon. 78°12’09.08”E

4 Gwalra AQ 4 West 1.6 Kms Lat. 27°58’27.63”NLon. 78°11’11.50”E

5 Bhawan Garhi AQ 5 South 1.3 Kms Lat. 27°58’07.47”NLon. 78°12’17.94”E

6 ChandolaSujanpur

AQ 6 East 3.5 Kms Lat. 27°58’39.76”NLon. 78°14’15.62”E

7 Daoodgarhi AQ 7NorthEast

2.0 Kms Lat. 27°59’31.57”NLon. 78°13’06.12”E

8 NearbyFactory Premises

AQ 8 - - Lat. 27⁰58’51.07”NLon. 78⁰12’11.82”E

3.4.3 Duration of samplingThe sampling duration for PM10, PM2.5, SO2, NOx and HC are twenty fourhourly continuous samples per day for Twice in a week for 3 months. This isto allow a comparison with the present revised standards mentioned in thelatest gazette notification of the Central Pollution Control Board (CPCB).

3.4.4 Instrumentation for SamplingRespirable Dust Samplers of Envirotech instruments were used formonitoring of PM10 (<10 microns), gaseous pollutants like SO2, NO2 and FineParticulate sampler were used for monitoring of PM2.5.



Methodology of Sampling and analytical techniques-The techniques used for ambient air quality monitoring and minimumdetectable levels are given in Table-3.4

Table – 3.4: Techniques used for ambient air quality Monitoring

3.5 Presentation of Primary DataVarious statistical parameters like 98th percentile, average, maximum andminimum values have been computed from the observed raw data for all theAAQ monitoring stations. The results of monitoring carried out for threemonths are presented in Table 3.6.1 -3.6.8 and the summary of these resultsare presented in Table-3.6. These are compared with the standardsprescribed by Central Pollution Control Board (CPCB) for rural andresidential zones and industrial zone (given in table 3.5).Table 3.5: Ambient air quality standards – MoEF as per the notificationdated 16th November 2009 for industrial, residential & rural areas

Air quality parameter Concentration24 hrs Annual

Particulate matter (size lessthan 10 μm), PM10, μg/m3 100 60

Particulate matter (size lessthan 2.5 μm), PM2.5,μg/m3 60 40

Sulfur-di-oxide, μg/m3 80 50Nitrogen dioxide, μg/m3 80 40

Hydrocarbons - -Note:Wherever monitoring results on two constitutive days of monitoring exceed the limitsspecified above for the respective category, it shall be considered adequate reason toinstitute regular or continuous monitoring and further investigation.

Parameters Test Method (as perGSR 826 (E), Sch- VII)

MinimumDetectable limit

Particulate Matters,PM10

Gravimetric Method,CPCB Guidelines

5.0 µg/m3

Particulate Matters,PM2.5

Gravimetric MethodCPCB Guidelines

5.0 (µg/m3)

Sulphur dioxideImproved West and Geake

MethodIS-5182 (Part-II)

3.0 (µg/m3)

Nitrogen dioxideModified Jacob andHochheiser MethodIS-5182 (Part-VI)

5.0 (µg/m3)

HydrocarbonsMethane and non

methane

Gas Chromatograph(FID Detector)

IS-5182 (Part-XXI)0.2 ppb



3.5.1 Particulate Matter (PM10)The maximum 98th percentile concentrations for PM10 were recorded atnearby factory premises have concentration 84.8 µg/m3. The minimum 98th

percentile concentration was recorded at village Gwalara have concentration69.8 µg/m3. All sites concentration ranges from 69.8 - 84.8 µg/m3.

3.5.2 Particulate Matter (PM2.5)The maximum 98th percentile concentrations for PM2.5 were recorded nearbyfactory premises have concentration 48.8 µg/m3. The minimum 98th

percentile concentration was recorded at village Bawan Garhi haveconcentration 38.8 µg/m3. All sites concentration ranges from 38.8-48.8µg/m3.

3.5.3 Sulphur DioxideThe maximum 98th percentile concentrations for SO2 were recorded nearfactory premises have concentration 13.8 µg/m3. The minimum 98th

percentile concentration was recorded at near Ahmadpura village haveconcentration 11.2 µg/m3. All sites concentration ranges from 11.2-14.2µg/m3.

3.5.4 Nitrogen OxideThe maximum 98th percentile concentrations for NO2 were recorded nearbyfactory premises have concentration 18.4 µg/m3. The minimum 98th

percentile concentration was recorded at village Chandoola Sujanpur haveconcentration 15.6 µg/m3. All sites concentration ranges from 15.6-18.4µg/m3.3.5.5 HCHC is found<0.20 ppb at sampling sites.

Table 3.6: 98th Percentile Values

Pollutant Location

PM (Lessthan 10micron)µg/ m3

PM (Lessthan 2.5micron)µg/ m3

SO2µg/m3

NOXµg/m3

HCppb

Methane Non-methane

AQ1 CHANDAULI BUJURG 83.6 47.4 11.8 17.8 <0.20 <0.20AQ 2 AHMADPURA 81.8 45.8 11.2 16.0 <0.20 <0.20AQ 3 GOWALI 79.8 44.8 12.2 16.2 <0.20 <0.20AQ 4 GWALRA 69.8 41.2 13.8 17.4 <0.20 <0.20AQ 5 BHAWAN GARHI 76.4 38.8 13.8 17.2 <0.20 <0.20

AQ 6 CHANDOLASUJANPUR 80.8 45.4 10.6 15.6 <0.20 <0.20

AQ 7 DAOODGARHI 82.8 46.8 11.6 16.4 <0.20 <0.20

AQ 8 NEARBY FACTORYPREMISES 84.8 48.8 14.2 18.4 <0.20 <0.20



Graphical presentation of 98th percentile values is given from fig 3.2,3.3, 3.4, 3.5.

Fig. 3.2

Fig. 3.3

CHANDAULIBUJUR

G

AHMADPURA

GOWALI

GWALRA

BHAWAN

GARHI

CHANDOLASUJAN

PUR

DAOODGAR

HI

NEARBY

FACTORY

PREMISES

SS1 SS2 SS3 SS 4 SS5 SS 6 SS 7 SS8

PM (Less than 10 micron) µg/ M3 83.6 81.8 79.8 69.8 76.4 80.8 82.8 84.8

0102030405060708090

PM 1

0 CO

NCE

NTR

ATI

ON

PM 10 (Less than 10 micron) µg/m3

Pollutant

Location


PM (Less than 2.5 micron) 0 47.4 45.8 44.8 41.2 38.8 45.4 46.8 48.8

0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

0

10

20

30

40

50

60

PM 2

.5 C

ON

CEN

TRA

TIO

N

PM 2.5 (Less than 2.5 micron)µg/ m3



Fig. 3.4

Fig. 3.5

Pollutant

Location


0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

SO2 µg/ M3 11.8 11.2 12.2 13.8 13.8 10.6 11.6 14.2

0

2

4

6

8

10

12

14

16SO

X CO

CEN

TRA

TIO

N

Pollutant

LocationSS1 SS2 SS3 SS 4 SS5 SS 6 SS 7 SS8

0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

NOX µg/ M3 17.8 16 16.2 17.4 17.2 15.6 16.4 18.4

0

2

4

6

8

10

12

14

16

18

20

NO

X CO

NCE

NTR

ATI

ON



Table: 3.6.1AQ1: CHANDAULI BUJURG

Sr.No. DATE PM10 PM2.5 SO2 NOx HC(Methane)

HC (Non-methane)

UNIT µg/m3 µg/m3 µg/m3 µg/m3 ppb ppb1 01.10.2015 58.2 34.6 9.2 12.2 <0.20 <0.202 02.10.2015 52.2 28.6 8.6 12.6 <0.20 <0.203 08.10.2015 53.4 27.4 7.2 11.2 <0.20 <0.204 09.10.2015 57.2 29.2 9.0 13.6 <0.20 <0.205 15.10.2015 52.6 28.8 10.9 13.2 <0.20 <0.206 16.10.2015 52.4 27.4 9.2 12.2 <0.20 <0.207 22.10.2015 50.8 26.4 8.2 15.4 <0.20 <0.208 23.10.2015 54.2 28.2 8.7 11.2 <0.20 <0.209 02.11.2015 50.2 27.8 10.1 13.8 <0.20 <0.2010 03.11.2015 51.4 26.4 10.6 13.2 <0.20 <0.2011 09.11.2015 49.2 22.6 9.6 12.4 <0.20 <0.2012 10.11.2015 56.8 29.2 9.1 14.8 <0.20 <0.2013 16.11.2015 57.6 29.6 10.9 10.4 <0.20 <0.2014 17.11.2015 59.2 30.6 10.8 14.6 <0.20 <0.2015 23.11.2015 58.4 27.2 11.1 15.2 <0.20 <0.2016 24.11.2015 57.8 26.4 10.4 16.2 <0.20 <0.2017 27.11.2015 60.2 34.6 9.8 15.4 <0.20 <0.2018 28.11.2015 58.4 30.4 10.9 14.8 <0.20 <0.2019 01.12.2015 62.4 34.6 8.6 15.2 <0.20 <0.2020 02.12.2015 69.2 37.2 11.8 17.8 <0.20 <0.2021 05.12.2015 70.8 41.6 10.5 17.8 <0.20 <0.2022 06.12.2015 82.2 46.4 11.2 15.2 <0.20 <0.2023 15.12.2015 81.2 46.2 9.6 15.8 <0.20 <0.2024 16.12.2015 82.4 44.8 10.8 15.2 <0.20 <0.2025 24.12.2015 83.6 47.4 11.1 16.4 <0.20 <0.2026 25.12.2015 83.2 46.6 11.4 16.2 <0.20 <0.20

OBSERVATIONS

Parameters PM10 PM2.5 SO2 NO2HC

(Methane)HC (Non-methane)

MinimumValue 49.2 22.6 7.2 10.4 <0.20 <0.20MaximumValue 83.6 47.4 11.8 17.8 <0.20 <0.20

Average 61.73 33.08 9.97 14.30 <0.20 <0.2095percentile 83.2 46.6 11.4 16.4 - -98percentile 83.6 47.4 11.8 17.8 - -



Table: 3.6.2AQ2: AHMADPURA


HC (Non-methane)


OBSERVATIONS







Table: 3.6.3AQ3: GOWALI


HC (Non-methane)


OBSERVATIONS







Table: 3.6.4AQ4: GWALRA


HC (Non-methane)


OBSERVATIONS







Table: 3.6.5AQ5: BHAWAN GARHI


HC (Non-methane)


OBSERVATIONS







Table:3.6.6AQ6: CHANDOLA SUJANPUR


HC (Non-methane)


OBSERVATIONS







Table:3.6.7AQ7: DAOODGARHI


HC (Non-methane)

UNIT µg/m3

µg/m3 µg/m3

µg/m3 ppb ppb1 01.10.2015 50.2 29.2 8.8 11.4 <0.20 <0.202 02.10.2015 52.8 29.6 8.4 11.0 <0.20 <0.203 08.10.2015 50.4 29.2 7.2 10.4 <0.20 <0.204 09.10.2015 46.8 27.6 8.6 11.8 <0.20 <0.205 15.10.2015 50.2 28.8 10.4 13.2 <0.20 <0.206 16.10.2015 49.8 26.6 8.8 11.6 <0.20 <0.207 22.10.2015 56.6 32.8 8.0 10.8 <0.20 <0.208 23.10.2015 51.2 30.2 8.4 11.2 <0.20 <0.209 02.11.2015 50.8 29.8 9.8 12.2 <0.20 <0.2010 03.11.2015 51.4 31.6 10.2 13.8 <0.20 <0.2011 09.11.2015 48.2 27.2 9.2 13.4 <0.20 <0.2012 10.11.2015 50.4 27.8 9.0 12.2 <0.20 <0.2013 16.11.2015 54.8 33.2 10.6 13.8 <0.20 <0.2014 17.11.2015 57.2 34.4 10.8 14.6 <0.20 <0.2015 23.11.2015 55.4 33.4 10.8 13.6 <0.20 <0.2016 24.11.2015 58.2 34.2 10.2 13.8 <0.20 <0.2017 27.11.2015 55.8 34.6 9.6 12.8 <0.20 <0.2018 28.11.2015 52.8 34.4 10.6 14.2 <0.20 <0.2019 01.12.2015 57.6 34.2 8.4 12.2 <0.20 <0.2020 02.12.2015 63.6 36.8 11.6 15.4 <0.20 <0.2021 05.12.2015 76.2 42.2 10.4 14.6 <0.20 <0.2022 06.12.2015 70.4 39.4 11.0 15.6 <0.20 <0.2023 15.12.2015 78.6 42.2 9.4 13.8 <0.20 <0.2024 16.12.2015 79.4 43.8 10.6 15.2 <0.20 <0.2025 24.12.2015 81.2 45.4 10.8 15.6 <0.20 <0.2026 25.12.2015 82.8 46.8 11.2 16.4 <0.20 <0.20

OBSERVATIONS




Average 58.95

34.05 9.72 13.25 <0.20 <0.2095percentile 81.2 45.4 11.4 15.6 - -98percentile 82.8 46.8 11.6 16.4 - -



Table: 3.6.8AQ8: NEARBY FACTORY PREMISES


HC (Non-methane)


OBSERVATIONS







3.6 Noise Environment (Aerial Environment)3.6.1 ReconnaissanceA reconnaissance (preliminary survey) survey was conducted in order toestablish the baseline status of the environment with respect to noise levelsin the study area. The objective of the present study is to assess the impactsof noise generated proposed units inside the plant premises and its impacton the human settlements within 10.0 km radius.

Noise Level SurveyThe physical description of sound concerns its loudness as a function offrequency. Noise in general is sound which is composed of many frequencycomponents of various types of loudness distributed over the audiblefrequency range. Various noise scales have been introduced to describe, in asingle number, the response of an average human to a complex sound madeup of various frequencies at different loudness levels. The most common anduniversally accepted scale is the A weighted Scale which is measured as dB(A). This is more suitable for audible range of 20 to 20,000 Hz. The scale hasbeen designed to weigh various components of noise according to theresponse of a human ear.The impact of noise sources on surrounding community depends on:

Characteristics of noise sources (instantaneous, intermittent orcontinuous in nature). It can be observed that steady noise is not asannoying as one which is continuously varying in loudness;

The time of day at which noise occurs, for example high noise levels atnight in residential areas are not acceptable because of sleepdisturbance; and

The location of the noise source, with respect to noise sensitive landuse, which determines the loudness and period of exposure.

The environmental impact of noise can have several effects varyingfrom Noise Induced Hearing Loss (NIHL) to annoyance depending onloudness of noise. The environmental impact assessment of noise fromthe existing plant, construction activity, and vehicular traffic can beundertaken by taking into consideration various factors like potentialdamage to hearing, physiological responses, and annoyance andgeneral community responses.

The main objective of noise monitoring in the study area is to establish thebaseline noise levels, and assess the impact of the total noise generated bythe cement plant operations around it.



3.6.2 Identification of Sampling LocationsA preliminary reconnaissance survey has been undertaken to identify themajor noise generating sources in the area. Noise at different noisegenerating sources has been identified based on the activities in the villagearea, ambient noise due to traffic and the noise at sensitive areas likehospitals and schools.The noise monitoring has been conducted for determination of noise levels at8 locations in the study area. The noise levels at each location were recordedfor 24 hours. The environment setting of each noise monitoring location isgiven in Table-3.7A sound level meter was used for measuring the noise level at one hourinterval continuously for 24 hrs at 1.5 m above ground level, about 3 m fromwalls, buildings or other sound reflecting sources.

Table no.3.7 Noise sampling location:

Sr.No Location CodeDirection

w.r.t. PointSource

Distance(Km)w.r.tPoint

Source


1Chandauli

Bujurg(commercial)

NQ1 East 1.8 Kms Lat. 27°58’47.75”NLon. 78°13’06.06”E

2 Ahmadpura(Residential) NQ 2 North 1.2 Kms Lat. 27°59’22.23”N

Lon. 78°12’03.06”E

3 Gowali(Residential) NQ 3 North 2.5 Kms Lat. 28°00’05.96”N

Lon. 78°12’09.08”E

4 Gwalra(Residential) NQ 4 West 1.6 Kms Lat. 27°58’27.63”N

Lon. 78°11’11.50”E

5 Bhawan Garhi(commercial) NQ 5 South 1.3 Kms Lat. 27°58’07.47”N

Lon. 78°12’17.94”E

6ChandolaSujanpur

(Residential)NQ 6 East 3.5 Kms Lat. 27°58’39.76”N

Lon. 78°14’15.62”E

7 Daoodgarhi(Residential) NQ 7 North East 2.0 Kms Lat. 27°59’31.57”N

Lon. 78°13’06.12”E

8NearbyFactory

Premises(Industrial)

NQ 8 - - Lat. 27⁰58’51.07”NLon. 78⁰12’11.82”E

The measurements were carried out in such a way that the monitoring locations were 1 m away fromthe sources and 1 m away from the edge of the roads. The lowest and highest noise levels arepresented in table 3.9 and the limits as per Environmental Protection Rules, 1986 for industrial,commercial & residential areas are presented in table 3.8 as under.



5 KMS RADIUS BUFFERNOISE MONITORING SITES


LEGEND:

-SITE

-5 KMS RADIUS

NOISE MONITORINGPOINTS:1.NQ1-CHANDAULI BUJURG2.NQ2-AHMADPURA3.NQ3-GOWALI4.NQ4-GWALRA5.NQ5-BHAWAN GARHI6.NQ6-CHANDOLASUNANPUR7.NQ7-DAOODGARHI8.NQ8-FACTORY PREMISES

PROJECT NAME:M/S WAVE DISTILLERIESAND BREWERIES LTDVILLAGE AHMADPURA,TEHSIL ATRAULI, DISTRICTALIGARH

Project LocationCoordinates:Latitude 27⁰58’51.32”NLongitude 78⁰12’11.64”ESCALE: 1:50000

PREPARED BY-ETRC

Table 3.8 Limits as per Environmental Protection Rules

Limits as per Env. Protection Rules, 1986 in dB(A)LeqIndustrial area Commercial area Residential areaDay Night Day Night Day Night

75 70 65 55 55 45

NOTE:1. Day Time is from 6:.00 AM to 10:00 PM2. Night Time is reckoned between 10:00 PM to 6:00 AM3. Silence Zone is defined as an area up to 100m around premises of Hospitals, EducationalInstitutions and Courts. Use of vehicle horn, loudspeaker and bursting of crackers is banned inthese zones.Note: Mixed categories of areas be declared as one of the four above mentioned categories bythe competent Authority and the corresponding standards shall apply

NQ1

NQ2

NQ3

NQ4

NQ5

NQ6

NQ7

NQ8





LEGEND:

-SITE

-5 KMS RADIUS




PREPARED BY-ETRC



75 70 65 55 55 45


NQ1

NQ2

NQ3

NQ4

NQ5

NQ6

NQ7

NQ8





LEGEND:

-SITE

-5 KMS RADIUS




PREPARED BY-ETRC



75 70 65 55 55 45


NQ1

NQ2

NQ3

NQ4

NQ5

NQ6

NQ7

NQ8



3.6.3 Method of MonitoringSound Pressure Level measurements were measured at all locations. Thereadings were taken for every hour for 24 hours. The day noise levels havebeen monitored during 6 am to 10 pm and night levels during 10 pm to 6 amat all the locations covered in 10 km radius of the study area.

3.6.4 Presentation of ResultsThe statistical analysis is done for measured noise levels at eight locationsduring study period. The parameters are analyzed for Lday, Lnight, and Ldn-These results are tabulated in Table-3.9

Table – 3.9 Noise Level in the Study AreaTIME IN HRS NQ 1 NQ 2 NQ 3 NQ 4 NQ 5 NQ 6 NQ 7 NQ 8

7.00 46.9 47.8 48.1 47.9 48.2 48.7 48.7 51.18.00 47.6 49.2 49.4 49.2 47.4 47.1 46.2 52.69.00 49.2 48.8 48.5 48.5 48.7 48.6 48.9 52.910.00 49.8 49.7 47.8 50.8 47.8 51.2 46.5 57.811.00 49.4 50.6 51.5 49.9 51.7 52.8 47.1 57.712.00 50.8 51.5 52.2 50.3 51.2 50.2 52.4 61.813.00 52.8 52.1 50.1 51.8 48.9 52.6 53.9 62.914.00 51.6 52.9 52.7 54.4 54.6 51.9 53.4 63.815.00 54.6 53.2 52.5 53.8 52.1 50.5 54.8 67.916.00 53.8 54.3 54.1 51.1 53.2 51.1 47.8 68.817.00 51.9 53.7 52.4 52.7 52.8 52.5 50.1 65.718.00 52.2 52.9 53.6 53.1 50.3 50.1 51.8 64.919.00 50.7 51.6 51.1 48.7 48.9 48.5 48.1 63.620.00 49.2 49.8 48.6 46.1 47.3 47.0 47.8 58.521.00 49.2 48.1 49.5 49.3 46.5 49.1 46.2 57.322.00 48.2 48.7 48.3 48.1 49.4 48.9 48.5 58.923.00 47.7 47.9 47.5 49.2 49.5 49.1 49.8 52.624.00 46.5 46.7 46.3 47.8 48.4 49.2 47.8 49.21.00 45.6 45.8 45.0 43.2 46.4 49.3 46.1 46.92.00 44.8 46.4 46.9 42.6 48.8 47.5 44.2 47.93.00 41.1 43.9 43.4 44.1 46.5 49.3 48.1 48.34.00 43.4 44.7 45.2 42.1 47.3 47.1 45.7 46.25.00 44.7 46.9 44.5 44.3 49.5 48.1 46.8 48.56.00 46.5 45.8 46.3 45.1 47.3 49.1 44.6 51.7

OBSERVATIONLMin 41.1 44.7 44.5 42.1 47.3 47.0 46.1 46.9LMax 54.6 54.3 54.1 54.4 54.6 52.8 53.9 68.8Ld 54.6 54.3 54.1 54.4 54.6 52.8 53.9 68.8Ln 49.2 49.8 49.5 49.3 49.5 49.3 49.8 58.5

Note:Lmin - Minimum Noise Level RecordedLmax - Maximum Noise Level RecordedLd - Day EquivalentLn - Night Equivalent



3.6.5 Existing Noise EnvironmentNoise levels were measured once at various locations during study period), inorder to evaluate the ambient Noise level in the study area. Noise monitoringwas carried out at 08 locations on hourly basis. The hourly values are givenin table- 3.9.The equivalent noise levels in locations are summarized as below in Table3.10

Table 3.10 Equivalent Noise Levels in the Study Area

SSll..NNoo.. StationCode

PollutantLocation

EEqquuiivvaalleenntt NNooiissee LLeevveellss ddBB((AA))

LLmmiinn LLmmaaxx LLdd LLnn

1 NQ1 CHANDAULI BUJURG 44.1 54.6 54.6 49.2

2 NQ2 AHMADPURA 44.7 54.3 54.3 49.8

3 NQ3 GOWALI 44.5 54.1 54.1 49.5

4 NQ 4 GWALRA 42.1 54.4 54.4 49.3

5 NQ 5 BHAWAN GARHI 47.3 54.6 54.6 49.5

6 NQ 6 CHANDOLA SUJANPUR 47.0 52.8 52.8 49.3

7 NQ 7 DAOODGARHI 46.1 53.9 53.9 49.8

8 NQ8 NEARBY FACTORYPREMISES 46.9 68.8 68.8 58.5

The Noise Levels were within the prescribed limits when compared withAmbient Noise Level standards in respect of noise vide rule-3 ofEnvironmental (protection) Rule 1986.The graphical representation of the Equivalent Noise Levels in the StudyArea is given in fig 3.6.

Fig .3.6: Equivalent Noise Levels in the Study Area

44.1 54.6 54.6 49.244.7 54.3 54.3 49.844.5 54.1 54.1 49.542.1 54.4 54.4 49.347.3 54.6 54.6 49.547 52.8 52.8 49.3

46.1 53.9 53.9 49.846.9 68.8 68.8 58.5

L min L max Ld Ln

Equivalent Noise Levels dB (A)SS1 CHANDAULI BUJURG SS2 AHMADPURASS3 GOWALI SS 4 GWALRASS5 BHAWAN GARHI SS 6 CHANDOLA SUJANPURSS 7 DAOODGARHI SS8 NEARBY FACTORY PREMISES



3.7 Water Environment3.7.1 Reconnaissance SurveyThe impact has been assessed on randomly selected surface and groundwater sources falling within the impact zone.The purpose of this study is to:

Assess the water quality characteristics for critical parameters; and Predict the impact of water quality, due to the proposed project, and

related activities.Reconnaissance survey was undertaken and monitoring locations werefinalized based on:

Location of the water bodies Usage of the water Areas that can represent baseline conditions Surface water samples were collected from rivers.

In order to assess the existing water quality, the water samples werecollected from 10 different locations (8 ground water, 2 surface water) withinthe study area (fig 3.7 showing surface water sampling locations) andanalyzed as per the procedure specified in standard methods for examinationof water and wastewater published by American Public Health Associationand Bureau of Indian Standards (APHA/BIS). Samples for the analysis werecollected in polyethylene containers. Samples collected for metal contentwere acidified with 1 ml HNO3. Samples for biological analysis were collectedin sterilized glass bottles. Selected physico-chemical and biologicalparameters have been analyzed for projecting the existing water qualitystatus in the study area. Parameters like temperature, Dissolved Oxygen(DO), and pH were analyzed at the time of sample collection.

3.7.2 Surface Water QualityName of the locations, orientation with respect to the project site are listed inthe table 3.11 along with the type of source. The analytical data for surfacewater quality has been tabulated in table 3.12Table: 3.11 Surface Water Quality Monitoring Stations:

S.No Code Name of SamplingStation

Sourceof Water

Distance FromFactory Unit along

with direction1 SW-1 River Kali Upstream

Near Vill-GowaliSurfaceWater

1.0 Kms (N)

2 SW-2 River KaliDownstream Near Vill-

Chandoli Buzurg

SurfaceWater

0.800 Kms (NW)



5 KMS RADIUS BUFFERSURFACE WATER MONITORING SITES


LEGEND:

-SITE

-5 KMS RADIUS

SURFACE WATERMONITORINGPOINTS:SW-1- RIVER KALIUPSTREAM NEAR VILL-GOWALISW-2-RIVER KALIDOWNSTREAM NEARVILL-CHANDOLI BUZURG

PROJECT NAME:M/S WAVEDISTILLERIES ANDBREWERIES LTDVILLAGE AHMADPURA,TEHSIL ATRAULI,DISTRICT ALIGARH


PREPARED BY-ETRC

Fig 3.7: Surface Water Sampling Locations

SW1

SW2





LEGEND:

-SITE

-5 KMS RADIUS




PREPARED BY-ETRC


SW1

SW2





LEGEND:

-SITE

-5 KMS RADIUS




PREPARED BY-ETRC


SW1

SW2



Table: 3.12: SURFACE WATER QUALITY

Sr.No. Parameters Unit

Sample Code

IS – 2296 :1982 ,Inlandsurfacewater

standardsSW1 SW2 A B C D E

1. pH (at 25°C) -- 7.7 7.6 6.5 –8.5

6.5–8.5

6.5 –8.5

6.5 –8.5

6.5 –8.5

2. Conductivity µs/cm 480.4 364.51 -- -- -- 1000 2250

3. Color Hazen <5.0 <5.0 10 100 300 -- --

4. Odor -- Agreeable Agreeable Unboj -- -- -- --

5. TDS mg/L 296.0 226.0 500 -- 1500 -- 2100

6. Chloride mg/L 24.2 32.4 250 -- 600 -- 600

7. Sulphate mg/L 28.75 20.75 400 -- 400 -- 1000

8. Nitrates mg/L 7.9 11.28 20 -- 50 -- --

9. Total Hardnessas CaCO3

mg/L 208.0 156.0 300 -- -- -- --

10.Calcium

Hardness asCaCO3

mg/L 44.8 33.6 200 -- -- -- --

11. Magnesium asCaCO3

mg/L 23.3 17.5 100 -- -- -- --

12. Fluoride as F mg/L 0.073 0.083 1.5 1.5 1.5 -- --

13. Iron as Fe mg/L 0.13 0.17 0.3 -- 50 -- --

14. Lead as Pb mg/L BDL(DL 0.008mg/l)

BDL(DL 0.008mg/l)

0.1 -- 0.1 -- --

15. Mercury as Hg mg/L BDL(DL 0.001mg/l)

BDL(DL 0.001mg/l)

0.001 -- -- -- --

16. Chromium asCr+6 mg/L BDL

(DL 0.03mg/l)BDL

(DL 0.03mg/l)0.05 1.0 0.05 -- --

17. Zinc as Zn mg/L 1.92 1.96 15 -- 15 -- --

18. Copper as Cu mg/L BDL(DL 0.02mg/l)

BDL(DL 0.02mg/l)

1.5 -- 1.5 -- --

19. Boron as B mg/L BDL(DL 0.20mg/l)

BDL(DL 0.20mg/l)

-- -- -- -- 2.0

20. Manganese asMn mg/L 0.14 0.14 0.5 -- -- -- --

21. DissolvedOxygen mg/L 4.8 4.9 6.0 5.0 4.0 4.0 --

22. BOD3 at 27°C mg/L 14.0 16.2 2.0 3.0 3.0 4.0 --

23. COD mg/L 48.2 52.4 -- -- -- -- --

24. Total kjedahlNitrogen mg/L 8.26 8.91 -- -- -- -- --

25. Phosphate mg/L 2.16 2.08 -- -- -- -- --

26. TSS mg/L 38.7 39.6 -- -- -- -- --

27. Total ColiformBacteria

MPN/100mL >1600 >1600 -- -- -- -- --

A – Drinking water without conventional treatment but after disinfectionB – Outdoor bathing (organized)C – Drinking water source with conventional treatment followed by disinfectionD – Propagation of wild life, fisheriesE – Irrigation, industrial, cooling, controlled waste disposal



3.7.3 Ground waterGround water occurs under water table conditions in the weathered mantleof granite gneisses and in the joints, cracks and crevices of the basementrock. The depth of water is also dependent on topography and variesdepending on the depth of weathering.Table: 3.13 Water sampling stations

Sl.No.

CodeNo. Name of the station Direction

From SiteDistance

FromSite (Km)

Source/Type

1 GW1 Chandauli Bujurg East 1.5 Kms Borewell2 GW2 Ahmadpura North 1.0 Kms Borewell3 GW3 Gowali North 2.30 Kms Borewell4 GW 4 Gwalra West 1.72 Kms Hand Pump5 GW 5 Bhawan Garhi South 1.22 Kms Borewell6 GW 6 Chandola Sujanpur East 3.49 Kms Borewell7 GW 7 Daoodgarhi North East 1.96 Kms Handpump7 GW 7 Daoodgarhi North East 1.96 Kms Handpump

8 GW 8 Nearby FactoryPremises - - Borewell

5 KMS RADIUS BUFFERGROUND WATER MONITORING SITES


LEGEND:

-SITE

-5 KMS RADIUS

GROUND WATERMONITORING POINTS:1.GQ1-CHANDAULI BUJURG2.GQ2-AHMADPURA3.GQ3-GOWALI4.GQ4-GWALRA5.GQ5-BHAWAN GARHI6.GQ6-CHANDOLASUNANPUR7.GQ7-DAOODGARHI8.GQ8-FACTORY PREMISES



PREPARED BY-ETRC

GQ2

GQ3

GQ7

GQ8

GQ6GQ4

GQ5

GQ1




Sl.No.


From SiteDistance

FromSite (Km)

Source/Type





LEGEND:

-SITE

-5 KMS RADIUS




PREPARED BY-ETRC

GQ2

GQ3

GQ7

GQ8

GQ6GQ4

GQ5

GQ1




Sl.No.


From SiteDistance

FromSite (Km)

Source/Type





LEGEND:

-SITE

-5 KMS RADIUS




PREPARED BY-ETRC

GQ2

GQ3

GQ7

GQ8

GQ6GQ4

GQ5

GQ1



Table 3.14 GROUND WATER QUALITY

SL.NO

PARAMETERSRESULTS

IS10500: 2012DRIKING WATER STANDARD

UNITS GW1 GW2 GW3 GW4 GW5 GW6 DESIRABLELIMITS

PERMISSIBLELIMITS

1 pH(25°C)- 7.27 7.42 7.38 7.52 7.46 7.21 6.5–8.5 No relaxation

2 Colour HazenBDL

(DL4 Hazen)BDL

(DL4 Hazen)BDL

(DL4 Hazen)BDL

(DL4 Hazen)BDL

(DL4 Hazen)BDL

(DL4 Hazen) 5.0 15

3 Turbidity NTUBDL

(DL1NTU)BDL

(DL1NTU)BDL

(DL1NTU)BDL

(DL1NTU)BDL

(DL1NTU)BDL

(DL1NTU) 1.0 5

4 Odour - Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable

5 Taste - Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable

6 Total Hardness as CaCO3 mg/l 158.06 165.28 218.32 304.46 163.20 168.42 200600

7 Calcium as Ca mg/l 40.24 51.56 41.52 80.12 49.08 44.22 75 200

8Alkalinity as

CaCO3 mg/l 162.50 172.02 198.98 292.64 265.48 178.70 200 600

9 Chloride as Cl mg/l 11.22 12.67 20.12 8.92 9.30 7.60 250 1000

10 Cyanide as CN mg/lBDL

(DL0.02)BDL

(DL0.02)BDL

(DL0.02)BDL

(DL0.02)BDL

(DL0.02)BDL

(DL0.02)0.05 No relaxation

11Magnesium as

Mgmg/l 14.64 10.44 15.46 22.48 9.88 12.80 30 100

12Total Dissolved

Solidsmg/l 210.0 258.0 252.0 334.0 248.0 276.0 500.0 2000

13 Sulphate as SO4 mg/l 24.15 11.40 24.82 27.52 10.40 27.60 200.0 400

14 Fluoride as F mg/l 0.35 0.26 0.36 0.31 0.21 0.32 1.0 1.5

15Nitrate as NO3-N

mg/l1.24 1.46 1.32 2.14 0.65 1.96 45 No relaxation

16 Iron as Fe mg/l 0.26 0.18 0.14 0.14 0.10 0.18 0.3 No relaxation

17 Aluminum as Al mg/lBDL

(DL0.03)BDL

(DL0.03)BDL

(DL0.03)BDL

(DL0.03)BDL

(DL0.03)BDL

(DL0.03)0.03 0.2

18 Boron mg/l 0.34 0.29 0.34 0.32 0.29 0.35 0.50 1.0



19Phenolic

Compound mg/lBDL

(DL0.001)BDL

(DL0.001)BDL

(DL0.001)BDL

(DL0.001)BDL

(DL0.001)BDL

(DL0.001)0.001 0.002

20 Anionic Detergent as MBAS mg/lBDL

(DL0.02)BDL

(DL0.02)BDL

(DL0.02)BDL

(DL0.02)BDL

(DL0.02)BDL

(DL0.02)0.2 1.0

21Chromium as

Cr+6 mg/lBDL(DL0.03)

BDL(DL0.03)

BDL(DL0.03)

BDL(DL0.03)

BDL(DL0.03)

BDL(DL0.03) - -

22 Zinc as Zn mg/l 0.12 0.15 0.10 0.12 0.11 0.08 5 15

23Chromium as Cr mg/l

BDL(DL0.002)

BDL(DL0.002)

BDL(DL0.002)

BDL(DL0.002)

BDL(DL0.002)

BDL(DL0.002)

0.05 No relaxation

24Copper as Cu mg/l

BDL(DL0.02)

BDL(DL0.02)

BDL(DL0.02)

BDL(DL0.02)

BDL(DL0.02)

BDL(DL0.02)

0.051.5

25Manganese as

Mnmg/l

BDL(DL0.1)

BDL(DL0.1)

BDL(DL0.1)

BDL(DL0.1)

BDL(DL0.1)

BDL(DL0.1)

0.1 0.3

26 Cadmium as Cd mg/lBDL

(DL0.001)BDL

(DL0.001)BDL

(DL0.001)BDL

(DL0.001)BDL

(DL0.001)BDL


27 Lead as Pb mg/lBDL

(DL0.008)BDL

(DL0.008)BDL

(DL0.008)BDL

(DL0.008)BDL

(DL0.008)BDL

(DL0.008) 0.01No relaxation

28 Arsenic as As mg/lBDL(DL0.0005)

BDL(DL0.0005) BDL(DL0.0005) BDL(DL0.0005) BDL(DL0.0005) BDL(DL0.0005) 0.01 0.05

29 Mercury as Hgmg/l

BDL(DL0.001)

BDL(DL0.001) BDL(DL0.001) BDL(DL0.001) BDL(DL0.001) BDL(DL0.001) 0.001 No relaxation

30 Sodium as Na mg/l 15.68 18.42 14.65 17.80 16.68 13.80 - -

31 Potassium as k mg/l 1.98 2.18 1.76 2.20 1.60 1.32 - -

32Phosphate as

PO4mg/L BDL(DL0.02) BDL(DL0.02) BDL(DL0.02) BDL(DL0.02) BDL(DL0.02) BDL(DL0.02) - -

33 Nickel as Ni mg/l BDL(DL0.005) BDL(DL0.005) BDL(DL0.005) BDL(DL0.005) BDL(DL0.005) BDL(DL0.005) 0.02 No relaxation

34 Conductivity µs/cm 312.0 380.0 389.0 485.0 372.0 316.0 - -



SL. NO PARAMETRS

RESULTS IS10500: 2012DRIKING WATER STANDARD

UNITS GW7 GW8 DESIRABLELIMITS

PERMISSIBLELIMITS

1 pH(25°C) - 7.37 7.30 6.5–8.5 No relaxation

2 Colour Hazen BDL(DL 4 Hazen) BDL(DL 4 Hazen) 5.0 15

3 Turbidity NTU BDL(DL 1NTU) BDL(DL 1NTU) 1.0 5

4 Odour - Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable

5 Taste - Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable

6 Total Hardness as CaCO3 mg/l 155.04 254.96 200 600

7 Calcium as Ca mg/l 39.25 62.26 75 200

8Alkalinity as

CaCO3mg/l 158.62 212.38 200 600

9 Chloride as Cl mg/l 9.70 14.02 250 1000

10 Cyanide asCN mg/l BDL (DL 0.02) BDL (DL 0.02) 0.05 No relaxation

11Magnesium as

Mgmg/l 13.46 24.74 30 100

12Total Dissolved

Solidsmg/l 200.0 292.0 500.0 2000

13 Sulphate as SO4 mg/l 20.14 31.42 200.0 400

14 Fluoride as F mg/l 0.30 0.23 1.0 1.5

15 NitrateasNO3-N mg/l 0.93 2.79 45 No relaxation

16 Iron as Fe mg/l 0.13 0.11 0.3 No relaxation

17 Aluminum as Al mg/lBDL

(DL 0.03)BDL

(DL 0.03)0.03 0.2

18 Boron mg/l 0.31 0.32 0.50 1.0



19Phenolic

Compound mg/lBDL

(DL0.001)BDL

(DL0.001)0.001 0.002

20 Anionic Detergent as MBAS mg/lBDL

(DL0.02)BDL

(DL0.02)0.2

1.0

21Chromium as

Cr+6 mg/lBDL

(DL0.03)BDL

(DL0.03)-

-

22 Zinc as Zn mg/l 0.07 0.13 5 15

23 Chromium as Cr mg/lBDL

(DL0.002)BDL


24 Copper as Cu mg/lBDL

(DL0.02)BDL

(DL0.02)0.05

1.5

25Manganese as

Mn mg/lBDL

(DL0.1)BDL

(DL0.1) 0.1 0.3

26 Cadmium as Cd mg/lBDL

(DL0.001)BDL


27 Lead as Pb mg/lBDL

(DL0.008)BDL


28 ArsenicasAs mg/lBDL

(DL0.0005)BDL

(DL0.0005)0.01 0.05

29 MercuryasHg mg/lBDL

(DL0.001)BDL


30 Sodium as Na mg/l 13.80 20.80 - -

31 Potassium as K mg/l 1.40 1.46 - -

32Phosphate as

PO4mg/L

BDL(DL0.02)

BDL(DL0.02) - -

33Nickel as Ni mg/l

BDL(DL0.005)

BDL(DL0.005))

0.02 No relaxation

34 Conductivity µs/cm 298.0 433.0 - -



3.7.4 ObservationThe physicochemical quality of the ground water sources at and around theplant site has been analyzed, which indicates that almost all the parametersanalyzed are within “Maximum Acceptable Limits As per IS: 10500-2012”.The analysis of samples collected from different sampling points for variousparameters also reveals that the quality of water is good to meet the qualityrequirement for human use.The observations made are tabulated in table 3.15

TABLE 3.15 -ObservationSl. No. Parameter Surface water Ground water

1 pH 7.6 – 7.7 7.18-7.942 Total dissolved solids, mg/L 226.0-296.0 210.0-334.03 Total hardness, mg/L 156.0-208.0 155.04-304.464 Fluoride,mg/L 0.073-0.083 0.075-0.0925 Nitrates, as NO3, mg/L 7.9-11.8 4.9-15.7

Heavy metals as Chromium, Lead, Cadmium and Mercury are BDL.

3.8 Establishment of Baseline Meteorological Data3.8.1 Meteorological DataAssessment of the micro and macro meteorology is important from thestandpoint of understanding the nature and extent of air pollution in thestudy area. Climate has an important role in the build-up of pollution levels.The climatic condition of the area may be classified as moderately orseasonally dry, tropical or temperate savanna climate with four seasons in ayear.The classification of months according to the seasons is given in thefollowing table:

Table no. 3.16Season PeriodSummer March to MayMonsoon June to September

Post monsoon October to NovemberWinter December to February

On-site monitoring was undertaken for various meteorological variables inorder to generate the site-specific data. Data was collected at Factory Site (ontop of Residential house and nearby areas) every hour continuously from 1st

October 2015 to 31st December 2015. The generated data are then comparedwith the Meteorological data generated by nearest India MeteorologicalDepartment (IMD) meteorological observatory located at Aligarh.



Sources of meteorological data: Weather Station On Site (Primary source) IMD- Meteorological observatory located at Aligarh (Secondary

source)

3.8.2 Meteorological Data Generated at the site:Air Pollutants upon discharge to atmosphere pass through a number ofmechanisms, which include diffusion and transportation leading todispersion. These mechanisms are governed by the local atmosphericconditions. All these result in the necessity to collect the meteorologicalparameters like ambient temperature, wind speed, wind direction, and otherweather conditions (relative humidity, atmospheric pressure etc.), which willbe ultimately used for the prediction of the ground level concentrations ofthe air pollutants through mathematical modeling. For this purpose atemporary auto weather station was installed to record micro meteorologicaldata on wind speed, wind direction, Ambient Temperature, and RelativeHumidity on hourly basis.The primary data from the site was matched with secondary data of IMDstation, Aligarh for data proofing. A sophisticated on-site meteorologicalobservatory was established near project site and operated continuously forthree months period (OCT 1st 2015 to DEC 31ST 2015). The observatorywas located about 10 m above the ground level and ensured to be free fromany obstruction to wind. Besides, this location was found to be most suitableone being close to the project site. The Wind rose diagram for the entireperiod is shown in Figure 3.8.The meteorological parameters were recorded on hourly basis during thestudy period and comprises of parameters like wind speed, wind direction(from 0 to 360 degrees), temperature, relative humidity, sunshine duration,atm pressure. The maximum, minimum and average values are presented inTable-3.17.Table 3.17: Site-specific micro-meteorological data for the proposedproject site for the period from Oct 1st 2015 to Dec 31st 2015:(Primary Data)

Month

Temp (°C)RelativeHumidity

(%)

Atm.Pressure

(hPa)SunshineDuration

(hrs)

MeanWindSpeed(kmph)

Predominantwind

direction(blowing

from)Min(Av)

Max(Av)

Min(Av)

Max(Av)

Min(Av)

Max(Av)

OCT 14.25 30.44 45 67 997.4 1001.0 7.9 6.30 W , NW

NOV 8.4 25.0 43 63 997.2 1000.6 8.1 5.76 W & NW

DEC 7.8 24.0 54 71 993.2 999.2 8.4 4.80 W & NW



Mixing HeightStudy Period - Post Monsoon and Winter Season

S. No. Time (in IST) Mixing Height in meters

1. 0600 110-140

2. 0700 110-150

3. 0800 276-360

4. 0900 510-813

5. 1000 740-800

6. 1100 975-1000

7. 1200 1230-1280

8. 1300 1385-1550

9. 1400 1500-1750

10. 1500 1550-1850

11. 1600 1350-1700

12. 1700 1250-1500

13. 1800 1200-1475

14 1900 900-1100

15 2000 725-975

Mixing Height was measured by Ceilometers



Figure 3.8: Wind rose diagram for the entire period



3.8.3 Meteorological Data Collected from IMD Observatory Aligarh:(Secondary Data):The meteorological data is collected from the IMD Observatory Aligarh,which is the nearest IMD station the proposed project site.The Data collectedform IMD includes Wind Speed, Wind Direction (recorded in 12 directions),Temperature, relative humidity, atmospheric pressure; Rainfall over a periodof 10 years. The monthly maximum, minimum and average values arecollected for all the parameters except wind speed and direction. The Data atIMD is usually measured twice a day viz., at 8:30 (I) and 17:30 (II). Thecollected data is tabulated in Table 3.18Table – 3.18 Climatological Data Station: IMD Observatory Station-Aligarh

Month AtmosphericPressure (hPa)

Temperature(°C) Relativehumidity (%)

Rainfall(mm)MonthlyTotal

MeanWindSpeedkmph

I(8:30) II(17:30) Dailymax

Dailymin

I(8:30) II(17:30)

January 995.7 993.1 21.0 7.4 78 54 15.1 5.3February 993.5 990.9 24.5 9.6 71 44 14.0 6.2

March 990.7 987.6 30.7 14.4 58 33 7.4 6.9April 986.6 982.9 37.2 20.4 39 22 5.2 7.5May 982.0 978.4 40.5 25.0 37 24 13.7 8.0June 978.3 974.5 39.6 27.7 54 39 48.6 8.5July 977.9 975.0 34.4 26.4 78 67 230.3 7.9

August 979.7 976.9 32.8 25.6 85 74 245.2 6.4September 984.2 981.0 33.4 24.2 77 62 179 6.3

October 990.0 987.0 32.9 19.3 66 48 48.2 4.4November 994.4 991.4 28.3 12.6 64 48 2.2 4.0December 996.1 993.5 22.8 8.3 74 55 7.6 4.6

AnnualTotal ormean

I(8:30)-987.4II(17:30)-984.4

31.5(Daily Max)

18.4(Daily Min)

I(8:30)-65II(17:30)-48

816.5 6.3

3.8.4 Wind Speed/ DirectionThe data on wind patterns are pictorially represented by means of wind rosediagrams for the study period representing post monsoon and winterSeason. The observed wind pattern during the study period (winter) isplotted and given at figure 3.8 and onsite wind rose superimposed image Fig3.9.The predominant over all wind patterns for the study period is from Westwhile the average wind speed is 1.76 m/s and total calm condition is 20.79%.



Figure: 3.9, Wind Rose for A Study Period (Onsite Wind Rose Superimposed Image)









3.8.5 Comparison of Primary and Secondary Data:On Comparison of the site specific data generated for study period vis-a- visthe IMD data , slight variation were observed. The observations are broughtout are:The Temperature was recorded on site when compared vis-a- vis the IMDdata, certain variation were found.The Maximum and Minimum temperatures recorded at site during studyperiod were 30.44°C and 8.4°C, whereas the minimum and maximum valuesrecorded at IMD Observatory Aligarh – during the same period are 8.3°C and32.9°C.The relative humidity was observed to range from Approx 43-71%, duringthe study period at the site, whereas according to IMD Observatory Aligarh–the relative humidity was observed to in the range of 48-74% during thesame season; and the wind pattern of the study area is broadly incomparison with the IMD data.The overall minimum and maximum atmospheric pressures recorded on-siteduring the said monitoring period were 993.2 (hPa) and 1001.0 (hPa)respectively. Such values compare well with the past IMD data.

3.9 Soil Environment3.9.1 IntroductionSoil is the unconsolidated material on the earth surface that serves as anatural medium for plant growth. It is a product of a rock weathering andpaedogenesis and on human timescale is a non-renewable natural resource.From the available litholog data, it can be deduced that the productiveaquifers are represented by sandy layers occurring in the depth range of 30m to 105 meters below ground level. The granular zones consist of mediumto coarse grained sand and associated with kankar of varying proportions.Table: Litholog Data

Depth in Meters Formation

0 – 2 m Top Soil

2 – 30 m Sand

30 – 55 m Saturated sand, medium grained

55 – 70 m Clay

70 – 105 m Coarse sand

105 – 110 m Clay



3.9.1.1 Soils of Aligarh District (U.P.)Alluvial plain (0-1% slope)1. Deep, loamy soils and slightly eroded2. Deep, loamy soils and slightly eroded associated with silty soils3. Deep, fine soils moderately saline and sodic associated with loamy soils,slightly eroded4. Deep, fine soils and slightly eroded associated with loamy soils slightlysaline and moderately sodic.5. Deep, silty soils with moderately salinity and sodicity associated withloamy soils with moderate salinity and sodicity and water logging6. Deep, silty soils and slightly eroded associated with loamy soils slightlysaline and slightly sodic7. Deep, loamy soils, moderate salinity and sodicity associated with loamysoils with moderate salinity and strong sodicity8. Deep, loamy soils and slightly eroded associated with loamy soils withmoderate salinity and sodicity and moderate water logging.9. Deep, loamy soils, slight salinity and moderately sodicity associated withsilty soils slightly eroded10. Deep, silty soils and slightly eroded associated with fine soilsRecent Alluvial Plain (1-3% slope)11. Deep, loamy soils, slight salinity and sodicity associated with loamy soilsare slightly eroded12. Deep, silty soils and slight flooding associated with loamy soils and slightfloodingActive Flood Plain (1-3% slope)Deep, sandy soils with moderate flooding associated with stratified loamysoils and slight flooding.MethodologySelection of the sampling stations were based on the reconnaissance surveyof the entire study areaThe following standard method is used for the collection of soil samples

Sample was taken from the surface to plough depth 0-22 cm from 15spots in the field of uniform nature.

Recently fertilized, old bunds, marshy spots, near trees, compostheaps and farm sheds etc. these locations are avoided at the time ofsampling.

Each Sample collected was a uniformly thick 2 cm slice of soil from theexposed soil face V in shaped hole.Collected soil samples were subjected to the physical and chemical analysisfor various parameters.



3.9.2 Sampling LocationsSoil samples were collected within the radius of 10 Km in the study area.The detailed sampling locations and analysis results are given in TableNo.3.19 & 3.20 respectively. Map representing the sampling locations shownin Figure Below.

Table No. 3.19 Soil Sampling LocationsSr. No. Sampling location Distance w.r.t. project site (kms)

SQ1 Chandauli Bujurg 1.5 KmsSQ2 Ahmadpura 1.0 KmsSQ3 Gowali 2.30 KmsSQ4 Gwalra 1.72 KmsSQ5 Bhawan Garhi 1.22 KmsSQ6 Chandola Sujanpur 3.49 KmsSQ7 Daoodgarhi 1.96 KmsSQ8 Nearby Factory Premises -

5 KMS RADIUS BUFFERSOIL SAMPLING SITES


LEGEND:

-SITE

-5 KMS RADIUS

SOIL QUALITY SAMPLINGPOINTS:1.SQ1-CHANDAULI BUJURG2.SQ2-AHMADPURA3.SQ3-GOWALI4.SQ4-GWALRA5.SQ5-BHAWAN GARHI6.SQ6-CHANDOLASUNANPUR7.SQ7-DAOODGARHI8.SQ8-FACTORY PREMISES



PREPARED BY-ETRC

SQ 2

SQ3

SQ 7

SQ 8

SQ 6SQ 4

SQ 5

SQ 1








LEGEND:

-SITE

-5 KMS RADIUS




PREPARED BY-ETRC

SQ 2

SQ3

SQ 7

SQ 8

SQ 6SQ 4

SQ 5

SQ 1








LEGEND:

-SITE

-5 KMS RADIUS




PREPARED BY-ETRC

SQ 2

SQ3

SQ 7

SQ 8

SQ 6SQ 4

SQ 5

SQ 1



Table No.3.20 Soil Analysis ResultsSr.No. Parameter Unit SQ1 SQ2 SQ3 SQ4 SQ5 SQ6 SQ7 SQ8

1 pH 7.1 7.2 7.5 7.5 7.0 7.6 7.6 7.9

2 Conductivity Mho/cm 108.0 126.0 117.0 116.0 96.0 122.0 124.0 128.0

3 Moisture % 8.1 7.9 8.7 8.7 9.4 8.9 8.6 9.8

4 Bulk Density gm/cm3 1.20 1.25 1.22 1.20 1.20 1.25 1.20 1.20

5 Sulpher mg/kg 14.7 14.6 14.6 14.0 14.9 14.0 14.7 13.8

6 Zinc as Zn mg/kg 15.3 15.76 15.75 15.16 15.81 15.66 15.82 15.23

7 Iron as Fe mg/kg 30.3 29.6 30.6 30.4 30.7 28.6 29.3 29.7

8 Copper as Cu mg/kg 3.1 3.5 3.8 3.3 3.4 3.7 3.4 3.6

9 Manganese as Mn mg/kg 22.2 22.7 22.1 22.3 22.6 21.5 22.0 21.6

10 Boron mg/kg 5.0 5.3 5.7 5.1 5.2 5.6 5.4 5.9

11 Water HoldingCapacity

% 42 42 42 44 44 41 42 45

12 Total Nitrogen mg/kg 22.40 21.84 21.84 21.84 21.84 22.40 22.96 22.96

13 Potassium as K mg/kg 41.2 40.7 40.7 41.0 40.8 40.5 40.6 40.6

14 Phosphorus asP2O5

mg/kg 16.5 16.6 16.6 16.8 16.7 16.5 16.3 16.8

15 Calcium as Ca mg/kg 1226.0 1224.0 1140.0

1216.0

1220.0 1186.0 1210.0 1260.0

16 Magnesium as Mg mg/kg 171.6 171.3 159.6 170.2 170.8 166.0 169.4 177.0

17 Chromium as Cr mg/kg BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL

18 Lead as Pb mg/kg BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL

19 Cadmium as Cd mg/kg BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL

20 Organic Carbon % 1.5 1.7 1.45 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.5

21 Texture

SandSiltClay

%%%

18.036.046.0

22.042.036.0

25.040.035.0

18.038.044.0

22.038.040.0

22.038.040.0

18.036.046.0

24.039.037.0

Result & Discussion: All the samples having pH in range of 7.0 to 7.9. Conductivity of the samples is in between 96.0 to 128 mho/cm. Nearby factory premises highest is the conductivity value. Value of Boron of the samples is ranging between 5.0 to 5.9 mg/kg. Potassium of the samples is in between 40.6 to 41.2 mg/kg.



Chandauli Bujurg village has the highest potassium value as 41.2mg/kg. Phosphorous ranges between 16.3 to 16.8. Nearby factorypremises Phosphorous is highest.

The water holding capacity of a soil is a very important agronomiccharacteristic which is ranging from 41.0 to 45.0%.

Soils that hold generous amounts of water are less subject to leachinglosses of nutrients or soil applied pesticides. All the soil samplesshows, the higher the percentage of silt and clay sized particles, sincehigher the water holding capacity. The small particles (clay and silt)have a much larger surface area than the larger sand particles. Thislarge surface area allows the soil to hold a greater quantity of water.

NPK concentration in all the soil samples is in the range of 0.005 to0.008 %, 0.001 to 0.002 % and 0.001 to 0.004 % respectively.

Soil Organic Matter also acts the major sink and source of soilcarbon. The concentration of the organic matter in the soil is 1.45 to1.6 %.

Heavy metals like Cadmium, Lead and Chromium are below detectionlimit in all the samples.

Overall it is observed that the soils of the region are good foragriculture.

3.9.3 Microbial Quality of SoilMicrobial organisms like total heterotrophs, fungi and actinomycetes havealso been carried out by plate count method. The purpose of the examinationof soil samples is to assess the microbial population in the soil samples,which are good indicator organisms for soil fertility.Total Heterotrophs count ranged from 120 to 210 x 105 while fungi areranged from 54 to 128 x 105 and 42 to 98x105 respectively. The total countof heterotrophs is soils are comparatively higher than fungi andactinomycetes. The microbial population values are not abnormal and arenot indicating any soil contaminations (Table 3.21).

Table 3.21, Microbial Quality of Soil Samples in Study AreaSr.No. Location Total Heterotrophs

CPU x 105Fungi

CPU x 105Actinomyceties

CPU x 105

1. Chandauli Bujurg 125 70 402. Ahmadpura 120 65 423. Gowali 150 54 554. Gwalra 175 76 625. Bhawan Garhi 190 84 706. Chandola Sujanpur 182 92 987. Daoodgarhi 210 128 808. Nearby Factory

Premises150 121 94



3.10 Land EnvironmentGeology of District-Aligarh (U.P.)The district of Aligarh is a part of Southern Upper Ganga Plain according tomost district of the Agra division and lies in the doab of the Ganga and theYamuna. The bound of these two rivers is only for short distances. TheGanga separates the district from Budaun for a few kilometres in theextreme north-east while the Yamuna constitutes the dividing line in thenorth-west between Aligarh and Gurgaon district of Haryana. To the norththe boundary is formed by Bulandshahr district. On the west and south-west the district is bounded by Mathura district while in the south-east andeast it forms boundary with Etah district.The district is a level plain conforming to the topography of the doab. Thelow land area of the Ganga and the Yamuna rivers is known as Khadar.These khadar area sharply rise to the high sandy plains lying between theGanga and the Yamuna and the area lying between the Ganga and the KaliNadi. The Ganga and the Yamuna are perennial rivers whereas Kali Nadi is aseasonal one. Deciduous type of vegetations are found the region whichmainly constitute mango groves, Jhau, babul, nim, pipal, ber, sheesham,gular, jamun, paras and scrubs. The geology of the district is composed ofalluvium of recent origin. The main sub-order associations of soils asdelineated on the map are Aquents-Fluvents-Psamments-Fluvents-Aquents,Ochrepts-Psamment, Ochrepts-Orthents-Rock outcrops and Ochrepts-Aquepts-Ustalfs. The district is well served by rails and roads. Agriculturebased economy is predominant in the district and is somehow well developedwith extensive cultivation and availability of irrigation facilities. About 86 percent area of the district is cultivable out of which 80 % is irrigated. Theavailability of amenities and good network of transport system reflect on theinfrastructural development of the area.On the basis of the factors like geology, soils, topography, climate andnatural vegetation as taken up in the delineation of regional divisions thedistrict has been divided into the following four sub-micro regions:1. Yamuna Khadar2. Aligarh Alluvial Plain3. Kali Plain4. Ganga KhadarA brief description of these sub-micro regions follows as under:1.Yamuna Khadar: The region is situated along the Yamuna river in anarrow strip. It is a flat plain sloping towards the south. The Yamuna riverforms its western boundary but the impact of this river on the physiographyis very insignificant. There are few dry streams and shallow depressionwhich retain water during the dry months also. Some traces of the leftcourse of the Yamuna may also be seen in this region. The geology of theregion belongs to Alluvium, Dun gravels (Recent). The main soil sub-order



associations are Aquents-Fluvents. Due to khadar characteristics, the meansof transport are in primitive stage. Canals are absent and the villages are ofcomparatively larger size. There are 22 villages spread over in an area of153.78 km2. It is entirely a rural tract where 38,184 persons reside. Thedensity of population (248) is the lowest among all regions.

2. Aligarh Alluvial Plain: It is situated in the central part of the districtcovering the major portion of the district. The eastern limit of the regionconcides with the highland between the Sengar and the Kali rivers. This mayalso be termed as watershed line between the above two rivers. The westernboundary is marked by the Yamuna Khadar region. The region is a. flat plainsloping towards south. The homogenity at several places is broken by smallstreams flowing in this tract. The main rivers of the region are the Karwanand the Sengar. They join the Yamuna beyond the region. Although the plainis flat but a number of unsurveyed knobs are located in the western part ofthe region. Its frequency decreases towards the east. They differ in shapeand size. A six kilometre elongated knob is marked in the west of Iglas town.A patch of bhur is noticed near Sajanpur village in Khair tehsil.Agriculturally, it is a developed zone where number of tributaries of Gangacanal irrigate the fields. The geology of the region belongs to Alluvium, Dungravels (Recent). The main sub-order associations of soils found areOchrepts-Psamments, Orthents-Rock out-crops, Aquents, Ustalfs, Aquents-Fluvents. The means of transport are well devloped. Grand Trunk Roadpasses through this belt. Settlements are compact and uniformlydistributed. There are 1,326 villages and 15 urban centres spread over in3661.67 km2 area. The region has the highest density (532) and a largenumber of urban population {529,590). Aligarh (320,861). The districtheadquarters is situated in this region. Besides the tehsil headquarterstowns of Khair (15,497), Sikandra Rao (21.659). Hathras (92,962) and Iglas(5,235) are located here. Harduaganj (7,504) and Hathras are the industrialcentres. Other places of importance are Qasimpur Power House Colony(13,871), Purdilnagar (8,290), Vijaigarh (3,898), Hasayan (3.625). Sasni(9.187), Mendu (7,195). Mursan (7.507), Beswan (4.056) and Jatari (8.243).

3. Kali Plain: The region is situated in the Kali basin covering major part ofmain streams flowing parallel to the Ganga river. There are formation ofravines along the kali and the Nim streams but its width is in differentproportion at different places. Besides there are number of sand dunepatches spread over the region. Some significant patches of such dunes arelocated near menri, Chandola, Bhabhigarh, Alampur, Bhah etc. LowerGanga canal and upper Ganga canal run from this region. The geology of theregion belongs to Alluvium, Dun gravels of recent origin. The main sub-orderassociations of soils found are Ochrepts-Psamments, PsammentsFIuvents-



Aquents, Orthents-Rock out-crops and AquentsUstalfs. Settlments aresparsely located in the region. There are 355 villages and 5 urban centrescovering an area of 1043.36 Km2. These rural and urban centres provideshelter to 546,379 persons. Density of population (524 persons per km2) isnext higher to the Aligarh Alluvial Plain. Atrauli (27,317) is the tahsil head-quarters. Other places of importance are Chharra (8,883), Jalali (13,841),Pilkhana (5,877) and Kauriaganj (6,636).

4. Ganga Khadar: The region is situated along the Ganga river bifurcated byits natural levee from other regions. It covers only a portion of Atrauli tahsil.The physical characteristics of the region are determined by the Ganga riverwhlch flows on its northern boundary. It is a low lying area which is floodedduring rains. Sand dunes and shallow depression are the mainphysiographic features of the region. The geology of the region belongs toAlluvium, Dun gravels (Recent). The main soil sub-order association isPsamments –Fluvents - Aquents. Due to topographical limitations, the regionis not developed in agriculture and other infrastructure. The settlements arealong the natural levee of the Ganga at higher place to protect from floods.There are only forty six villages which are spread over an area of 145.36 km2.Density of population is 284 persons per km2 which is higher than theYamuna Khadar. The area is devoid of urban centres.

Table no. 3.22 ; Data on Regional Divisions :District Name: AligarhSl.No.

Region No. & Name No. ofVillages

No. ofTown/U.A.

Area inKm2

TotalRuralUrban

PopulationTotalRuralUrban

1. Yamuna Khadar 22 NIL153.78153.78

NIL

38 18438 184

NIL

2. AligarhAlluvial Plain 1326 15

3661.673527.52134.15

19491291419539529590

3. Kali Plain 355 51043.36998.10344.93

54637948382562554

4. Ganga Khadar 46 NIL145.36145.36

NIL

4123341233

NIL



3.10.1 TopographyThe topography of project site is flat. The general average slope for every kmis around 0.29 m. The elevation of project site is 606 ft to the MSL.

3.10.2 Hydrogeology:Ground water occurs in the pore spaces of unconsolidated alluvial materialin the zone of saturation. In Aligarh District ground water occurs underwater table conditions at shallow depths while in less deeper aquifer, theconfining layers are impermeable clay beds. The hydro geological map of thestudy area is given figure 3.10

Three tier aquifer systems have been demarcated in the area.(i) Upper / First Aquifer Group: It generally occurs between the depthrange of 00.00-122.00 mbgl and constitutes the most potential aquifergroup, covering almost entire area below soil capping. The aquifer material issand, fine to medium grained. Kankar is associated with clay formation andat some places it occurs below the surface soil. Ground water occurs mainlyunder water table to semi-confined conditions. The quality of formationwater of this aquifer group is generally fresh. This aquifer group forms themain source of water supply to open wells, hand pumps & shallow tube-wells. About 90% of state government tube-wells have been constructed inthis aquifer group. The discharge of private tube-wells (40-60 meters deep)various from 8 to 10 lps at moderate drawdown of 2-3 meters and that ofstate tube-wells (100-140 meters deep) varies between 20-40 lps at adrawdown of 4 to 10 meters. Being the only fresh water aquifer in the area, itholds almost the entire ground water development activities and thus isoverstressed.(ii) Middle / Second Aquifer Group: This aquifer is separated with theoverlying shallow aquifer group by a thick clay and occurs between the depthrange of 100 to 150 meters below ground level. The aquifer material isgenerally medium sand but at places it is admixture of fine to coarse grainedsand. As per electrical logging of boreholes in this aquifer group formationwater resistivity varies between 2 to 5 ohm-m. Due to formation waterresistivity less than 4 ohm-m, ground water of this aquifer group is brackishto saline which has also been confirmed by the packer tests in this aquifergroup. Total clay content in this aquifer group is 30 - 40%.

(iii) Deep/Third Aquifer Group: The disposition of this aquifer group rangesbetween 130 and 300 mbgl. This aquifer group is regionally extensive and inconfined state. It has the great quantitative potential but the quality offormation water is brackish to saline. Cumulative thickness of granular zonein this aquifer group varies from 50 – 100 meters.



Fig 3.10 Hydrogeological Map of Study Area- Source-NRSC (INDIA WRIS)



3.10.3 Land Use StudiesThe objective of land use studies are

Establishment of the existing land use pattern; Assessment of the likely impacts due to the proposed project on the

land use pattern of the study area; and Making recommendations for optimizing the future land use pattern

after the project in the study area.The land use pattern of study area has been studied based satelliteimageryas well as on the review of secondary data provided in DistrictCensus Handbook of Aligarh district of Uttar Pradesh State.

3.10.4 Land Use Based on Satellite ImageryRemote sensing satellite imageries were collected and interpreted for the 10km radius study area for analyzing the land use pattern of the study areabased on the satellite data, land use / land cover map have been prepared.Land Use /Land Cover Classification SystemThe present land use/land cover maps were prepared based on theclassification system of National standards. For explanation for each of theland use category the detail as given in Table – 3.23 are considered.

Table 3.23 Breakup of the land use pattern of the study area

Sr. No. Legends Area (km)1 Deciduous 1.6582 Rural 17.055

3 Inland wetland 2.175

4 Scrub land 0.214

5 River 3.023

6 Cropland 259.363

7 Fallow land 18.431

8 Urban 3.465

9 Salt affected area 5.032

10 plantation 8.646

11 Inland wet land 2.175

12 Grass/ grazing 1.094

13 Scrub land 0.214

14 Water bodies 0.083

15 TOTAL 322.628



Data RequirementIRS-P6 Geo -Coded FCC of LISS-III was acquired for 2005 - 2006 and wasused for the mapping and interpretation. Besides, other collateral data asavailable in the form of maps, charts, census records, other reports andespecially topographical survey of India maps are used. In addition to this,ground truth survey was also conducted to verify and confirm the groundfeatures.

MethodologyThe methodology adopted for preparation of land use/ land cover thematicmap is mono scopic visual interpretation of geo coded scenes of IRS-P6satellite LISS-III and field observations are taken. The various steps involvedin the study are preparatory field work, field survey and post field work.

Pre- Field Interpretation of satellite dataThe False Color Composite (FCC) of IRS-P6 satellite data are used forpre-field interpretation work. Taking the help of topo sheets, geology, geo-morphology and by using the image element the feature are identified anddelineated the Boundaries roughly. Each feature is identified on image bytheir image elements like tone, texture, colour, shape, size, pattern andassociation. A tentative legend in term of Land cover and land use,physiography and erosion was formulated. The sample areas for field checkare selected covering all the physiography, land use / land cover feature cumimage characteristics.

Software’s Useda) ERDAS Imagine for image processing /rectification/geo coding;b) AutoCAD for data preparation after visual interpretation of the image; andc) Arc View for Image /Land use presentation.

Ground Truth CollectionBoth topo sheets and imagery were taken for field verification and atransverse plan using existing road network was made to cover as manyrepresentative sample areas as possible to observe the broad land usefeatures and to adjust the sample areas according to field conditions.Detailed field observations and investigations were carried out and noted theland use features on the imagery.

Post Field WorkThe base maps of the study area were prepared, with the help of Survey ofIndia Topo sheets. Preliminary interpreted land use and the land coverfeatures boundaries from IRS-P6 False Colour Composite were modified inlight of field information and the final thematic details were transferred onto



the base maps. The final interpreted and classified thematic map wascatrographed.The cartographic map was colored with standard colour codingand detailed description of feature with standard symbols. All the classesnoted and marked by the standard legend on the map.

Final OutputThe final output would be the landuse/land cover map and numerals weregiven different colour code for each category as shown in map. Areaestimation of all features of Land use/Land cover categories was noted. Theland use pattern is shown in Figure-3.11

Figure – 3.11 Land Use Pattern of Proposed Site around 10 KM radius













3.10.5 Digital Elevation Model (DEM)A digital elevation model (DEM) is a -digital representation of ground surfacetopography or terrain. It is also widely known as a digital terrain model(DTM). A DEM (Digital Elevation Model) is simply a digital map of elevationdata. These maps, a type of DTM (Digital Terrain Model), are raster datameaning that they are made up of equally sized gridded cells each witha unique elevation or as a triangular irregular network or more technicallywe can present it asdigital elevation model (DEM) data files are digitalrepresentations of cartographic information in a raster form. DEMs consistof a sampled array of elevations for a number of ground positions atregularly spaced intervals.Methods for obtaining elevation data used to create DEMs include Real TimeKinematic GPS, Stereoscopic pairs of satellite image, Stereo photo-grammetry,LIDAR, Topographic maps, Theodolite or Total Station, Dopplerradar, Focus variation and Inertial surveys. DEMs are used often ingeographic information systems, and are the most common basis fordigitally-produced relief maps, extracting terrain parameters, modeling waterflow or mass movement, rendering 3D visualization, rectification of aerialphotography or satellite imagery, reduction of gravity measurements, flightsimulation etc.The present DEM generation process consist of interpolating the elevationvalues between the elevation contour lines and spot height extracted fromdigitized topographic maps.

DEM from Topographic MapsThe methodology of generating DEM from topographic maps using ILWIS isdetailed in the fallowing parts: Contour line and spot height extraction fromthe topographic maps as segment and point maps; Combining elevationsfrom contour line and spot heights in a single map.The resulting map is converted to raster defining pixel value of 30. The rastermap resulting from the segment to raster conversion contains values forthose pixels covered by a contour line and spot heights. All other pixels inthe map remain undefined.

A linear interpolation is made between the pixels with altitude values, toobtain the elevations of the undefined values in between the rasterizedcontour lines and spot heights. The output of the interpolation is a rastermap showing the Digital Elevation Model in which every pixel has a value.

DEM of the Study Area within 10 km is shown in Figure 3.12.



Figure 3.12 -DEM of the Study Area within 10 km

Observation:The 10 km area form the proposed project site shows a general slopetowards North West / South East in the lower half and North West in theupper half of the project site. Elevation in the Project area varies between605 ft and 620 ftabove mean sea level. Rest of the area in the southern halfaround the project site show slightly undulating topography with local slopetowards NORTH WEST/SOUTH EAST. The minimum elevation in the area is605 ft AMSL and the maximum elevation is 620 ft AMSL. The proposedproject site is located in a gently sloping area at an elevation ofapproximately 606 ft AMSL.



3.10.6 Seismicity of the AreaMany parts of India subcontinent have historically high seismicity. Sevencatastrophic earthquakes of magnitude greater than 8 (Richter scale) haveoccurred in the western , northern and eastern part of India and adjacentcountries in the past 100 years .By contrast, peninsular India is relativelyless seismic, having suffered only infrequent earthquakes of moderatestrength. The main seismogenic belts are associated with the collision plateboundary between the India and Eurasian Plates.The maps shows contours joining locations of equal expected peakacceleration in rock expressed in percentage. The study area lies inEARTHQUAKE HAZARD ZONE IV.

Fig 3.13 SEISMIC ZONES IN INDIA MAP

ProjectSite





ProjectSite





ProjectSite



Fig 3.14 Flood prone area Map3.10.7 Physiography:Physiographically the district forms a part of Yamuna-Ganga Doab. Theupper Ganga canal which flows roughly over the water divide from NW to SEdirection divides the district into two unequal parts. The average gradient ofland surface is 2 cm/km.

3.10.8 Geomorphology:The district can be grouped into three geomorphic units as detailed as:

PROJECTSITE



Sr. no. Geomorphic Units Lithology

1. Recent flood plain ofstream

Yellow coloured clay, silt and sand ofvarious grades.

2. Terrace Zone Yellow and grey coloured silt, sand andkankar beds.

3. Older Alluvial Plains Yellow grey coloured silt, sand andkankar beds.

Geology:Aligarh district falling in Central Ganga Plain lies in the interfluvial tract ofGanga and Yamuna. Hydrogeological data indicates that the area isunderlain by moderately thick pile of quaternary sediments, whichcomprises of sand of various grades clays & kankar. Alluvial sedimentsoverlies Vindhyan group of rocks in an unconformable way. The thickness ofdeposits varies from 287 to 380 meters. The stratigraphic sequence is asfollows:

Group Age Formation Lithology

Quaternary Recent to UpperPleistocene

Newer / YoungerAlluvium

Fine sand silt, clay,gravel

Upper Pleistocene Older Alluvium Clay with kankarand sand

---------------------------Unconformity----------------------------------

Paleozoic Cambrian Upper Vindhyans(Bhawder Series)

Redsandstone & shales

Older alluvium occupies the upland of the district while the newer alluviumoccupies low land area along the courses of Ganga Yamuna & theirtributaries and paleochannels of Ganga River.



Fig 3.15

Preapared by- Environmental and Technical Research Centre



Fig 3.15




Fig 3.15




3.11 Biological Environment3.11.1 IntroductionAnthropogenic activities tend to bring instability in the species compositionand functioning of ecosystem. The first component to be affected directly aswell as indirectly and in a short, medium and long time span would be thebiotic component of the area. This sets a cyclic process, which mayaggravate the situation unless corrective measures are adopted.Generation of base-line data and knowing the type and extent of pollutantswould be the first step of the environmental study report. The biologicalassessment is trustworthy and acceptable method to understand the impactof surroundings. This leads to suggesting remedial measures for minimizingimpact.Biological Impact Assessment (BIA) has gained importance in EnvironmentalImpact Assessment (EIA) after the Earth Summit of 1992. As a consequenceof the Convention on Biological Diversity (CBD), BIA has become an integraland important component of environmental impact assessment (EIA).Growing concerns among the people, planners, natural resource managersand academics across the globe for the biodiversity conservation haveprovided added impetus to BIA.BIA requires an inventory of the biological resources as base line data.

These biological resources may be at stake once the proposed project isexecuted and also provides a broad understanding about the status of othercomponents of the environment that are likely to be impacted. Soil, waterand biological communities are interdependent and therefore the BIAprovides clues regarding the health and conservation status of soil and wateras well. BIA documents and collates the baseline data and information onthe status of biodiversity and biotic resources likely to be impacted by theproposed activity and suggests measures for mitigation of the impact. Thusthe fundamental objective of the BIA is to conserve the biodiversity andensure its sustainable utilization. In India BIA comes under the purview ofEnvironmental Protection Act 1986, Environmental Impact AssessmentNotification of 2006, Wildlife Act of 1972, Forest Conservation Act 1980amended in 1988 and the Biodiversity Act of 2002. The National ActionPlan on Climate Change (NAPCC) document prepared by the Prime Minister’sCouncil on Climate Change has constituted a National Mission for a GreenIndia with an ambitious programme of increasing the forest cover from 23%to 33% with an initial corpus of Rs.6000 crores for afforestation of 6 millionhectares.The Convention on Biological Diversity (CBD), the Ramsar Convention, andthe Convention on Migratory Species (CMS) recognize Environmental ImpactAssessment (EIA) as an important decision making tool to help plan andimplement development with biodiversity “in mind.” The Conventions requireSignatories (“Parties”) to apply EIA to proposals with potential negative



impacts on biodiversity to help meet their objectives, so that developmentproposals respect mechanisms for the conservation of biodiversity, result insustainable use of biodiversity resources, and ensure fair and equitablesharing of the benefits arising from use of biodiversity. According to theInternational Association for Impact Assessment (IAIA), Impact Assessmentprovides opportunities to ensure that biodiversity values are recognized andtaken into account in decision-making. Importantly, this involves aparticipatory approach with people who might be affected by a proposal.The main Aim of Conservation of Biodiversity is to ensure “No Net Loss”.The biodiversity-related Conventions are based on the premise that furtherloss of biodiversity is unacceptable. Biodiversity must be conserved to ensureit survives, continuing to provide services, values and benefits for currentand future generations.The following approach has been chosen by the IAIA to help achieve “no netloss” of biodiversity:

Avoidance of irreversible loss of biodiversity. Seeking alternative solutions to minimize biodiversity losses. Use of

mitigation to restore biodiversity resources. Compensation for unavoidable loss by providing substitutes of at least

similar biodiversity value. Looking for opportunities for enhancement. This approach can be called “positive planning for biodiversity.” It

helps to achieve “no net loss” by ensuring the safety and survival ofrare or endangered or endemic or threatened (REET) species.

Objectives and purpose of the study:The basic objectives of the study is to evaluate the status of the flora andfauna of the core area (area identified for the proposed project) and thebuffer areas with specific reference to the rare or endangered or endemic orthreatened (REET) species. Documentation and evaluation of the status of the terrestrial flora of

the core and surrounding areas (buffer area). Inventorization of the terrestrial fauna of the core and buffer areas. Prediction of the impacts of the proposed project activity on the REET

species. Development of a management / mitigation plan to minimize the

impacts the proposed project activity on the biotic environment so thatthere is no net loss of biodiversity.



Biological Environment:Biological environment of any area constitute all living beings of that area, itis an integral part of the environment. Hence, any change in the surroundingenvironment could cause loss of species or decrease in biodiversity of thearea. Therefore, the present study is proposed to assess the impact of theproposed projects on biological environment of the project site andsurrounding area within 10km radius. Accordingly, mitigation measures areevolved to sustain the biological diversity. In general biological environmentis represented by flora and fauna. Flora constitutes the herbs, shrubs andtrees and fauna constitutes the mammals, birds, reptiles, arthropods,amphibians, fishes etc.

Objectives of the studyThe ecological study of the area has been conducted in order to understandthe existing status of the flora and fauna to generate baseline informationand evaluate the possible impacts on biological environment. The presentstudy highlights the various issues pertaining to floristic diversity and faunalwealth in the surrounding area up to 10 km radius of the proposed projectsites.

Study Approach & Methodology adoptedThe baseline study for existing ecological environment was carried outduring October to December, 2015. A participatory and consultativeapproach was followed. Field visits were undertaken for survey of thevegetation and animals in the study area. The study area has been divided into two parts as core area consisting of project site and the buffer area as the10 km radius of the project site. The list of Flora and Fauna given in thischapter is collected from both Primary and Secondary sources.

Sampling Methodology:FloraFloral status was assessed in different habitat types and project site of thestudy area. Quantitative data was collected using standard methods ofquadrate method. Floral enumeration was done following standard samplingtechniques. Random quadrates were laid in order to quantify the vegetationof the study area. Quadrate size for trees was 100 x 100 m, for shrubs it was5 x 5 m and for herbs it was 1 x 1m. Plots of 1 x 1 m were laid within thetree quadrate at each corner to record grasses. In each of the quadrates,species and their number were recorded.Fauna Avifauna:Standard methods were followed to survey the avifauna. The point countmethod was followed for counting the birds. Opportunistic surveys were alsocarried out with respect to avifaunal checklist. Identification by calls was



also made for species which were not directly encountered or were hidden inthe vegetation or canopy.Herpetofauna:Area searches were done in the circular plots of 10 m radius to inventory allterrestrial habitats for reptiles and amphibians. Area searches consisted ofturning cover objects like logs, boulders etc. Sampling for these speciesinvolved capturing individuals by hand or observation through binocularsand aural surveys.Mammals:Presence of mammals was documented by using both direct and indirectevidences. Opportunistic sightings were also included. Circular Plots wereused to search indirect evidence i.e. animal burrows / holes, scat, pellets,feeding signs, and tracks. Photographic (colored pictorial guide) field guidewere used for interviews with local residents .Data collected in the field wasanalyzed for secondary parameters such as density, frequency andabundance following standard phyto-sociological methods.

Estimation of Phyto-sociological parameters

Frequency (%) = (No. of quadrates of occurrence of thespecies X100)

Total no. of quadrates sampledAbundance = Total No. of individuals of the species

No. of quadrates of Occurrence*Density = Total No. of individuals of the species

Total no. of quadrates sampledRelative Frequency = (Frequency of the given species X100)

Sum of all frequenciesRelative Density = (Density of the given species X100)

Sum of all densitiesRelative Abundance = (Abundance of species X100)

Sum of all abundanceBasal Area = (GBH)2

4 πDominance = Total Basal Area

Total area sampledRelative Dominance = (Dominance of given species X100)

Dominance of all speciesImportant Value Index (I.V.I.) = Relative density + Relative frequency +

Relative DominanceNote: * Density refers to another number of individuals per unit area of a

site.



Statistical Analysis:Shannon-Wiener diversity index (Shannon and Wiener, 1963) wascalculated for all life forms following: Shannon- Wiener InformationFunction: D = -Σ pi ln pi Where: i = an index for the number of speciessampled, pi = ni/N =percentage of species i in the entire sample (N) ofindividuals, and ln = natural log. Multiply the percentage (or proportion) ofeach species in the sample times the natural log of that same value, sum theproducts across all species, and then multiply by minus 1.

Threat Status Assessment/evaluation Criteria: The biodiversity aspects inthe form of endemic status, conservation status and life form have beenenumerated for all the plant species found in the area during ecologicalsurvey. The Red Data Book of the Botanical survey of India has beenscreened to verify their conservation status. For wild animal speciesschedule of the Wildlife Protection Act (1972) has been screened. Theinformation was also collected from secondary sources for authentication ofthe data from the office of the Conservator of Forests and Zoological Surveyof India.

3.11.2 FloraThe area is generally devoid of large trees. At places a few trees, bushes, etc.of local nature have been observed.Besides the trees, natural vegetation grows mostly during monsoon andfades away with the onset of summer. These include grasses and shrubs,which are wild and grazed by animals. The study area has no rare,endangered species of flora. Name of some of the plant species & faunaspecies are mentioned below.Table - 3.24 Plant Species found in study area

Scientific Name Common Name FamilyAcacia Catechu Khair MimosaceaeAegle marmelos Bel RutaceaeAnogeissus latifolia Dhawa LythraceaeBridelia retusa Khaja EuphorbiaceaeBychanania lanzan Piar AnacardiaceaeButea monosperma Palas PapilionaceaeCassia fistula Amaltas CaesalpiniaceaeDiospyros melanoxylon Tendu EbenaceaeEmblica officinalis Amla EuphorbiaceaeGardenia latifolia Papria RubiaceaeDry Tropical Riverain TressAlbizzia lebbek Kalasiris Mimosaceae



Anthacephaluschinensis

Kadam Rubiaceae

Holoptelia integnifolia Chibul MoraceaeSaccopetatumtomentosum

Kavri Anonaceae

Scattered treesAcacia nilotica Babul MimosaceaeAilanthus excelsa Arru SimerubaceaeAlstonia scholaris Chetwar ApocynaceaeAngle mamelos Bel RutaceaeArtocarpus lakoocha Barhal MoraceaeButea monosperma Tesu PapilionaceaeCasearia elliptica Chilla SamydaceaeCassia fistula Amaltas CaesalpiniaceaeCassia siamea Cassia CaesalpiniaceaeEmblica offinals Aonla EuphorbiaceaeErthetia leavis Chamror BoraginaceaeEucalyptus citriodora Eucalptus MyrtaceaeFicus bengalensis Bargad MoraceaeFicus glomerata Gular MoraceaeGmelina arborea Garha VerbenaceaeHardwickia pinnata Anjan MimosaceaeMangifera indica Aam AnacardiaceaeTABLE - 3.24.1:List of Grasses and Shrubs Found in the Study AreaGrassesScientific Name Common Name FamilyApluda mutica Bahnjura PoaceaeAristida depresa Safed lappa PoaceaeArundo donax Narkul PoaceaeBothriochloa pertusa Cholijargi PoaceaeCenchrus ciliaris Anjan PoaceaeChloria dolichostachys Saindur PoaceaeChrysopogon montanus Chickwa PoaceaeCyndon dactylon Dub PoaceaeDesmostachya bipinnata Dad PoaceaeShrubScientific Name Common Name FamilyAdhatoda vasica Asusa AcanthaceaeAlangium salcifolium Akola AlangiaceaeBalanites aegyptica Hingola Simarubaceae



Cajanas cajans Arhar FabaceaeCalotropis gigantean Madar AsclepiadaceaeCannabis sativa Bhang Urticaceae

The red data book of species does not include any of these species. However,biotic inference in this area will pose a problem of migration of these animalspecies. As the above given species are not endemic, rare or endangered, aninevitable developmental activity may be undertaken with all theprecautionary measures of ecological sustainability e.g. controlled noiselevel, controlled air pollution and green belt development.

3.11.3 FaunaThe area hosts various types of animals. The species of fauna generallyfound in the area are given in table 3.25. (3.25.1-3.25.5)Table No.: 3.25 List of Exotic Flora Found in the Study Area

Scientific Name FamilyA. ochrolenea PapaveraceaeA. squamosa AnonaceaeA. reticulate AnonaceaeAbutilon cripsum MalvaceaeAgeratumconyzoides AsteraceaeAgeratumconysoides honstonianum AsteraceaeAlternanthera paronychiodes AmaranthaceaeAlternanthera punges AmaranthaceaeAlthaea ludwigii MalvaceaeAnagallis arvensis PrimulaceaeAnona muricata AnonacaaeArgemone maxicana PapaveraceaeB. rapa BrasssicaceaeBixa orellana BixaceaeBrassica oleracea BrassicaceaeCatharanthus roseus PrimulaceaeCissampelos pariera MenispermaceaeCleome spinosa CapparidaceaeClitoria ternatea FabaceaeColdenia procumbens BoraginaceaeConvolvulus arventis ConvulvulaceaeCorchorus crestuans TiliaceaeCoronopus didymus BrasssicaceaeCynoglossum amabile BoraginaceaeDombeya calantha SterculiaceaeIndigofera linnaci FabaceaeKleinhovia hospital Sterculiaceae



Lantana camara var aculeate VebenaceaeLathyrus aphaca FabaceaeLepidium sativum BrasssicaceaeMagnolia grandiflora MagnoliaceaeMalva parviflora MalvaceaeMalvastrum coromendelianum MalvaceaeMartynia annua MartyneceaeMedicago lopalina FabaceaeMelilotus alba FabaceaeMelilotus indica FabaceaeMerremia gangetica Convulvulaceae

TABLE No.: 3.25.1List of Important Domestic Animals Found in the Study Area

Sl.No Scientific Name Common Name1. Bos indicus Cow2. Bubalus indicus Buffalo3. Canis familiaris Dog4. Capra hircus Goat5. Equus cabilus Horse6. Equus hemionus Ass7. Felis domesticus Cat8. Ovius polic Sheep

TABLE No.: 3.25.2List of Wildlife Found in the Study Area

Scientific Name Common NameRousetius leschnaulti Fulvous fruitbat

Cynopterus sphinx Short nosedfruitbat

Moschiola Memina The Indian mouse

Ratufa indica The giant squirrel

Funambulus pennanti 5 striped PalmSquirrel

Funambulus palmarum 3 striped PalmSquirrel



TABLE No.: 3.25.3List of Birds Found in the study area

Sl.No. Scientific Name Common Name1. Acridotheres thristis The common mynath2. Alcedo atthis Commong king fisher3. Anas acuta Pintail4. Anas clypeata Shoveller5. Anas crecca Common teal6. Anastomus oscitans Openbill strok7. Anhinga melanogaster The India darter8. Ardea alba Large egret9. Ardea cinersa Grey heron10. Bubo coromandus Dusky horned owl11. Bubulcus ibis Cattle egret12. Butorides striatua Little green heron13. Ceryle luqubris Himalyan pied king fisher14. Ceryl rudis Lesser pied king fisher15. Ciconia episcopus White necked strok16. Columba livia Rock pigeon17. Copsychus sanlaris The magpie robin18. Corasius bengalensis Bluejay19. Coturnix coromandelica Common quail20. Crocopus haenicopterus Green pigeon21. Eudynamix scolopaceus The koel

TABLE No.: 3.25.4List of Reptiles & Amphibians Found in the Study Area

Reptiles (Snakes)1. Bungarus caerulus Krait2. Enhydris enhydris Indian river snake3. Enhydris sieboldi White brown spotted river snake4. Naja naja Cobra5. Natrix piscator Water snake6. Natrix sholata Striped keelback7. Python molurus AjagarLizards8. Calotes versicolor Garden Lizard9. Hemidactylus brooki House geckaa10 Uromastix

hardwickiiSanda

Testudines11. Chitra indica Narrow headed soft shelled turtle12. Hardella thrugi Brahmny river turtle



Amphibia13. Bufo melanostictus Toad14. Rana cynophylyctis Frog15. Rana hexadactyla Frog16. Rhacophorus Tree Frog17. Hyla Tree Frog18. B. Bangalensis Bandicoot rat19. Mus muscatus Mouse20. Rathus rathus House rat

TABLE No.: 3.25.5 List of FishesSl.No. Scientific Name Common Name1. Amblypharyngodon mola Dhawai2. Gagata cenia Tinkatia3. Glossogobius giuris Bhula4. Heteropneustes fossils Singhee5. Labeo bata Bata6. Labeo rohita Rohu7. Mystus aor Tengai8. Mystus bleekeri Tengra9. Mystus seenghala Singhi10. Puntius chola Sidhari11. Puntius conchonius Punti

3.12 Socio Economic Status of Study Area (An Approch to analysis):Studying socio-economic environment is necessary to identify the opinion ofthe Stake holders in the study area.Discussions/study has been carried out in most of the villages located in alldirections with reference to project site by FGD (Focused GroupDiscussions) in each village starting with Sarpanch & then with Villagers.Socio economic survey has been conducted to ascertain the existingsocioeconomic status to compare the same with the developments due to theproposed project.Field Study with the help of Focussed Group Discussions Initially a set ofQuestions in the form of a questionnaire has been prepared consisting of thefollowing; Population, House Holds, income, working conditions (Farmers,employment, self employment, etc.), Sanitation Facilities, Source of Drinkingwater, Availability of Water, Ground water table (past 5 years scenario),health of the People with specific reference to endemic diseases such asMaleria, Dengue etc, Power Availability, transportation and communication,education, environment and any pollution related problems being phased bythe stake holders in the study area to evaluate the quality of life of thatparticular area and general attentiveness of the Villagers about the project.



Demographic characteristics of the study area falling within 10 km radius ofthe proposed project site have been compiled to assess the pre project socioeconomic status. Secondary data has been collected from variousgovernment agencies i.e., Census of India and other governmentdepartments of forestry, irrigation etc., and Mandal Development Offices ofthe relevant government departments.

3.12.1 Demographic structureAn essential part of environmental study is socio-economic environmentincorporating various facts related to socio-economic conditions in the area,which deals with the total environment. Socio economic study includesdemographic structure of the area, provision of basic amenities viz.,housing, education, health and medical services, occupation, watersupply, sanitation, communication, transportation, prevailing diseasespattern as well as feature of aesthetic significance such as temples,historical monuments etc. at the baseline level. This helps in visualizingand predicting the possible impact depending upon the nature andmagnitude of the project.Socio-economic study of an area provides a good opportunity to assessthe socio-economic condition and possibly makes a change in living andsocial standards of the particular area benefitted due to the Project. In thenearby areas, gross economic production has increased substantially due toproposed project, it can undoubtedly be said that this will lead todirect and indirect employment and thus, there will be improvement in theinfrastructural facilities and standard of living of the people residing.

3.12.2 Objectives of the StudyThe objectives of this socio-economic report consist of:

To conduct socio-economic assessment study in Study Area. To know the current socio-economic situation in the region to

cover the sub sectors of education, health, sanitation, and water andfood security.

To recommend practical strategic interventions in the sector. To help in providing better living standards. To provide employment opportunities.

3.12.3 Scope of Work To study the Socio-economic Environment of area from the secondary

sources. Data Collection and Analysis. Prediction of expansion project impact. Mitigation Measures.



3.12.4 Background Information of the AreaUttar Pradesh is a state located in northern India. It was created on 1 April1937 as the United Provinces, and was renamed Uttar Pradesh in 1950.Lucknow is the administrative capital of Uttar Pradesh. Ghaziabad, Kanpur,Moradabad, Aligarh, and Varanasi are known for their industrialimportance in the state as well as in India.

3.12.5 Socio-Economic Profile of Aligarh districtTable no. 3.26

State NameDistrictName

Name Level

Uttar Pradesh (09)Aligarh(143) Aligarh DISTRICT

Total Number of HouseHold : 611371

Population Persons Males Females

Total 3,673,889 1,951,996 1,721,893

In the age group 0-6 years 574,509 306,019 268,490

Scheduled Castes (SC) 755,254 402,483 352,771

Scheduled Tribes (ST) 629 340 289

Literates 2,092,567 1,283,380 809,187

Illiterate 1,581,322 668,616 912,706

Total Worker 1,174,361 929,337 245,024

Main Worker 865,799 747,491 118,308

Main Worker - Cultivator 249,281 228,828 20,453

Main Worker - Agricultural Labourers 149,020 129,160 19,860

Main Worker - Household Industries 49,067 32,934 16,133

Main Worker - Other 418,431 356,569 61,862

Marginal Worker 308,562 181,846 126,716

Marginal Worker - Cultivator 32,220 15,168 17,052

Marginal Worker - AgricultureLabourers 118,177 75,699 42,478

Marginal Worker - HouseholdIndustries 29,499 10,520 18,979



Marginal Workers - Other 128,666 80,459 48,207

Marginal Worker (3-6 Months) 255,647 154,444 101,203

Marginal Worker - Cultivator (3-6Months) 25,865 12,493 13,372

Marginal Worker - AgricultureLabourers (3-6 Months) 97,980 65,461 32,519

Marginal Worker - HouseholdIndustries (3-6 Months) 22,499 8,040 14,459

Marginal Worker - Other (3-6Months) 109,303 68,450 40,853

Marginal Worker (0-3 Months) 52,915 27,402 25,513

Marginal Worker - Cultivator (0-3Months) 6,355 2,675 3,680

Marginal Worker - AgricultureLabourers (0-3 Months) 20,197 10,238 9,959

Marginal Worker - HouseholdIndustries (0-3 Months) 7,000 2,480 4,520

Marginal Worker - Other Workers

(0-3 Months) 19,363 12,009 7,354

Non Worker 2,499,528 1,022,659 1,476,869

Source: Census of India, 2011

Health FacilitiesGovernment hospitals, PHC, CHC are the major hospitals in the study area.Several primary health centers operated by government are functioning.Besides this many nursing homes and register medical practitioners areoperating in the study area.

Transport Facilities: The study area is served by rail and road transportfacilities. About 09 villages have bus facilities and good rail facilities, whileother villages are having approaches only with mud roads. As a whole, thestudy area has moderate level of communication network.

Post and Telegraphs:The study area has 12 Post office services are available.Electrification Almost all villages in the study were electrified. Electricity wassupplied for domestic, agricultural and public lighting purposes.



Subsequently the electric connections have been given to many othervillages.Drinking Water Facility Water supply in the study area is mainly from Handpump, Tap water, Tube well water, Tank water and canals followed by Wellwater and river water.



TABLE-3.27 Demographic Profile of Study Area

Zone Name TotalHouseHold

TotalPopulation

Total SCPopulation

Total STPopulation

Illiterate MaleLiterate

FemaleLiterate

TotalWorking

Population

TotalMain

Worker

TotalMarginalworker

0-3 km

Chitkura 263 1671 130 0 843 547 281 406 346 60

Atrauli 120225 737767 132869 220 365457 239355 132955 241531 172544 68987

Govali 292 1956 230 0 621 806 529 642 602 40

Bhawan Garhi 197 1330 281 0 494 527 309 386 361 25

Ahamadpuri 355 2190 121 0 975 802 413 499 471 28

Daood Garhi 167 1011 193 0 346 411 254 352 171 181

Gwalra 248 1491 307 0 539 572 380 442 354 88

ChandauliBuzurg 475 2678 294 0 944 1082 652 708 546 162

3-7 km

ChandaulaSujanpur 416 2722 427 0 1522 813 387 823 601 222

Kadauli 378 2293 549 0 972 848 473 736 503 233

Hamidpur 144 889 15 0 654 157 78 284 256 28

Sindhaura 120 652 0 0 238 273 141 169 159 10

Tikari 240 1454 295 0 574 537 343 544 439 105

Madhupur 150 988 133 0 470 337 181 392 329 63

7-10km

Bulapur 149 975 111 0 389 365 221 290 227 63

Satarapur 418 3213 362 0 2187 688 338 897 846 51

Narauna Akapur 440 2404 1037 0 987 905 512 974 611 363

Madapur 581 3290 1449 0 1657 1056 577 1258 714 544

Source: Census 2011



3.12.6 Literacy RateLiteracy Rate is the amount of people in a country with the ability toread and write. The analysis of the literacy levels is done in the studyarea. The 10 km radius study area demonstrates a literacy rate of 55.62% as per 2011 Census data. The male literacy rate in the study area worksout to be 61.8 % approx whereas the female literacy rate, which is animportant indicator for social change, is observed to be 38.2 % in the studyarea out of total litrates in study area. There is about 44.38% illiteracy in thestudy area. This indicates that there is a need to focus in sociological aspectin the region and enhance further development. In the present study, theliteracy rate is quiet moderate in the study area. Male and Femaleliteracy rate of villages are varying place to place. Although Female literacyrate in the region is coming out low as compared to male.

3.12.7 Economic ActivitiesThe economy of an area is defined by the occupational pattern and incomelevel of the people in the area. The occupational structure of residents in thestudy area is studied with reference to work category. The population isdivided occupation wise into three categories, viz., main workers, marginalworkers and non-workers. The main workers include cultivators, agricult-ural laborers, those engaged in household industry and other services.The marginal workers are those engaged in some work for a period of lessthan 180 days during the reference year. The non-workers include thoseengaged in unpaid household duties like, students, retired persons,dependents, beggars, vagrants etc. besides institutional inmates or allother non-workers who do not fall under the above categories.

3.12.8 Annual Income from Various SourcesThe Income & Expenditures of an area is defined by the occupationalpattern and income level of the people in the area. The occupationalstructure of residents in the study area is studied with reference to incomesources. Most of the people are involved in agriculture and wage labor asoccupational pattern, while some are earning from government services,private business, poultry farming etc. for livelihood in study area.

3.12.9 Agriculture and cropping patternMost of the villagers are involved in agricultural activities. Apart fromagricultural activities they also work as wage labour to earn livelihood. Inthese areas cropping pattern is based on the two season crops-Rabi andKharif. But mostly villagers start their agriculture activities in rainy season.Some villagers sow their crops in both seasons. These farmers sow crops likewheat, rice etc.



3.12.10 Basic AmenitiesA better network of physical infrastructure facilities (well-built roads, raillinks, irrigation, power and telecommunication, information technology,market-network and social infrastructure support, viz. health and education,water and sanitation, veterinary services and co-operative) is essential forthe development of the rural economic.A review of infrastructure facilities available in the area has been donebased on the information from base line survey of the study area. In thisreview, the villages which fall within 10 Km radius round the site has beenconsidered. Infrastructure facilities available in the area have beendescribed in the subsequent sections as below:

3.12.10.1 Educational FacilitiesMost of the villages have primary, middle and Senior secondary schools.Middle, Secondary and Senior Secondary Schools, Degree College (dependingon population size) are also available in densely populated villages. Forhigher education people have to commute to the Atrauli and other denselypopulated Villages.

3.12.10.2 Health FacilitiesHealth facilities are available but not adequate. People have to go to blockheadquarters and ATRAULI for treatment. In some villages primary healthsub- centre and primary health centre are available. Maternity home is alsoavailable in the study area and some of the villages are having Aanganbaricenters. Other health centers i.e. Ayurvedic center, homeopathicdispensary and private clinic and medical stores also available in the studyarea. Some population is suffering from disease like Tuberculosis etc andaffected from seasonal disease. Disease affected persons are not in hugequantity but they need medical facilities.Basic facilities are available in study area as educational facilities, health,transportation, electricity, drinking water, market, bank, post office, petrolpump; Administrative office, Anganbari Centers, Community hall, Co-operative bank and Commercial Bank etc. are available.



3.13 Cropping Pattern of the Study AreaAREA UNDER DIFFERENT CROPS (Hectare)

Table no. 3.28

1.Rice

Total –26117 (2311)Irrigated-26027(2311)

2.Wheat

(i) Total – 212456(17038)(ii) Irrigated – 212456(17038)

3.Jawar

Total – 3 (0)Irrigated - 2 (0)

4.Bajra

(i) Total – 75675(5698)(ii) Irrigated – 8437(1211)

5.Maize kharif

(i) Total – 26225 (5234)Irrigated-25691 (5117)

6.Maize Zaid

(i) Total – 95 (21)(ii) Irrigated – 95 (21)

7.Sawa Kharif

(i) Total –0 (0)(ii) Irrigated – 0 (0)

8.Sawa Zaid


9.Kodo

Total – 0 (0)Irrigated - NIL (NIL)

10.Barley


11.Urad Total

Total – 663 (56)Irrigated - 433 (52)

12.Massor

Total – 2233 (379)Irrigated - 1983 (369)

13.Moong Total

Total – 108 (12)Irrigated - 108 (12)

14.Gram

Total – 772 (112)Irrigated - 712 (110)

15.Arhar

Total –18776 (1713)Irrigated-17918 (1700)

16.Tobacco


17.Total Dal

Total – 26662 (2505)Irrigated-25188 (2462)

18.Sanai


19.Mustard

Total – 21884(1538)Irrigated-21874(1538)

20.Haldi


21.Pea


22.Fodder (Karif)


23.Til


24.Fodder (Rabi)


25.Ground Nut


26.Fodder (Zaid)


27.Cane

(i) Total –10135 (523)(ii) Irrigated– 9694 (523)

28.Potato




AREA IRRIGATED BY DIFFERENT SOURCE OF MEDIUM OF DISTT-ALIGARH (IN HECTARE)

(i) Total Irrigated area 297605

(ii) Area irrigated by canal 32830

(iii) Own Tubwell 257898

(iv) Govt. tubewell 6631

(v) Well 0

(vi) Ponds 107

(vii) Other Sources 139

3.14 Health & DiseasesDetails were collected regarding health status of the study area & it wasfound that though common diseases like Malaria, Viral Fever, Typhoid,Pneumonia, fungal infections, cholera are found to occur but no majordisease / endemic diseases were noticed with the study area.ConclusionThe socio economic study of the study area on behalf of observed villagesgives clear picture of its population, average household size, literacy rate,sex ratio, schedule tribe and schedule castes etc. A major part of populationis suffering from the lack of permanent job to run their day to day lifeand get basic facility.



CHAPTER – 4ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT AND

MITIGATION MEASURES4.0 Introduction:In this chapter, we:

Identify project activities that could beneficially or adversely impactthe environment

Predict and assess the environmental impacts of the activities. Examine each environmental aspect-impact relationship in detail and

identify its degree of significance Identify possible mitigation measures for these project activities and

select the most appropriate mitigation measure, based on thereduction in significance achieved and practicality in implementation.

The Environmental Impact Assessment in and around the unit fromproposed project is core theme of this Chapter. Generally, the environmentalimpacts can be categorized as either primary or secondary.Primary impacts are those which are attributed directly to the project and,Secondary impacts are those which are indirectly induced and typicallyinclude the associated investment and changed patterns of social andeconomic activities by the proposed action. Also the Environmental impactcan be categorized as short term and long term.

4.1 Identification of ImpactsImpact Assessment MethodologyKey Definitions Environmental AspectsThese are elements of an organization’s activities or products or services thatcan interact with the environment. Environmental aspects could includeactivities that occur during normal, abnormal and emergency operations.Environmental aspects selected for further study should large enough formeaningful examination and small enough to be easily understood.Environmental Impacts Environmental impacts are defined as any change tothe environment, whether adverse or beneficial, wholly or partially resultingfrom an organization’s environmental aspects.

Environmental IndicesThe environment includes surroundings in which an organization operatessuch as air, water, land, natural resources, flora, fauna, humans and theirinterrelation.The environmental indices (or parts of the receiving environment on whichimpacts are being assessed) include: Land use/land cover, air quality, noisequality, surface water environment, ground water environment, soil, ecologyand bio diversity, socio economics, occupational health, community health



and safety After the identification of impacting activities, impacts require tobe assessed based on subjective / objective criteria to assess the impactingactivities.This is done in the following steps:Identification of ImpactsThis entails employing a simple checklist method requiring: Listing of environmental aspects (i.e. activities or parts thereof that

can cause environmental impacts) Identifying applicable components of the environment on which the

environmental aspects can cause an environmental impact Making notes of the reason / possible inter-relationships that lead to

environmental impact creation Listing the environmental components likely to receive impacts, along

with the key impacting activities on each component.

The impacts have been prepared for the proposed installation assuming thatthe pollution due to the existing activities such as rural domestic activitieshas already been covered under baseline environmental monitoring andcontinue to remain same during the operation of the project.

The project is likely to create impact on the environment in two distinctphases: During the construction phase which may be regarded as temporary or

short term ; and During the operation phase which would have longterm effects.

The construction and operation of the proposed Distillery plant projectcomprises of various activities each of which will have an impact on some orother environmental parameters.Various impacts during the operationphase on the environment parameters have been studied to estimate theimpact on the environment and are discussed briefly below and elaboratedin the subsequent sections.

4.1.1 Predictions and Evaluation of ImpactsEvaluation is an absolute term used for assessment and prediction by meansof numerical expression or value. Assessment is the process of identifyingand interpreting the environmental consequences of the significant actions.Prediction is a way of mapping the environmental consequences of thesignificant actions.Significant action depicts direct adverse changes caused by the action andits effects on health of biota including flora, fauna and man, socio-economicconditions, landforms and resources, physical and cultural heritageproperties and quality of bio-physics surrounds.



Prediction requires scientific skill drawn from many disciplines. Prediction ofecological components is often uncertain, because their response toenvironmental stress cannot be predicted in absolute terms. The assessor(one who does the assessment) and decision maker (one who take thedecision after adequate analysis of assessment report) is expected to beaware of the degree of uncertainty. The assessor generally uses the followingmethods and resources for impact assessment.

Field surveys and monitoring Guideline and modeling Literature surveys and interviews Qualification and experience

An impact can be defined as any change in physical, chemical and biological,cultural and or socioeconomic environment that can be attributed toactivities related to alternatives under study for meeting the project needs.Impact methodology provides an organized approach for prediction andassessing these impacts.Impact assessment is based on conceptual notions on how the universe actsthat is intuitive and/or explicit assumption concerning the nature ofenvironmental process. In most of cases the predictions consists ofindicating merely whether there will be degradation, no change orenhancement of environment quality. In other cases, quantitative rankingscales are used. The selection of indicator is crucial in assessment becauseimpacts are identifies and interpreted based on impact indicator. An impactindicator is a parameter that provides a measure (in atleast some qualitativeor numerical sense) of the significance and magnitude of the impact. In Indiaindicator is developed by the Central Pollution Control Board (CPCB) in theform of primary water quality criteria, biological water quality criteria, andnational ambient quality criteria for air and noise.The impact of the proposed project on the environment has been consideredbased on the information provided by the proponents and data collected atthe site. The environmental impacts have been categorized as long or shortterm and reversible or irreversible. Primary impacts are those, which areattributed directly by the project while secondary impacts are those, whichare indirectly induced. These typically include the associated investment andchanged pattern of social and economical activities by the proposed action.The operational phase of the proposed project comprises several of whichhave been considered to assess the impact on one or another environmentalparameters.Scientific techniques and methodologies based on mathematical modelingare available for studying impacts of various project activities onenvironmental parameters.



Quantification of assessments in terms of measurable units would be theideal method for impact assessment. Mathematical models are the best toolsto quantitatively describe cause-effect relationships between sources ofpollution and different components of environment. However, due to lack ofinformation/data, uncertainties involved and complex interrelationshipsbetween various sectors of environment, it is not always possible or at leastnot easily achievable. In such cases, only qualitative predictions have beenmade based on experience and judgments.Based on this preliminary identification, environmental indices that arelikely to be impacted due to the project are: Landuse / Land cover: Land lease/purchase, site preparation and site

restoration Air quality: Vehicle movement during site preparation and restoration,

operation of DG set, Noise Vehicle movement during site preparation and restoration, operation of

DG set, during drilling process Surface Water: use of raw water for drilling Ground water: use of raw of water for drilling, cementing activity,

storage and handling of waste water Soil: clearance during site preparation, site restoration, chemical and

fuel storage and storage and handling of solid and hazardous waste Ecology and Biodiversity: clearance of vegetation during site

preparation Socio – Economic: positive impact due to creation of jobs and increase

in income. Occupational health, community Health and safety: Occupational risk

during various activity associated with drilling, risk to community dueto blow out or spillage of waste water or fuel/chemicals.

4.2 Impact during Construction PhaseThe proposed installation project includes the following activities such asleveling of site, construction of main plant and other related structures,erection of plant equipment like Fermenter, Storage Tanks, Effluenttreatment plant, Multi effect Evaporators, Decanter, Boiler etc.

4.2.1 Impact on land UseThe land use of proposed Distillery plant is under Industrial land category.The total land required for the proposed distillery project will be about 4.11acres. The green belt development will be in an area 33% of total proposedproject areas which will be develop during construction phase.After the commencement of proposed project construction, the existing non-agriculture will be cleared changing the topography of the area. Due to



change in the topography of the project area and clearance of the presentherbal vegetative cover and also shrub vegetation may have minortemperature variations within premises.No forest land exists in this land. Hence, the impact on agricultural or forestland usages is insignificant and also the development of greenbelt in about33% of total project land will help in attracting avi-fauna. This will have apositive impact on the land use pattern.

Table No.4.1IMPACTS MITIGATION MESURES

It is vacant land, so no clearanceof vegetation is required overthere hence impact on fertile soilwill be less.

Roads will be constructed.

During Construction/Installation phase, sitewould be designed tono/minimize the removal ofsoil and vegetation.

Topsoil will be cleared andpreserved and shall be usedit for existing landscapingwork within the premises.

4.2.2 Impact on ClimateTemperatureThe average, monthly minimum and maximum temperatures have beenmonitored at the Proposed Distillery plant site and also analyzed based onthe data from nearest IMD observatory at Aligarh. The trend of temperatureshows a regular cyclic pattern. The temperature pattern indicates a regionalbehavior and construction of the Distillery plant complex will not have anyimpact on the temperature patterns.

RainfallThe average annual rainfall in the region is 816.5 mm as per IMD data ofAligarh. Any changes in the pattern of rainfall will be on regional scalebecause of cumulative reasons. The establishment of proposed Distilleryproject will not expected to have any adverse effect on the rainfall pattern ofthe area.Wind SpeedThe wind speeds of any area depend on the existence of elevations anddepressions in the region. The proposed project will have minor change intopography and creation of structures in project area and its immediatevicinity. Due to change in the topography of the project area minor variationsare envisaged at local level.



HumidityThe relative humidity in the area is not likely to change because of theconstruction operations, as it will not cause any changes in the prevailingtemperatures and rainfall of the region.

Impact on DrainageThere are no rivers, seasonal nallahs or streams that pass through theproposed project site. Hence, construction activity will not have any impacton local drainage pattern or drainage system.

4.2.3 Impact on SoilThe existing land and land use pattern of the site will get affected from theconstruction of site and associated activities, like installation of machineries,temporary storage of material including oil and chemicals, domestic wasteand other kind of waste material etc. This impacts may happen in terms oftemporary clearing of ground vegetation of around 110m x 110m area ,changes in the aesthetic looks of the area, from temporary dumping of earthand fill material generate from site during waste pit construction and othergrading activities etc.

Mitigation Measures:Necessary efforts will be made during selection of drill site to minimizedisruption of current land use to the extent possible; Necessary restorationefforts will be made during decommissioning and site closure to restore thesite back to its original condition to the extent possible; Proper restorationof site will be carried out to bring the physical terrain, soils and vegetation,as closely possible, to their original condition; On completion of works (inphases), all temporary structures, surplus materials and wastes will becompletely removed till 1m below the surface; Temporary new approachroads can be constructed and existing roads can be improved, if required, forsmooth and hassle free movement of personnel as well as materials andmachineries; Optimization of land requirement through proper site lay outdesign will be a basic criteria at the design phase;

Topsoil Management:Store, preserve and protect topsoil separately to use it during restorationperiod;Carry out adequate restoration of soil at the drilling site, to the extentpossible using the soil stored from piling and excavation activities;Dispose drilling mud and drill cutting temporarily in an impervious HDPElined pit for evaporation carefully so that there is no spillage.Management of spilling of contaminants such as oil from equipments,cement, drilling mud, and etc. on the soil;



Vegetation on topsoil is to be removed prior to commencement of bulkearthwork. The construction activities will result in minimum loss ofvegetation and topsoil in the plant area. Vegetation is less in the site to bedeveloped and will be disturbed only in the bare minimum area required forconstruction. Apart from localized constructional impacts at the proposedplant site, no significant adverse impact on the soil in the surrounding areais anticipated.

4.2.4 Impact on Air QualityImpact OriginThe air quality in the project area may slightly deteriorate for the time beingduring construction. The major construction activities from which airemission mostly dust emission may occur are;

1. Poorly paved service lane;2. Ground excavation;3. Delivery of building materials to site;4. Handling and mixing of cement5. Poorly Paved Service

The access road to the proposed project should be perfectly paved. Dustnuisance from unpaved or partly paved road is of concern because:-

There will be increased traffic driving in and out of the proposed site todeliver construction material;

If soil moisture content becomes very low; it could create increasingquantity of loose particulate matter on road surface;

There could be no or little vegetation cover to act as dust trap.

Ground ExcavationSite preparation in readiness for construction work may require vegetationclearance stripping off of overburden material, ground leveling andcompaction. These activities will open-up the ground to wind action andthus potentially resulting in dust generation.

This is because:- Vegetation clearance will directly expose the ground to agents of

erosion; Stripping off of overburden material will loosen soil aggregates thus

making them easily susceptible to wind action; Removal of tree stumps and roots will weaken soil bounding and thus

can easily be blown by wind.

Delivery of Building Materials to SiteConstruction materials such as building blocks, cement, sand, steel bars,stone/brick chips will be bulky and thus will require to be delivered on site



by a fleet of trucks driving in and out of the construction site. During thisexercise dust is likely to be generated from the following:-Handling of cement which is dusty by nature of the way it is;Handling of sand, stone/brick chips may contain loose dust particles;Site clearing of area of holding ballast, building blocks and sand will exposethe site to wind action;

Handling and Mixing of Cement for construction and erection purposes:The powdery nature of cement will be a potential source of dust especiallyduring handling and mixing it with other materials such as sand and gravel.Cement dust will likely be of concern during:-

Opening-up of cement bags and empting the cement in order to mixwith other construction material;

During loading and offloading of cement.

Vehicular movement:During construction phase, dust generation will be the main pollutant,which would generate from the site development activities and vehicularmovement on the road. However, concentration of NOx and CO may also beslightly increased due to increased vehicular traffic movement.

Proposed Mitigation Methods:Water spraying will be done on the access roads to control re-entrained dustduring dry season (if required);

The engines and exhaust systems of all vehicles and equipment usedwill be maintained as such, that exhaust emissions are low and do notbreach statutory limits set for the concerned vehicle/equipment type;

Ensuring the availability of valid Pollution under Control Certificates(PUCC) for all vehicles used on site.

Potential Environmental Impacts of DustDust produced will potentially negatively affect the following:1) Employees generally construction workers;2) Immediate neighbors and general public; and3) Vegetation.

1. Effects of Dust to EmployeesCement dust can affect plant employers in the following way

Eye irritation; Skin irritation;

Impairment of normal sweating of the skin as it blocks pores on the skin; chocking of the throat;



Respiratory difficulties; Difficulty in breathing; Potential course of chest complication and ailment.

2. Dust Impacts to Immediate Neighbors and General Public Reduced visibility; emission of high particulate matter to the

environment will reduce local visibility; Continuous exposure of people to dust will likely affect one’s eye sight

that can potentially result in an outbreak of eye infection; Chest related aliment; continuous exposure of people to dust will likely

result in chest complications and respiratory disorders.

3. Dust Impacts to Vegetation Dust settling on plant leaf surface will block leaves stoma hence

interfering with normal respiration of the plants; Dust settling on plants will reduce the evapo-transpiration of plants

and animals such as butterflies, caterpillars, grasshoppers who feed offoliage will be affected as the dust settled on foliage will render thefoliage unpalatable;

Heavy dust settling on plant matter will impair on normal growth ofthe plant; and

Heavy dust settled on plants will choke and kill plants.

Proposed Mitigation MeasuresFollowing mitigation measures are proposed to minimize the air pollutionduring the construction stage:-

The Project Proponent should ensure the complete paving of theservice road

Regular sprinkling of water to be done on open surface and dustgrounds until paving is done;

Transport of materials in tarpaulin- covered trucks. The sand and other such dispersible material will be stored at site for

minimum working period. Removal of soil/mud from trucks and other appliances prior to leaving

the project area. Storage of top-soil in a safe space and creation of top-soil on filled land

utilizing this preserved soil Selective cutting of trees in the site should be carried out. Only trees

which on exact proposed position of the building should be cleared anyother vegetation outside proposed building position should bemaintained;



Plantation of trees in the construction yard as quickly as possible. Anyopen area should be planted with appropriate vegetation (trees, flowersand grasses) ;

Project management and contractor to enforce strict use of personalprotective clothing;

Complains of dust related ailments among employees and neighboursto be given access to medical attention.

The equipment design will be chosen for least suspension ofdust/sand into atmosphere.

The construction activity will be carried out during day time only. The emissions are temporary and not expected to contribute

significantly to the ambient air quality and will be within prescribedlimits for industrial regions by National Ambient Air QualityStandards.

Provided that the mitigation measure indicated above is fullyimplemented, residual impact to be very insignificant.

Table No.4.2 Summary:IMPACTS MITIGATION MESURES

Dust from variousconstruction/Installation operations andemission fromoperation ofconstructionequipment ormovement of vehiclesare likely to causesome impacts on theworking populationwithin immediatevicinity of the projectsite.

Dust suppressionsystems (water spray)will be used as perrequirement at theconstruction site.Construction materialswill be fully coveredduring transportationto the project site byroad. Land clearing forconstruction/installation site will be kept at theabsolute minimumpracticable.

Traffic to the differentsites duringconstruction/installation will be moreintensive and muchheavier than at presentin normal operatingconditions. In turn, itwill subject existingroads to more stress

The present roadconditions arereasonably good forproposed movement oftraffic. Preventivemaintenance will becarried out for vehiclesand pollution check onperiodic basis will bemandatory.



4.2.5 Impact on Water QualityImpact on water quality during construction phase may be due to non-pointdischarges of solids from soil loss and sewage generated from theconstruction work force stationed at the site. However, as the constructionwill be carried out on the flat area, the soil losses will be negligible. Further,the construction will be more related to mechanical fabrication, assemblyand erection; hence the water requirements would be meager. Temporarysanitation facilities (septic tanks and soak pits) will be set-up for disposal ofsanitary sewage generated by the work force through contractors. The overallimpact on water environment during construction phase due to proposedproject is likely to be short term and insignificant.

4.2.6 Impact on Noise LevelsImpacts on Acoustic EnvironmentNoise is likely to be generated from the following activities/areas:

During ground preparation; During assembly of building materials on site;

During construction of the various components of the proposed distilleryplant, a brief elaboration of each of the potential source/cause of noise is asfollows:-

Ground Preparation Ground preparation is another activity that will potentially result in

noise nuisance. Activities of ground preparation that are likely to result in noise

nuisance include:- Use of heavy machinery such as excavators, caterpillars in ground

excavation will be a source of noise nuisance; and Transportation of excavated earth material from site by use of dump

trucks will result in noise nuisance. The noise will be mainly from thetrucks.

Assembly of Building Materials Building materials to be used in construct site will first be gathered

and assembled on site. These include building blocks, timber, steelbars, sand, gravel, cement. Possible courses of noise nuisance whenassembling construction material on site include:-

Offloading of building materials on site especially steel bars, gravel andbuilding blocks can result in noise;

Trucks ferrying in building materials can be a source of noise; Employees involved in offloading of building material can be a source

of noise.



Construction of the Various Components of the proposed distillery unitConstruction of the civil work structures for the proposed distillery unit willbe labour intensive. This will involve engaging a large workforce, also duringconstruction some machines and equipment will be in use. Possible sourcesof noise during construction work may include the following:- Loud talking, shouting and conversation among employees; Noise from equipment such as cement mixers; Noise from machines such as welding machines and wood working

machines; Increased machine and equipment activity on site. Vehicular Rush

Potential Environmental Impacts of NoiseImpacts of noise will potentially affect the following:-a. Immediate neighbors; andb. Employees.

a. Impacts of Noise to Immediate Neighbors Continuous exposure of neighbors to noise nuisance may result in

noise induced hearing lose; Noise nuisance may reduce concentration of neighbors in their private

matters.b. Noise Impacts to Employees High noise level will force employees to shout laud when

communicating to one another; Exposure of employees to high noise level (above 85dB) continuous for

8 hours per day may result in noise induced haring lose; Exposure of ear to peak sound level instantaneously may result to

deafness. Proposed Mitigation Measures for Noise Nuisance Management Noisy construction works to be limited to daytime hours Immediate neighbours to be notified in writing on the date of

commencement of construction work at least one month in advance; All employees likely to be exposed to ear noise to be provide with ear

protectors; The project Proponent and contractors to ensure strict enforcement on

user of ear protectors; Where applicable and possible exceptionally noisy machines to be

fitted with noise reduction devices; Any employee who may complain about ear related pain and or

complication while at work to access medical attention at the expenseof the contractor or project proponent;

Fitting noise machines with noise reduction devices;



Providing suitable hearing protection to all workers exposed to noiselevels above 85dB(A);

The noise impacts will be local; limited to the premises and very short– term.

4.2.7 Impact due to Vehicular RushVehicles used for procuring goods, material and manpower to the drilling siteand the subsequent transportation of rig/equipments and debris duringdecommissioning will use the site approach road and village roads, whichconnect to state highway and village roads. This will result in increase intraffic density in the site access road and introduction of vehicular traffic onthe site approach road during the site preparation stage as truck load willcause increase in noise levels. But as this activity will be transient and forfew days the impact may be considered to be insignificant given the presentenvironmental setting.Table no.4.3

IMPACTS MITIGATION MESURESGeneration of noise during movementof vehicles carrying materials andloading & unloading activities.

Regular checking of Vehicles,construction work will be restrictedduring day time.

Generation of noise from excavationmachines, concrete mixer and otherconstruction machines.

Provision of silencers to modulate thenoise generated by machines.

Generation of noise duringconcreting, hammering, mechanicaloperations, like, drilling, fitting,installation of plant machineries etc.

Provision of protective devices likeear muff/plugs to the workers.Preventive maintenance of themachine/equipments will be carriedout. Provision of rubberpadding/noise isolators.

4.2.8 Impact on Terrestrial EcologyThere is no notified/protected ecologically sensitive area including nationalpark, sanctuary, Elephant/Tiger reserves existing in the study area covering10 km radial distance from 30 blocks. Most of the vegetation is aggregatedon agricultural boundaries, road side plantation, private land and socialforest area. The study area mainly comprises of terrestrial and aquaticecosystem. Vegetation around the study area comprises of mainly thornydeciduous and bushy vegetation.Most of the land identified for the proposed project contains non agricultureland with approx fourteen trees. Trees will be cut only if required. Therefore,no major loss of biomass is envisaged during construction phase. Althoughthe land required for the proposed plant would be put to non- agricultural



use, there may not be any significant impact on soil and agriculture in thegeneral area.These impacts are, however, restricted to the early phase of construction.The removal of herbaceous vegetation from the soil and loosening of thetopsoil generally causes soil erosion during dry season.However, such impacts would be primarily confined to the project siteduring initial periods of the construction phase and would be minimizedthrough adoption of mitigatory measures like paving and surface treatment,water sprinkling and appropriate plantation program.The project site and area will be extensively landscaped with thedevelopment of green belt consisting of a variety of taxa, which would enrichthe ecology of the area and add to the aesthetics.The constructional activities lead to inward migration of a labour force inthe area and thus there would be demand for trees in the area due toincrease in cooking fuel demand.In order to prevent felling of trees in the neighboring areas, alternate fuelshall be arranged to meet the cooking fuel requirement of labour force,Hence, in view of the above measures, the impact on terrestrial ecologywould be bare minimum and insignificant.

Table No. 4.4Impacts MitigationLoss of vegetation due toconstruction of Plant.

Core Zone is devoid of any treespecies there are few shrubs andgrass found in the site, they aremainly Lantana camara, Lantanaaculeate, Cassia tora, Cynodondactylon, Imperata cylindrical,Typha elephantine, Colocasiaesculenta etc. So there will benegligible impact on flora of corezone. However Plantation will bedone on 33% of plot area which willinclude 6-15 m green belt, areaunder green belt will be done 13%of plot area and landscaping willbe done on 20.00% of plot areawhich will enhance the green of thearea.



Displacement of Fauna The avifauna like crow, parrot,Heron, Mayna, Cuckoo, Housesparrow are seen. Cobra and gardenlizards are also found. Plantation inthe project area will increase theavifauna in the area. Burrowanimals will also be restored. Henceit will have positive impact on theenvironment.

4.2.9 Demography and Socio – EconomicsCritical analysis of the existing socio-economic profile of the area vis-à-vis itsscenario with proposed project activities identifies the following impacts:The proposed activities shall generate indirect employment in the region dueto the requirement of workers in trail making, supply of raw material,auxiliary and ancillary works, which would marginally improve the economicstatus of the people. The activities would result in an increase in local skilllevels through exposure to activities.As the existing loose/soft surface roads,trails shall be upgraded to facilitate the movement of the heavy equipmentrequired, the project in turn would lead to improvement in transportfacilities.

Mitigation Measures: Proper compensation for land and crop based on prevailing

Government rates will be provided by project proponent (WDBL) Approach roads will be upgraded to facilitate heavy vehicular

movement Project proponent may provide educational aid to local villages based

on need and request from the village Panchayat. The impact of the proposed project activities would begin to be felt

with the start-up of the construction activities. The non workers constitute about 40-50 % of the total population in

10 km radius of study area. Some of them will be available foremployment in the proposed project during construction activities. Asthe labourers are generally unskilled, the local would get opportunitiesfor employment during construction activities

In addition to the opportunity of getting employment as constructionlabourers, the local population would also have employmentopportunities in related service activities like petty commercialestablishments, small contracts/sub-contracts and supply ofconstruction materials for buildings and ancillary infrastructures etc.Consequently, this will lead to economic upliftment of the area.



4.2.10 Accidents or Occupational Health HazardImpact OriginUnder controlled situation, accident is not expected. However, occasionally itoccurs during construction works. Accident may occur during earth cutting,casting, construction works and installation of heavy machinery. Theprotection of head, eye, ear, and hand, foot of the workers, laborers andproject personnel could be affected if proper and adequate arrangement isnot ensured.

Mitigation MeasuresThe workers should wear PPE (Personal Protective Equipment), safetygoggles, and other necessaries.

4.2.11 Sanitation Hazard & Drinking waterImpact OriginThe health of the project personnel, construction workers and laborers livingat the base camp could be impacted if arrangement of sanitation anddrinking water is not ensured adequately and properly. During constructionstage, lot of local labors will work and hence they would generateconsiderable amount of human waste. These are the potential source forspread of diseases, as various insects will play dominating role in the spreadof diseases. There are chances for the spread of water borne diseases also.Mitigation MeasuresProper sanitation system should be provided and at the same time, regular,proper and safe disposal of human waste should be ensured. Contractorsand workers should obey appropriate means of waste removal and sanitationmeasures. Adequate number of toilets and bathrooms should be made forthe workers, and proper disposal system of sewage waste should beimplemented for sanitation purpose and the workers should be aware topractice those facilities.The project activities shall make higher demand on the local utilities andservice facilities particularly potable water, health and sanitary facilities.There should be sufficient number of tube-wells for drinking purpose.Residual ImpactIf, the mitigation measure indicated above is fully implemented, residualimpact to be very insignificant.

4.2.12 Overland Drainage and Impact on Surface WaterThe potential impacts on local hydrology are principally those of alteredpatterns as a result of onside construction and earthwork activities. Theproposed project will affect natural drainage, surface and ground waterquality if not managed the construction works properly. There could beSiltation of water system or drainage from uncovered piles of soil.



Proposed Mitigation Measures Surface drainage shall be controlled to divert surface runoff away from

the construction area; Laying barrier net Undertaking construction work during dry seasons: Completed areas should be restored/re-vegetated as soon as

practicable; Temporary silt-trap or digging of pond toward siltation prevention Stockpiling of spoil soil at a safe distance from the drainage system Utilizing spoil soil in land-fill Strict supervision should be maintained to avoid blockage of natural

creeks during the construction period, and Containment of sanitary waste should be adequately disposed off to

avoid surface and ground water contamination. Making provision for temporary disposal of wastes inside construction

yard and disposal of solid wastes in an appropriate manner: Adequate provision has to be retained for the treatment and disposal

of cuttings, drilling fluids and other chemicals and lube oil wastesgenerated during drilling, testing and commissioning stage.

4.2.13 Ecological Impact AssessmentTable 4.5: Ecological Impact due to proposed distillery unit

EcologicalCriteria

IdentifiedImpacts

EcologicalsignificanceofImpact

Magnitude Duration/Timing/Frequency

Reversibility Mitigation CumulativeImpact

Zone ofInfluence

Project sitehabitatDue to Siteclearance.

Theproposeddistilleryunit is locatedin open land(alreadyoccupied UnitNo siteclearance isrequired. Onlysome scrubarea will becleared.

Lowimpact

- Reversible - NoCumulativeimpact

Zone ofInfluence

Ecological ImpactSurroundinghabitat due tofugitive emission.

Not muchimpact ontheSurroundinghabitat isenvisaged dueto thetransportationactivity exceptsome fugitiveemission.

TemporaryImpact

Only duringthetransportationactivity.

Reversible The greenbelt(33%)withinpremisesandapproachroadwhich willrestrict thefugitiveemission

Nocumulativeimpact



Accessibility EcologicalImpact due toroadconstruction

No Roadconstructionisrequired toassess theproject site.The existinginternalRoads areconnected tothe existingSH road andthen to thehighway.

No impact - - - No Impact

Zone ofInfluence

EcologicalImpact onSurrounding/Eco sensitivehabitat due towaste watergenerated fromthe projectactivity.

The wastewater fromthe processwill treat andreuse at siteonly.

No impact DuringoperationPhase

No The wastewill betreated inMEE ,decanter,DWGSDryer &CPU.Propertreatmentof wastewater willbe done.ProposedPlant isZLD.

No impact

Zone ofInfluence

EcologicalImpact onSurrounding/Ecosensitive habitatdue to Noisegenerated fromthe projectactivity.

The Noiselevel duringtheoperationphase isaround75 dB. Theimpact onambient noiselevel will berestricted onlyon the factorypremises. Theambient airquality of thesurroundingvillages maynot have anysignificanceincrease dueto the projectactivity.

Lowimpacton Floraand fauna

DuringoperationPhase

No As given inThe EMPsection.

No impact



4.3 Impact during Operation PhaseThe operations of proposed Distillery plant in general cause environmentaldegradation and if adequate control measures are not taken to prevent/mitigate the adverse environmental impacts, these operations may causeirreversible damage to the ecosystem. The environmental parameters whichare most likely to be influenced by project activities are:

Land Use; Soil; Topography and Climate; Air Quality; Drainage; Water Resources and Quality Noise Levels; Ecology (Terrestrial and Aquatic); Land use Pattern; and Socio- Economics

Identification of impacts during operation phase is given in Table 4.6.Table 4.6 Identification of Impacts during Operation Phase

ActivityEnvironm

entalAttribute

Cause Impact Characteristics

Nature Duration Reversibility Significance

Emissionsfrom various

unitprocesses

and vehiculartraffic

Air Quality(SPM, SO2,NOx, CO,

HC)

Unitoperations,

VehicleOperation

andfuel

Combustion

NegligibleNegative

LongTerm

Reversible

Low as ambientand stack

monitoring ,Scrubber Vehiclemaintenance will

be performed

Noiselevels

Noisegeneration

frommachinery

and Vehicles

MinorNegative

ShortTerm

Reversible

Low, due to noiseprotectionmeasures,

periodical vehiclemaintenance

Solid WasteDisposal

LandandSoil

Generationof

Solid Waste

MinorNegative

ShortTerm

Reversible

Low, propercollection

andDisposal

WastewaterDischarge

WaterQuality

Generationof

Wastewater

MinorNegative

ShortTerm

ReversibleETP will be

provided

DG Set

Air QualityExhaust

EmissionsMinor

NegativeShortTerm

ReversibleLow, DG Set is

only a standby

NoiseLevels

NoiseGeneration

MinorNegative

ShortTerm

ReversibleLow due to Noise

Protectionmeasures



Green BeltDevelopment Ecology

Plantingof

TreesPositive

LongTerm

ReversibleHigh Positive

Impact

Socio-Economic

Employment

Generation

Directand

Indirectemployment

Positive Long term Irreversible

High, newopportunities ofincome for many

families

Qualityof

Life

In flow offundsin the

region/nation

PositiveLongTerm

IrreversibleHigh, the project

will generateemployment

4.3.1 Impact on Land useNo additional impact on site land use is envisaged during the operation stageof the project, other than those discussed during the construction stage.The land use pattern of the proposed Distillery project is under industrialcategory. The total plant area of Distillery will be 4.11 acre.

4.3.2 Impact on Soil vis-á- vis Generation of Solid WasteThere will be minimum impact on soil due to the generation of solid waste.Ash will be generated from the slop fired Boiler of Distillery Plant. TheGenerated Fly ash will be used in manufacturing manure. Fermenter Sludgewill be used as manure.Further the proposed greenbelt program with diversified species not onlyincreases the biomass, soil fertility, productivity but also works as pollutionsink and control of soil erosion. Hence, the likely impact on the soilcharacteristics will be insignificant.

4.3.3 Impact on Solid WasteNo hazardous Solid waste will be generated either in the process or pollutioncontrol facilities. There is only Fly ash generated from the CPP of Distilleryplant. All the Fly ash collected in Air Pollution Control Equipment (APCEs)and Boiler will be disposed off in environmental friendly manner in ownedAsh pond area and will be used in manufacturing manure. Fermenter sludgewill be utilized as manure in agriculture .Hence; the likely impact on the soilcharacteristics due to plant operation will be insignificant.

4.3.4 Topography and ClimateThe project site will be located on a flat terrain. Proposed site is alreadydeveloping as it is present in adjacent distillery factory premises. This willnot cause any significant topographical changes in the area. Moreover about33 % of area is covered under plantation which is being developed.



Similarly, micro or macro climatic changes including thermal imbalances arenot envisaged since the maximum flue gas temperature will be about 128°C.It can be concluded the proposed project as a whole is not likely to have anyadverse impact on the topography and climate during its operation.

4.3.5 Impact on Air QualityParticulate matter is the primary pollutant emitted from the Distillery unitwith CPP. Because of the raw material used, main operation in the Distilleryplant has the potential to produce particulate matter is combustion of Fuel(Bagasse/rice husk) in the boiler. Exhaust from the Stack is the largestsource of particulate matter emission in the Distillery Plant. The secondlargest sources are the Fly ash handling system in the CPP of Distilleryplant. Few other potential fugitive emission points, called transfer points,are at the end of all material-conveying devices.

The Bagasse/rice husk will be used as fuel in the boiler to producesteam for operation of plant and 2.0 MW power plant.

The particulate emission passing through the stack is in the range of1500-2000mg/m3.

During transportation of raw material finished product there will begeneration of dust emission from the road.

Mitigation MeasuresTo control the emission from attached to the boiler will be designed asunder:

Stack Height -58 m Stack Diameter – 1.5 m

In addition to above and to control the emission level ,the wet scrubber willbe installed which will be bring down the emission level within permissiblelimit of PM10 <100µg/m3 in ambient air conditions.

To control the dust emission from transfer of truck/tanker/vehiclefrom raw material and products the roads will be asphalted

Water sprinkling will be done on the road.The ambient air monitoring will be carried out regularly in the work zoneand surrounding areas, which shows that ambient air levels of thecontaminants, are well below the stipulated norms.Around 33% area will be developed as green belt around the periphery andwithin premises will be developed which will help in attenuating thepollutants emitted by the plant.Analysis: By adopting these mitigation measure, the ambient air quality willcome down within limits i.e. PM10 <100µg/m3

Besides this, odour is also a problem in the project due to typical odourcompounds:



Better housekeeping by regular steaming of all fermentationequipment;

Use of efficient bio-cides to control bacterial contamination; Control of temperature during fermentation to avoid in-activation /

killing of yeast; Air Treatment Technology will manage aerial emission prior to

discharge to the atmosphere via a stack. The stack will be designedwith sufficient height (58 m) to aid dispersion to the point whereemissions will not impact on any receptors.

Prediction of impacts on air environment by proposed Distillery plantduring operation phase has been carried out by using AERMOD 8.2 Flatterrain dispersion model based on a steady state Gaussian plumedispersion, designed for point sources for short-term and developed byUnited States Environmental Protection Agency [USEPA].

4.3.5.1 Introduction:Air Emission Dispersion modelling uses mathematical formulations tocharacterize the atmospheric processes that disperse a pollutant emitted bya source. Based on emissions and meteorological inputs, a dispersion modelcan be used to predict concentrations at selected downwind receptorlocations. These air quality models are used to determine compliance withNational and international Ambient Air Quality Standards.It orders to estimate the pollutant concentration from a point sourceemission, USEPA AERMOD view 8.2 model have been used. AERMOD view isa Gaussian plume model that incorporates source-related factors,meteorological factors, receptors, terrain and building downwash factors toestimate pollutant concentration from continuous point source emission.The following report describes the prediction of emission of PM & SOx fromthe Boiler and its impact on ambient air quality within 10 Km radius.

MethodologyAbout AERMOD ViewAERMOD View is a complete and powerful air dispersion modelling packagethat seamlessly incorporates the popular U.S. EPA models, AERMOD,ISCST3, and ISC-PRIME into one interface without any modifications to themodel. These models are used extensively to assess pollution concentrationand deposition from a wide variety of sources.

FeaturesCreate impressive presentations of the model results with the easy andintuitive graphical interface of AERMOD View. We can customize the projectusing display options such as transparent contour shading, annotationtools, various font options, and specify compass directions.



Specify model objects such as sources, receptors and buildings graphically.Automatically eliminate receptors within the facility property line.Import base maps in a variety of formats for easy visualization and sourceidentification.Use the major digital elevation terrain formats - USGS DEM, UK DTM, UKNTF, XYZ Files, CDED 1-degree, AutoCAD DXF.Interpret the effects of topography by displaying the model results with 3Dterrain using the powerful 3D visualization built right into the interface.Complete building downwash analysis effectively and quickly using thenecessary tools that AERMOD View provides.Prepare meteorological data quickly and accurately using AERMET view bythe step by-step meteorological pre-processing interface.Take advantage of AERMOD View's integrated post-processing withautomatic contouring of results, automatic gridding, blanking, shadedcontour plotting and posting of results.The objective of dispersion modeling is to predict the ground levelconcentration during the operation of proposed plant and its impact onambient air quality of the area. The impact on air quality due to emissionsfrom single source or group of sources is evaluated by use of mathematicalmodels. When air pollutants are emitted into the atmosphere, they areimmediately diffused into surrounding atmosphere, transported and diluteddue to winds. The air quality models are designed to simulate theseprocesses mathematically and to relate emissions of primary pollutants tothe resulting downwind air quality. The inputs include emissions,meteorology and surrounding topographic details to predict the impacts ofconservative pollutants. The impacts of air pollutants were predicted usingGaussian air dispersion model, which is selected on the basis of existence ofmultiple point sources within the industrial complex and the plain terrain atthe project site.The Gaussian air dispersion model has been developed to simulate the effectof emissions from point sources on air quality. Gaussian model is extensivelyused for predicting the Ground Level Concentrations (GLCs) of conservativepollutants from point, area and volume sources. The impacts of primary airpollutants are predicted using this air quality model keeping in view theplain terrain at the project site. The micrometeorological data monitored atproject site during study period have been used in this model. The Gaussianmodel provides estimates of pollutant concentrations at various receptorlocations. It is, an hour-by-hour steady state.Gaussian model which takes into account the following:

Terrain adjustments Stack-tip downwash Gradual plume rise Buoyancy-induced dispersion, and



Complex terrain treatment and consideration of partial reflection Plume reflection off elevated terrain Building down wash

Partial penetration of elevated inversions is accounted for hourly sourceemission rates, exit velocity and stack gas temperature. Gaussian airdispersion models were used to estimate the ambient air quality levels atdifferent monitoring stations due to stack emissions. Only two stabilityconditions based on the meteorology aspects were used to calculate thetheoretical maximum ground level concentration. Comparing the actualdata and data generated from mathematical modeling, it highlights thatthe stability condition E & A, B were predominant in the region. Usingthe estimated stack emission data and wind speed directions, amathematical model was prepared to establish the ground levelconcentration in the region.The dispersion modelling was conducted to appraise environmental impactassessment (EIA) for the proposed distillery unit.In the study, the PM10 & SO2 emission for the bagasse/ricehusk fired boilerthrough stack was modelled to obtain maximum possible concentration. Thismodel was also tested in case of area source and showed good correlationwith the measured data under site specific condition.

Information required for the model includes:a) Pollutant emission rateb) Stack exhaust exist temperaturec) Stack exhaust exist velocity flowd) Stack diametere) Meteorological dataAll the required information was obtained from manufacturer specification.Discharge concentration was estimated at 300m increments from the plantup to 10 km radius.

Gaussian Plume ModelThe AERMOD version 8.2 model is based on a numerical integration over thearea in the upwind and cross wind directions of Gaussian plume formula.This can be applied to the Point, Area, Line, Volume sources (& other formsof area sources) simultaneously and their resultant incrementalconcentration of the pollutant can be predicted.The Gaussian model assumes that the air pollutant dispersion “PLUMESPREAD” has a Gaussian distribution, meaning that the pollutantdistribution has a normal probability distribution in both horizontal andvertical planes.The standard deviation of the plume concentration distribution in horizontal(crosswind) is denoted by sigma y and the corresponding concentration



distribution in the vertical is denoted by sigma z, these are frequentlyreferred as dispersion coefficients. The value for the diffusion coefficients arenormally determined based on the stability of the atmosphere. In order tohave a usable system the atmospheric stability classes have been dividedinto 6 stability classes.Pasquill atmospheric stability classes –the most commonly used methodof categorizing the amount of atmospheric turbulence present was themethod developed by Pasquill in 1961. He categorized the atmosphericturbulence into six stability classes named A, B, C, D, E and F with class Abeing the most unstable or most turbulent class, and class F the most stableor least turbulent class.Atmospheric stability is defined in terms of the tendency of a parcel of airto move upward or downward after it has been displaced vertically by a smallamount.In the present case, “Pasquill Gifford stability classification dividedatmosphere stability in to six classes as given in Table 4.7

Table 4.7: Classes

Extrapolation of Wind SpeedWind speed at stack level is calculated by power law as given below.Ustack = U10(Stack height/10)pWhere U10 is the wind speed at 10 meter level and p is the power lawcoefficient (0.07,0.07, 0.10, 0.15, 0.35 and 0.55 for stability classesA,B,C,D,E and F respectively) as per Irwin for rural areas (USEPA, 1987).

Dispersion ParametersDispersion parameters ay and az for open country conditions (Briggs, 1974)are used as the plant is located on a flat terrain in a rural area. Atmosphericdispersion coefficients vary with downwind distance (x) from emissionsources for different atmospheric stability conditions.(CPCB - PROBES/70/1997-98).

A ExtremelyUnstable B Moderately Unstable

C Slightly Unstable D Neutral

E Slightly Stable F Moderately Stable



Rural ConditionsTable No.4.8

Stability Class ay aaz

A 0.22x(l+0.0001x)'-5 0.20X

B o.i6x(i+o.oooix)'5 0.12X

C 0.11x(l+0.0001x)'5 0.08x(i+0.0002x)'-5

D 0.08x(l+0.0001x)-5 0.06(1+0.0015X)-'5E o.o6x(i+o.oooix)-5 0.03x(i+0.0003x)'-1

F 0.04x(i+0.000ix)'-5 o.i6x(i+o.ooo3x)'-1

Modeling AssumptionsThe “Gaussian Dispersion Model” version formed the basic frame work ofthe computer model used for the computations of concentration ofpollutants at ground level. The model selected has the followingassumptions:(i) Steady State ConditionIdeal gas, continuous uniform emission rate, homogenous horizontalwind field, representative wind velocity, no directional wind shear in thevertical, infinite plume, no plume history and normal distribution of eddyturbulences.(ii) Plume Rise Dominated by BuoyancyAs the stack gas temperature shall always be more than the ambient airtemperature, the plume rise shall be dominated by Buoyancy.(iii) Pollutants CharacteristicsThe pollutant emitted are stable gases or aerosol which remainssuspended in the air and particulates in the turbulent movement of theatmosphere and none of the material is removed as the plume advancesand diffuses down wind and there is complete reflection at the ground.(iv) Gaussian DistributionThe pollutant material within the plume takes on a Gaussian distributionin both the horizontal cross wind and vertical directions described byempirical dispersion parameters Y and Z.(v) All calculations have been made with an hourly time step.(vi) It has been assumed that the pollutant do not undergo anyphysicochemical transformations.(vii) Wind at Stack level Wind speed measured at 10m height wasextrapolated and using Irwin”s scaling law to determine wind at stacklevel.(viii) Wash out by rain has not been considered.(ix) Gravitational settling of pollutants has not been considered.(x) No calculations have been made for calm winds (speed < 0.5 m/ sec).



(xi) Reflection factor from any surface has not been considered.(xii) Worst meteorological conditions have been considered so as toobtain maximum concentration at the receptor.(xiii) The concentration has not been computed under inversion fumigationconditions.

Effective Stack Height & Plume RiseThe effective stack height (He) is given by He = Hs + H, where Hs isthe actual physical stack height above the ground level and H is the plumerise due to thermal and momentum factors and is an extremely importantfactor affecting the compound concentration. In the present study theBriggs Plume Rise equations has been used.

Dispersion CoefficientAs recommended by US-EPA, Pasquill-Gifford Dispersion Parameter for therural topography has been used to determine the values of horizontal andvertical dispersion coefficient i.e. Y and Z.Mixing HeightAs site specific mixing heights were not available, mixing heights based onCPCB publication, “SPATIAL DISTRIBUTION OF HOURLY MIXINGDEPTH OVER INDIAN REGION”, PROBES/88/2002-03 has beenconsidered for Industrial Source Complex dispersion model to establish theworst case scenario.

Table no.4.9Mixing Depth Considered for Dispersion

Modeling

Stability Class Mixing Height, m.

A 2000

B & C 1500

D 200

E & F 100



Fig.4.14.3.5.2 Model DataAermod 8.2The simulation is made to evaluate PM and SO2 incremental short-termconcentrations due to operation of boiler for proposed activity. In the short-term simulations, the incremental concentrations were estimated for 10 kmradius. Modeling has been done considering boilers as source and is centreof grid for prediction. Hourly meteorological data recorded at site for winterseason on wind speed, direction and temperature is used as input. For thesite-specific mixing heights CPCB document PROBES/88/2002-2003 isfollowed.

4.3.5.2.1 Emission and Stack DetailsThe main pollutant from the proposed Distillery plant based on boiler will beparticulate matter form the stacks. The pollutants are dispersed adequatelyby providing suitable stack height of 58 meters as per norms. The ParticulateMatter 10 emission in ambient conditions will be restricted below 100microgram/m3. The details of expected stack emission from the proposedDistillery plant are given in Table – 4.11.











4.3.5.2.2 Stack Height Calculation:The calculations for stack height, (given in table 4.10) ash generationquantity have been done considering 100% Bagasse/rice husk scenarios.There will be one stack attached to the boiler. The expected emissions fromthe proposed boiler are PM, SO2. The stack height is calculated as per CPCBguidelines with the following formulae.

Table No.4.10Stack height calculation:

With 100% Bagasse/Rice Husk:

Consumption of Bagasse/Rice Husk 135 TPDSulphur content in Biomass 0.05% (Max, by mass)

SO2 emission (Q)

135 x 1000 x (0.05/100) x 2/24(32 gram sulphur generates 64 gramof SO2)=5.625 kg/hr.

Stack height (H)

14(Q) 0.3

14(5.625) 0.3

=23.5 mM/s WDBL has proposed stackheight of 58 meters in order toreduce air pollution.

Hence, a Stack height of 58 m will be provided for effective dispersion ofemissions into the atmosphere.

4.3.5.2.3 Emission rate calculation for Proposed 20 TPH - BoilerThe emission rate for SO2 from bagasseBoiler feeding rate during season operation will be 6.75 TPH

(6.75x20 hrs=135)

Assuming 0.05% of sulphur content in bagasse/rice husk

6.75 x 0.05% = 0.0033

SO2 generation = 0.0033 x 2 (32 gram sulphur generates 64 gram of SO2)

= 0.006 TPH

Converting TPH into gram/second

(0.006 x 1000 x 1000) / 3600

= 1.875 gm/sec



4.3.5.2.4 The emission rate of Particulate Matter (PM)The emission rate for PM from bagasseFeeding rate of bagasse = 6.75 TPH (6.75x20 hrs=135)

Assuming 2% ash content in bagasse, total Ash generated = 0.02 x 6.75

= 0.135 TPH

Further assuming fly ash: bottom ash to be 70:30 and wet scrubberefficiency to be 99.9%

PM10 emission rate = (0.135x 0.7 x 0.1 /100) = 0.0000945 TPH

= (0.0000945 x 1000 x 1000) / 3600

= 0.026 g/sec.

Model Input Data Regarding Rate of Emmsiion:Sl No RATE OF EMISSION STACK

proposed1 PM 0.026g/sec2 SO2 1.875 gm/sec

Table – 4.11 Stack Emission Details-Proposed StackSr. no Parameter Details

1 Stack attach to Boiler (20TPH) through wetscrubber

2 Height of Stack 58 meters3 Diameter at the top of

Stack1.5 meters

4 Temperature 128°C5 Flue gas Exit velocity 18.8 m/s6 Volumetric Emission 22.18 Nm3/s7 Rate of Emissiona PM10 Total Particulate emission

from boiler: 0.026g/sec

b SO2 Total SO2 from boiler:1.875 gm/sec



4.3.5.2.5 Simulation Model for Prediction using AERMOD View 8.2Post Project Scenario:Predicted maximum ground level concentrations considering micrometeorological data of winter season (study period) superimposed on themaximum baseline concentrations obtained during the study period toestimate the post project scenario, which would prevail at the postoperational phase.

Presentation of Results:Model simulations have been carried out for winter season. Modeling hasbeen done considering boilers as source and is centre of grid for prediction.For the shortterm simulations, the concentrations were estimated around1521 receptor points chosen to obtain an optimum description of variation inconcentration over the site in 10- km radius covering 12 directions.

Table-4.12 Short Term Incremental Modeling Results:

Pollutant IncrementalLevels (µg/m3) Distance (m) Direction

PM10 2.154 510 East

SO2 1.44 380 South east

The max predicted incremental rise in PM10 concentration (24 hourly)will be 2.154 (µg/m3) at a distance of 510 ms from the origin stack indown wind direction over the baseline line concentrations.

The max predicted incremental rise in SO2 concentration (24 hourly)will be 1.44 (µg/m3) at a distance of 380 ms from the origin stack indown wind direction over the baseline line concentrations.

4.3.5.2.6 Periodic Incremental Modeling Results:The predicted incremental ground levels concentrations for PM10 and SO2 fora period are given in Table-4.13.

Table-4.13 Periodic Incremental Modeling Results:

Pollutant IncrementalLevels (µg/m3) Distance (m) Direction

PM10 0.49 680 EastSO2 0.32 530 South east

A perusal of the results reveals that the maximum periodic incrementalground level concentrations for PM10 and SO2 during normal operations of



the Distillery Plant are likely to be 0.49 µg/m3 and 0.32 µg/m3 respectivelyoccurring at a distance of 680 m and 530 m respectively .

Resultant Concentrations The maximum cumulative incremental GLCs due to the proposed

distillery Plant for PM10 are superimposed on the maximum baselinePM10 concentrations recorded during the study period in thedownwind direction to arrive at the likely resultant concentrationsduring the same period after implementation of the proposed project.

Likewise, the maximum cumulative incremental GLCs due to theproposed distillery Plant for SO2 are superimposed on the maximumbaseline SO2 concentrations recorded during the study period in thedownwind direction to arrive at the likely resultant concentrationsduring the same period after implementation of the proposed project.

Table – 4.14: Cumulative Predicted Ground Level Concentration inWorst Case Scenario for PM10: (Periodic)S.No. AAQ Location Baseline

(µg/m3)98thPercentile

Incremental(µg/m3)

Resultant(µg/m3)

Directionw.r.t PointSource

Distance(km)w.r.tPointSource

PM10 PM10 PM10

1 CHANDAULIBUJURG

83.6 0.42 84.02 East 1.8 Kms

2 AHMADPURA 81.8 0.38 82.18 South East 1.2 Kms

3 GOWALI 79.8 0.12 79.92 West 2.5 Kms

4 GWALRA 69.8 0.28 70.08 North 1.6 Kms

5 BHAWANGARHI

76.4 0.18 76.58 SouthWest

1.3 Kms

6 CHANDOLASUJANPUR

80.8 0.24 81.04 South 3.5 Kms

7 DAOODGARHI 82.8 0.32 83.12 East 2.0 Kms8 NEARBY

FACTORYPREMISES

84.8 0.49 85.29 - -

Note: According to MoEF air quality standards (as per the notification dated 16th November2009 for industrial, residential & rural areas) 24 hourly, 8 hourly or 1 hourly monitoredvalues, as applicable, shall be complied with 98% of the time in a year; 2% of the time, theymay exceed the limits but not on two consecutive days of monitoring.Therefore, the 98% values are considered for estimation of theincremental concentration.The above table indicates that the cumulative resultant ambient air qualityafter proposed project operation will be within the ambient air quality limitsspecified by MoEF as per the notification dated 16th November 2009 forindustrial, residential & rural areas.



Table–4.15: Cumulative Predicted Ground Level Concentration in WorstCase Scenario for SO2: (Periodic)

S. No. AAQ Location Baseline(µg/m3)

98th

Percentile

Incremental(µg/m3)

Resultant(µg/m3)

Direction (km)w.r.tPoint

Source

Distance(km) w.r.t

PointSource

SO2 SO2 SO2

1 CHANDAULIBUJURG 11.8 0.12 11.92 East 1.8 Kms

2 AHMADPURA 11.2 0.21 11.41 SouthEast

1.2 Kms

3 GOWALI 12.2 0 12.2 West 2.5 Kms4 GWALRA 13.8 0.24 14.04 North 1.6 Kms5 BHAWAN

GARHI 13.8 0.18 14.04 SouthWest

1.3 Kms

6 CHANDOLASUJANPUR 10.6 0.10 10.7 South 3.5 Kms

7 DAOODGARHI 11.6 0.21 11.81 East 2.0 Kms8 NEARBY

FACTORYPREMISES

14.2 0.32 14.52 - -

Final Results:The cumulative concentrations (maximum baseline concentration +predicted incremental rise in concentration) of PM10 and SO2 for short termperiod 24 hrs are shown in table 4.16:

Table No.4.16: Resultant concentration after commissioning of new unit:Pollutant Maximum

Baselineconcentrationin the study

area(µg/m3)

Maximumpredicted

Incrementalrise in the

concentrationdue to

proposedproject(µg/m3)

Direction Concentration (µg/m3)Net Resultantconcentration

NAAQsLimit

PM10 84.8 2.154 East 86.9 100*

SO2 14.2 1.44 SouthEast

15.64 80*

# As per NAAQS 2009The net resultant concentration of PM10 and SO2 during operation of theproposed project are well within the revised national ambient air qualitystandards (NAAQS) stipulated by MOEF vide notification dated 16.11.2009.Hence, there will not be any adverse impact on the air environment due tothe proposed project.



The isoplepths of the study area are given in figure no. 4.2 to 4.5

Fig.4.2: PM 10 SHORT TERM HOURLY

Fig.4. PM10 PERIODIC



Fig.4.4:SOX SHORT TERM HOURLY

Fig.4.5: SOX PERIODIC



4.3.5.3 Impacts Due To Fugitive EmissionsParticulate emission due to burning of fuel (i.e. bagasse/rice husk) fromproposed boiler; similarly transportation facilities will affect the surroundingwill be controlled through adequate dust suppression and/or extractionsystem so that the impact will be negligible.Action plan to control and monitor primary/secondary fugitiveemissions:Stack Emissions: The following measures will be adopted for the control ofemissions for the proposed plant

Suitably designed wet scrubber with efficiency of 99.9% will be placeddownstream of the stack of proposed boiler which will separate out theincoming dust in flue gas and limit the dust concentration at itsdesigned outlet concentration within norms.

For the effective dilution and dispersion of the pollutants stack heighthas been proposed as per CPCB guidelines. The height of the stackwill be 58 m.

A well-designed burner system, will limit the temperature to areasonably low value of NOx.

Adequate thickness of insulating material with proper fastening willbe provided to control the thermal radiation;

Fugitive Emissions:The following measures will be adopted to control fugitive emissions:

Dust suppression system by water sprinkler during operationalactivities

Regular dust suppression with water sprinkler at transfer points; Control of fugitive emissions from the ash handling area will be

mitigate through frequently water sprinkling Green belt development and afforestation in the plant and

surroundings of ash handling area. Dust suppression/extraction system at fuel handling plant to

control fugitive emissions.Monitoring Of Secondary Fugitive EmissionsSecondary fugitive emissions will generate at Fuel feeding points.These emissions will be monitored regularly as per CPCB guidelines & thereports will be submitted to MoEF & SPCB.Recommendations

The proposed air pollution control equipment will be installed priorto commissioning the plant.

Stack emissions for PM, SO2 and NOx will be monitored regularly tomeet the statutory requirements.



All the internal roads will be asphalted to reduce the fugitive dustdue to truck movement.

4.3.6 Impact on DrainageSome seasonal nallas, which flow in rainy season, are observed in the studyarea and no diversion of these nallas around the working areas is foreseen.No impact on surface water drainage is envisaged.

4.3.6.1 Impact on Water ResourcesProposed distillery plant has estimated the water requirement for distilleryplant based on grain as 522 KLPD for industrial purposes and For Domestic18 KLPD. Daily makeup water Requirement of Proposed Plant will be 522KLPD. The water will be sourced from the ground water through tube well.The application for Ground water abstraction to CGWA is applied andNOC has been granted by the CGWA. As the area comes under Safe groundwater level, hence no impact is envisaged on the water resources of the area.

4.3.6.2 Impact on water QualityGeneral Water is essential for human, agriculture, industry and commercialuse. The industrial activity shall have direct impact on the end users. Thewater environment broadly covers the following points for consideration ofimpact.• Industrial operations, their effect on water quality and ground waterpotential of study area.• Identifying potential sources of pollutants focusing specifically zerodischarge of the wastewater.

Impact of raw water usageThere is no waste water discharge in this process. Proposed plant is basedon Zero Discharge. Domestic Waste water Generation will 08 M3/day and istreated in separate soak pit and septic tank.

The main source of water supply for the industrial operations is bore welland site is not under critical area, permission from CGWA has been appliedfor extraction of water from ground and NOC for abstraction of fround waterhas been granted by the CGWA, Delhi.

The purge from cooling tower will probably have a maximum 2000ppm of dissolved solids

Floor washings will have some dissolved solids and some grittymaterial



Spent lees is generally pure and hence most of it will be circulated tothe process

Boiler blow down will have 3000 ppm of dissolved solids and can goto normal drainage system

Mitigation Measures: The proposed grain based distillery would be based on “Zero Liquid

Discharge” (ZLD). Spent wash from the bottom of the column will be fed to decanter.

Decantation section comprises of centrifuge decanter for separation ofsuspended Solid from Spent Wash (SLOP). Supernatant will beconcentrated in MEE and the reject from MEE (Thick Syrup) will bemixed with Wet Cake of Decanter, then dried in DWGS dryer andDried Solid will be sold as cattle feed.

Condensate will be treated in condensate processing unit and willused as make-up water in cooling tower.

Online effluent quality monitoring system will be installed at the outletof the unit for measurement of the parameters flow; pH, COD, BOD &TSS etc. and transmission done of online data will be done.

Hence there is no disposal of waste water in this process so no impact onwater quality of the area.

4.3.7 Impact Due To Solid / Hazardous WasteThe types of Hazardous/Solid waste are Ash and used oil. Main solid wastegeneration in this process will be fly ash which is rich in Potassium andPotash content hence will be use as manure. Hence, No impact of SolidWaste on the environment is identified.

4.3.7.1 Action Plan for Fly Ash UtilizationFly ash will be transported through covered dumper to Ash Pond where bythe help of waste water ash quenching shall be done to reduce the Fugitiveemission and utilization plan will be as follow:

Fly ashes from co generation plant have higher Potash and potassiumcontent hence will be used as manure & will be utilize for soilconditioning.

The waste oil/spent oil discarded after usage shall be collected in the drumand stored at predefined place earmarked for the same. The oil shall be soldto registered recyclers.

4.3.8 Prediction and Assessment of Impact on Noise EnvironmentThe industry is located in rural area away from major human settlement.The adequate steps are proposed to control the noise. The upcomingDistillery Plant will not result in any significant impact on noise



environment. The minor increase in vehicular transportation due to increasematerial handling will not generate any significant excessive noise. Hence,there shall not be any significant negative impact on noise environment ofthe study area.

Noise EnvironmentImpact on Ambient Noise

The identified chief sources of noise in the proposedproject are -

Boiler Motors and pumps Distillation Transportation Diesel generator (rarely used only in case of total power failure)

Table 4.18: General Noise levels

Source Noise Level at source(average in dB(A)

Boiler 83.0Motors and pumps 75.2

distillation 72.5Transportation 81.3

DG 75.0

Exposure to excessive noise produces varying degree of damage to humanhearing system which is initially reversible. Speech interference, sleepinterference annoyance, mental fatigue and headache are few of the othereffects which are caused by the high level exposure of long duration noise.In certain circumstances noise can cause decreased electrical resistance inthe skin and a reduction in gastric activity .With increasing distance fromthe source the noise level decreases due to wave divergence. Additionaldecrease also occurs due to atmospheric effects and interaction with objectsin the transmission paths.

Mitigation MeasuresThe ambient noise levels in the study area within permissible limits and willremain stipulated/prescribed limit even after commissioning of the proposedproject.The noise levels stipulated by Central Pollution Control Board at any point oftime will not exceed the standards. The equipment will have inbuilt noisecontrol devices (acoustic chambers, silencers). The measured noise levelproduced by any equipment will not exceed 85 dB (A) at a distance of1.0m from its boundary in any direction under any load condition. Thenoise produced in valves and piping associated with handling compressible



and incompressible fluids will be attenuated to 75 dB(A) at a distance of 1.0m from the source by the use of low noise trims, baffle plate silencers/linesilencers, acoustic lagging (insulation), thick-walled pipe work as and wherenecessary. The general mitigation measures for the attenuation of the noiseare given below:

Noise level can be reduced by stopping leakages from various steamlines, compressed air lines and other high pressure equipment

By providing padding at various locations to avoid rattling due tovibration

By adopting new technologies for control of noise in various units Encasement of noise generating equipment where otherwise noise

cannot be controlled Providing noise proof cabins to operators where remote control for

operating noise generating equipment is feasible. The air compressor, process air blower, pneumatic valves will be

provided with acoustic enclosure; In all the design/installation precautions are taken as specified by

the manufacturers with respect to noise control will be strictly adheredto;

High noise generating sources will be insulated adequately byproviding suitable enclosures;

Design and layout of building to minimize transmission of noise,segregation of particular items of plant and to avoid reverberant areas;

Use of lagging with attenuation properties on plant components/installation of sound attenuation panels around the equipment

Other than the regular maintenance of the various equipment, earplugs/muffs are recommended for the personnel working close to thenoise generating units;

All the openings like covers, partitions will be designed properly Inlet and outlet mufflers will be provided which are easy to design and

construct. All rotating items will be well lubricated and provided with enclosures

as far as possible to reduce noise transmission. Extensive vibrationmonitoring system will be provided to check and reduce vibrations.Vibration isolators will be provided to reduce vibration and noisewherever possible;

The insulation provided for prevention of loss of heat and personnelsafety will also act as noise reducers.

Use motors, pumps and other machines which complies national/international standards. Noise generating activities will be under roof

Preventive as well as regular maintenance Provision of personal protective equipments as per requirement



Rotation of duties at high noise generating areas Leveled and wide internal roads Adequate parking space

4.3.9 Impact on Ecology4.3.9.1 Impact on terrestrial EcologyThe impact on terrestrial ecology may occur due to emission of pollutantslike Particulate matter. The pollutant from the proposed Distillery plant willbe particulate matter majorly.

Presentation of Modeling ResultsThe impact of air pollution on vegetation/ambient due to the proposedDistillery plant is identified and quantified by using air dispersion modeling.The simulations have been done to evaluate PM10 likely to be contributed bythe proposed activities. The resultant Concentration of PM10 and PM2.5 forthe study period is within the limit as per National Ambient air QualityStandards.There is no threatened and endangered species, hence nosignificant impact on Ecology.

Impact on Aquatic ecologySince the unit will be operating on zero discharge process, no adverse impacton aquatic ecology is envisaged. The plant drainage system will be suitablydesigned such that the storm water does not carry any pollutant.

Impact on Migratory Paths for Wild LifeAs per the forest working plan, there are no forest area in nearby areas andno migratory paths for major and minor wild life in the project site and thestudy area. The identified avi- Fauna, which were observed in the project siteand in the study area, are local migrants only. Therefore, the proposedproject operations are not likely to have any adverse impact on the paths foravi-fauna.

4.3.10 Prediction of impact on Socio – EconomicImpacts of Employment Generation

The project will require about 60 personnel during operation of the plant.This project will also create many job opportunities for the local people. Localpeople will be given preference whenever found suitable for the entire job inthe plant. The employment of people will be both on permanent as well as oncontract basis.



Impacts on Infrastructure DevelopmentThe availability of social infrastructure depends to a large extent on theindustrialization of the area. The establishment of the plant based on thebagasse would aid in the overall social and economic development of theregion.Apart from the jobs, the M/s WDBL will provide medical and educationfacilities to the employees, which can also be availed by the people aroundthe plant. There will be significant growth in the infrastructure of the area.The company is also dedicated towards community development byorganizing immunization programs and medical camps, mobile dispensaryetc.Economic Multiplier Effects of the ProjectThe proposed project would act as a nucleus to trigger an era ofindustrialization in the area by way of:

The industrial activity of the proposed plant coupled with its ancillaryindustries would contribute to overall regional development.

The realization of the project will result into direct revenue accruals toboth state and central exchequer in term of power tariff, taxes, duties,royalties as also direct and indirect employment besides increasedindustrial activities in and around the region.

4.3.11 Impact on Human HealthThere is no significant impact on Human health due to the proposed project.Particulate matter like PM10, PM2.5 and SO2 will be under the permissiblelimit. Hence No Significant impact identified.

4.3.12 Environmental Impact Analysis:In this section, area of our focus will be environmental impact analysis.While the quantitative assessment has been already discussed in abovesubsections, the qualitative analysis is presented below “The environmentalconsequences along with their present status, direction of change and theprobable final condition is presented in matrix format.

Abbreviations:A- Major Positive ImpactB- Minor Positive ImpactC- Major negative impactD- Minor negative impactE- Impact exists, its magnitude or direction cannot be determined

at present.F- No Impact



4.3.12.1Project Elements: Site preparation; Construction and Erection PhaseTable no.4.19

Alteredelement Impact Initial

conditionDirectionof change

Possiblefinal

conditionMitigative measures/Remarks

A) Air Environment

Dust D LowMarginalIncrease

Low

Temporary impact. During theconstruction activity, civil work mayenhance the dusting in addition totransportation activities. It will becurbed by water sprinkling and is

limited within project site.

B) Water environment

1Groundwatertable

F LowNo

ChangeLow

Industry will use the ground water. Noimpacts to be observed on existing

ground water scenario

2 Quality F Good No change Good

As there is no discharge of wastewater;there shall not be any impact on

ground water quality. The soak-pitshall be provided for labour colony

during construction activity.C) Ecological Environment

1Openspace

F Good Decrease GoodThe industry will use Land for

construction activities adjacent toexisting distillery unit

2Grazing

LandF Fair No change Fair

The land being used is un-irrigatedland not used for grazing

3 Vegetation F Fair No change FairThe land is being used for industrialpurposes. No vegetation to be cleared

outside premises.

4.3.12.2:Project Elements: Operation PhaseTable no.4.20Altered element Impact Initial

conditionDirectionof change

Possible finalcondition

Potential correctivemeasures/Remark

A) Air Environment

a.ParticulateMatter

D FairInsignificantincrease

Fair

The flue gases will bedischarged through the stacksof adequate height. Full-proofair pollution control systeminstalled at appropriatepoints of discharge. Duecare will be taken for theconcentrations remaining inthe prescribed norms



b.GaseousEmission

F LowInsignificantcontribution

Low

The system will based onbagasse hence there isinsignificant emission ofSulphur Dioxide and NitrogenOxides.

c. Dusting F Low No Change Low

Tarred roads are providedwithin the industrial premises.Water is Sprinkled at regularintervals

B) Water Environment

a. WaterRequirement

1.Ground watertable

F Low No change Low

The Industry proposes to usethe Water from Ground. Areafalls in safe zone. AdequateArtificial recharge to groundwater is proposed

2.Quality ofintake water

E Good No change God

Ground water will be usedwhich is well within thestandards as per resultsobtained. No possibilities ofany wastewater leaching toground water as a result ofthe industrial operations.

b. Disposal ofsewage

Quantity D GoodMarginalincrease

Good(ZeroDischarge)

Industrial Waste water istreated by MEE, Decanter,DWGS Dryer followed By CPU.The sewage is disposed offthrough soak pit/septic tank

Altered element Impact Initialcondition

Directionof change

Possible finalcondition

Potential correctivemeasures/Remark

C) Land

a. Disposal of Ash DFly Ashgeneration atoperation

Increase FairThe Fly Ash will be used asmanure.

b.Percolation/Seepage

F None No change NoneThe treated wastewater fromplant shall be recycled inprocess. Hence, no leaching.

D) Ecological Environment

a. Vegetation F Fair No change FairThe activity of the industryshall not create any impact onvegetation & floral/faunalelements of the study area. In-house green will be developed,comprises of various plants.b Flora/founa F Fair No change Fair



E) Socio Economic Environment

a. Per Capita Income A Low Increase Fair

The industry will createdirect/indirect employmentcentres due to upcomingproject

b.Population per Sq.Km.

F Low No change LowThe industry shall employ 60personnel for the plant

c.Transportationfacilities

B Good Increase Good

Transportation andcommunication facilities arevery well developed in thestudy area. No alteration due toupcoming activity.

4.4: SummaryThe construction and operational phase of the proposed project comprisesvarious activities each of which will have an impact on some or otherenvironmental parameters.

Construction Phase:This phase involves the activities like erection of civil structures, movement/removal of old construction, erection of new equipment and machinery,green belt development etc. Air, Noise and Land are likely to be effectedby these activities, although Aesthetics and Socio-economic factors arealso identified. But the impacts will be marginal and for short term only.The green belt development will have positive impacts. The impact on landuse will be long term and permanent but will be on a smaller scale.Construction of plant will lead to permanent change in land use pattern atthe site as a direct impact. The excavation material should be dumped in lowlying areas so as to reduce visual impact. Impacts of construction activitieson air quality are cause for concern mainly in the dry months due to dustparticles generated from leveling, grading, earthworks, and otherconstruction related activities. By adopting mitigation measures theemission level will be brought down and PM10 in ambient will be minimizedbelow 100 µg/m3.Effluents from the construction area mainly contain suspended solids whilethe sanitary waste from the labour colonies contains suspended matter.Adequate arrangements for proper drainage and disposal of wastewater androuting of the effluents from construction area through sedimentation basinsand provision of proper sanitary facilities with treatment will eliminate theseproblems of water pollution. Moreover, these impacts will be temporary innature. The major sources of noise during the construction phase arevehicular traffic, construction equipment like dozers, scrapers, concretemixers, cranes, generators, pumps, compressors, rock drills, pneumatictools, vibrators etc. The operation of these equipments will generate noiseranging between 70-90 dB (A). Mandatory use of personal protectiveequipment like ear plugs will be ensured to mitigate any significant impact of



such equipment on personnel operating the machinery. During constructionphase of the proposed project, labors will be required and this requirementwill meet from surrounding area. Hence, positive impact will be on Socioeconomic environment.

Operation PhaseThis phase of the project is important because it generates long-termimpacts as the production starts. The primary impacts causing likelydeterioration will be in Air, Water, Noise and Land / Soil due to the gaseousemissions, vehicular movement, and discharge of liquid effluent. Duringtransportation of raw material finished product there will be generation ofdust emission from the road. In order to control the dust emission regularsprinkling of water on ground will be done.To ensure Zero Discharge effluent industry, Industry has decided to installMulti effect evaporator technology, Decanter, DDGS Dryer along with CPUunit.Spent wash from the bottom of the column will be fed to decanter.Decantation section comprises of decanter centrifuge for separation ofsuspended Solid from Spent Wash (SLOP). Supernatant of spent wash will beconcentrated in MEE and the reject from MEE (SLOP) will be mixed withDecanter sludge (wet cake) for drying in DDGS dryer and Dried Solid will besold as cattle feed.The solid wastes will be segregated according to their properties, packed,transported and stored in a separate impervious storage area demarcated forthem. The proposed project will generate the employment to local people.It has een concluded that the proposed project has no major adverse impacton surrounding environment.



CHAPTER – 5ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PROGRAMME

5.0 IntroductionPost Project Monitoring is considered an essential part to check the impact ofany project activity. Hence monitoring of various environmental parameterswill be carried out on a regular basis to ascertain the following:

State of Pollution within the project site and in its vicinity. Generate data for predictive or corrective purpose in respect of

pollution. Examine the efficiency of pollution control system adopted at the site. To assess environmental impacts. Monitoring will be carried out at the site as per the norms of CPCB.

Environmental Monitoring Programme is being conducted for variousenvironmental components as per conditions stipulated in EnvironmentalClearance Letter issued by MOEF & Consent to Operate issued by SPCB. Sixmonthly compliance reports will be submitted on regular basis, toMoEF&CC, New Delhi on 1st of June & 1st of December. Quarterlycompliance Report for conditions stipulated in Consent to Operate will besubmitted to SPCB on regular basis.

5.1 Formation of EMC (Environmental Management Cell)In order to maintain the environmental quality within the standards, regularmonitoring of various environmental components is necessary. M/s WDBLhas a full-fledged environmental management cell (EMC) reporting directly toFunctional/Technical Head for environmental monitoring and control. TheEMC team takes care of pollution monitoring aspects and implementation ofcontrol measures.A group of qualified and efficient engineers and officers with technicians isdeputed for maintenance, up keeping and monitoring the pollution controlequipment, to keep them in working at the best of their efficiencies.

5.1.1 Responsibilities of EMCThe responsibilities of the EMC include the following:

Environmental monitoring of the surrounding area. Commissioning of pollution control equipment. Specification and regulation of maintenance schedules for pollution

control equipment. Ensuring that standards of housekeeping in the plant are maintained. Developing the green belt. Ensuring water use is minimized. Carrying out the Environmental Management Plan.



Organizing periodical meetings of the Environmental ManagementCommittee and preparation of report and submission of such reportsto management.

5.2 Measurement Methodologies5.2.1 Instrument to be used

The following instruments will be used for data collection work in themonitoring schedule:

Respirable Dust Sampler with attachment for gaseous Pollutants, Fine Particulate Matter (FPM) Sampler Stack monitoring kit Dry and Wet Bulb Thermometer. Sound Level Meter Micro Meteorological Station GPS

In addition to the above instruments, the data on land use, vegetation andagricultural crops to be collected by the field team by meeting with a largenumber of local inhabitants in the study area and different governmentdepartments / agencies.

5.2.2 Monitoring ScheduleDetails of environmental Monitoring Schedule, which will be undertaken forvarious environmental components, are detailed below:

Table – 5.1 Post Project Monitoring

Sr. No. Description Frequencyof Monitoring

1 Ambient Air Quality in Core Zone Quarterly / Half yearly

2 Water Quality Quarterly / Half yearly

3 Noise Level Monitoring Quarterly / Half yearly

4 Soil Quality Half yearly/ yearly

5 Socio – Economic status of nearby area Yearly

Environmental Monitoring Schedule:A judgment can become truncated if it is not scientifically supported. Thiswork is done by an appropriate monitoring which is a technique of drawinga sample and deriving inferences from the same for knowledge andimprovements. Watch-dog committee will also help in examining thisphysically for organolyptic tests.Monitoring is a technique of drawing a sample and understanding from itthe universe. The sampling station, the parameters and frequency is of



extreme importance as also the careful analysis, reporting andinterpretation.Daily, monthly, quarterly and yearly schedule of inspection and monitoringis worked out as a part of Environmental Management plan (EMP) withspecific reference to air pollution control system, water & waste watermanagement, monitoring frequency, responsibility and time boundimplementation plan for mitigation measures.

Schedules:There will be three facets to design and follow the schedules viz.:(A)For compliance of responsibilities,(B)For day-to-day operation and management of ETP and(C)For routine environmental monitoring, to assess the impact and taketimely warning.The schedule:i) Daily Compliance:1. Take the meter readings - initial and final, for checking the waterconsumption.2. Maintain the electricity consumption record for pollution control.3. Monitor ambient air periodically as per Consent.ii) Monthly Compliance:

Monitor the emission sources through the competent authorityand submit the analysis reports to the board.

Monitor ambient/work zone noise levels & ensure conformanceto standards.

iii ) Quarterly Compliance: Monitor the ambient air quality at upwind and downwind

locations of the factory. Review the Water Reuse performance.

iv) Yearly Compliance:1. Carryout “Environmental Audit Statement” of various environmental

aspects, review the Environmental policies with the help of expertsand make the upgradation /changes accordingly.

2. Submit the “Environmental Statement” to the State PollutionControl Board in Form V under Rule 14 of the Environment(Protection) Second Amendment Rules 1992 of the Environment(Protection) Act, 1986.

3. Renew the Consent to Operate under the Water and Air Acts.4. File the Cess returns to the State PCB under the Water (Prevention

and Control of Pollution) Cess Act, 1977.5. Renew the Hazardous Waste Authorization under sub-rule 3 of the

Hazardous Waste (Management and Handling) Rules, 1989.



v) Consent Compliance:After getting EC the industry will apply for consent to establish.In this direction, the following discipline will be followed:Table No.5.2: Consent Compliance

# Condition Regarding Mode of Compliance

1 Validity PeriodKeeping a watch, Application for renewal will

be submitted in advance

2 Production Quantity Not to exceed the permitted quantity.

3 Quantity of EffluentTo be measured daily and in-plant control.

Not to exceed any time

4 Quantity of Sewage To be measured periodically.

5 Total water inputTo be measured daily. Repair meters. Not toexceed. Make break-up as per usages. Fill

monthly Cess returns. Pay as per assessment

6 Quality of EffluentsBy running CPU in correct fashion. Monitor.

Report

7 Disposal of treated effluentNot over application. No percolation, no

spillages. Monitor.

8 Fuel Quantity Not to exceed permitted quantity

9 Emission System Control will be done

10 Ambient Keep monitoring.

11 Noise levelsCheck foundation for vibrations, Tree

plantation

12 Solid WasteQuantity to be measured & record of use will

be kept.

13 Environ. Audit To be complied every year before 30th Sept.

14 InspectionsInspection Book to be opened. Instructions

given by SPCB visiting officer to be compliedand reported.

For above compliance Action will be taken by the Cell under the Unit Headhimself.Watch-dog Committee:A high power watch dog committee will be set up which will have a power ofsudden spot inspections, checking of documents and listening tocomplaints if any. This committee will supervise over the monitoring and



environmental management cell as may be necessary, generally over thefollowing facets of works:1. Permit management2. Construction management3. Treatment and emission management4. Transport management5. Disposal management6. Monitoring7. Documentation8. Law enforcementWatch-dog committee will also keep a watch on implementation of socio-economic welfare activity,Compliances of public hearing issues, waste minimization, recycle /reuse /recover techniques, energy conservation, & natural resources conservation,Occupation Health & safety and provisions regarding infrastructure facilitiessuch as sanitation, fuel, restroom etc. to the labour force duringconstruction as well as to the casual workers including truck drivers duringoperation phase.

5.3 Location of monitoring stationThe location of the monitoring stations will be selected on the basis ofprevailing micro - meteorological conditions of the area like Wind direction &wind speed, Relative Humidity, Temperature. 4 AAQM stations will beselected (including minimum 2 locations in upwind side, more sites indownwind side / impact zone) to assess the ambient air quality of the area.Noise level monitoring will be carried out on plant boundary & in high noisegenerating area within the plant area. Water & soil monitoring locations willbe decided on the basis of general slope of the area & drainage pattern.Locations for the post project monitoring shall be as under:

Table – 5.3Sr. No. Description Location

1 Ambient AirQuality

Plant Site , Village in downwinddirection from the plant site

2 MeteorologicalData Plant Site

3 Noise LevelMonitoring

Plant Boundary, High noisegenerating areas within the plant

boundary

4 Water Level andQuality

Nearby surface & ground waterSources

5 Health Check up Nearby Hospitals

6 Socio – Economicstatus In the nearby area (on yearly basis)



5.4 Data AnalysisMonitoring data analysis will be done as per CPCB guidelines by EPAapproved laboratory & shall be submitted to concern authority (specified inEnvironment Clearance Letter issued by MoEF, & Consent issued by SPCB)on regular basis.



CHAPTER 6RISK ANALYSIS:

6.1 Risk AnalysisRisk analysis deals with the identification and quantification of risks, theplant equivalent and personnel are exposed to, due to accidents resultingfrom the hazards present in the factory. Hazard analysis involves theidentification and quantification of the various hazards (unsafe conditions)Involved in the factory.Both hazard and risk analysis very extensive studies, and require a verydetailed design and engineering information.The various hazard analysis techniques that may be applied are Hazard andOperability (HAZOP) studies, Fault – Tree Analysis (FTA), event –tree analysisand failure and effects mode analysis.Risk analysis follows an extensive hazard analysis. It involves theidentification and assessment of risks the neighbouring populations areexposed to as result of hazard present. This requires a through knowledge offailure probability, credible accident scenario, vulnerability of populationsetc., much of this information is difficult to get or generate. Consequently,the risk analysis is often confined to maximum creditable accident studies.

6.2 Scope of the StudyThe scope of study includes the study of proposed operations, storage andhandling of raw materials with respect to Hazard Identification. RiskAssessment and preparation of Disaster Management Plan. Based on theHazard Identification and analysis, the major disaster scenarios would beworked out to estimate the consequence of failure. A Disaster ManagementPlan (DMP) would also be evolved to meet the emergency situation includingthe occupational health and safety.

6.3 Storage TanksDetails of tank are shown in Table 6.1Table - 6.1 Details of the Tank farms

Tank Description TankCapacity (m3) No. of Tanks Total

Capacity (m3)ENA Daily Receivers 60 3 180

Impure Spirit DailyReceiver 20 1 20

ENA Storage Tank 900 2 1800Impure Spirit Storage

Tank 300 1 300

Fusel oil Tank 20 1 20Spent Wash Storage

Tank 1000 1 1000



The tanks are fitted with external condenser, (to avoid Alcohol loss and safety andenvironment concerns), there will be flame arrestor, lightening arrestor and tanks will beproperly earthed.

Storage tanks are provided with water curtain rings for cooling tanks.

6.4 Fire Protection Systems ProposedThe following Fire Protection system has been proposed in the distilleryplant: Hydrant system covering the entire plant including all important

auxiliaries and buildings is proposed. The system will be complete withpiping, valves instrumentation, hoses, nozzles and hydrants, valvesetc.

High velocity water spray system near storage tanks. Portable extinguisher such as pressurized water type, carbon dioxide

type and foam type will be located at strategic locations through outthe plant.

The following pumps will be provided in the fire protection system.

Fire water pumpsa) AC motor driven fire water pumps for hydrant, medium velocity waterspray system and foam system.b) AC motor driven fire water pumps for high velocity water spray system.c) Diesel engine driven pump as stand by for the above.d) Jackey pumps 1 no. (AC motor driven) for maintaining pressure.

6.5 Safety Provisions ProposedThe following safety provisions will be made in the plant

Providing flame arrestors on the top of all the storage tanks. Flame proof fitting to all the systems which handles the alcohol. Transfer of alcohol will be by pipes only. All the lightings are of flame proof. Foam Extinguishers inside the warehouse.

6.6 Methodology of MCA Analysis:The MCA Analysis (Multi-Criteria Decision Analysis) involved ordering andranking of various sections in terms of potential vulnerability. The followingsteps were involved in MCA Analysis.

Preparation of an inventory of major storages and rank them on thebasis of their hazard properties.

Identification of potentially hazardous storage sections andrepresentative failure cases from the vessels and the pipelines.

Visualisation of chemical release scenarios.



Inventory Analysis and Fire & Explosion and Toxicity Index (FETI) arethe two techniques employed for hazard identification process.

6.7 Fire & Explosion and Toxicity IndexThe role of Fire & Explosion Toxicity Index (FET) aids in quantitativehazard identification. The FET is calculated by evaluating the loss potentialof all the units in the storage area and the hazardous areas were classifiedaccordingly. The role of FET is

Identification of the equipment/areas that could likely contribute tothe creation or escalation of incident and relatively rank the incidents.

Quantification of the expected damage of potential fire and explosionincidents.

Preparation of guidelines for mitigating fire hazards.

The loss potential which could actually be experienced under the mostadverse operating conditions is quantitatively evaluated. The FEI is used forany operation in which a flammable, combustible or reactive material isstored, handled or processed.FEI = MF * GPH * SPH (Fire and Explosion Index)Where, MF: Material factorGPH: General Process HazardSPH: Special Process HazardToxicity Index (TI)The Toxicity Index is calculated using the Nh, GPH and SPH. TI iscalculated by the following formula.

(Nh + Ts) * (1 + GPH + SPH)TI = --------------------------------------

100The degree of hazard is identified based on FEI & TI range as per the criteriagiven below.

FEI RANGE DEGREE OF HAZARD0 – 60 LIGHT61 – 96 MODERATE97 – 127 INTERMEDIATE128 – 158 HEAVY

159 & Above SEVERE

TI RANGE DEGREE OFHAZARD

0 – 5 LIGHT5 - 10 MODERATE> 10 SEVERE

Depending on the category of hazard preventive and protective system willbe recommended.



6.8 Assessment of Risk at M/s. WDBLBased on the storage inventory the following areas are identified aspotential safety risk areas are shown below.Table No. 6.2: Possible Risks Areas from the Distillery Plant

S. No. Block / Areas Quantity HazardIdentified

1. Boiler 20 TPH Fire & Explosion

2. Spirit storage - Fire

3.Storage of

bagasse/rice husk135 TPD Fire

6.9 Risk & Consequence Analysis of FireTable 6.3 List of products and NFPA Ratings

Sl.No. ChemicalNFPA Ratings

Nh NF Nr

1. Ethanol 0 3 0

Explanation of NFPA ratings is given in Table 6.4Table 6.4: Explanation of NFPA Hazard Classifications

Health Hazard Definition

4Materials which on very short exposure could causedeath or major residual injury even though promptmedical treatments were given.

3Materials which on short exposure could cause serioustemporary or residual injury even though prompt medicaltreatments were given.

2Materials which on intense or continued exposure couldcause temporary incapacitation or possible residual injuryunless prompt medical treatment is given.

1 Materials which on exposure would cause irritation butonly minor residual injury even if no treatment is given.

0Materials which on exposure under fire conditionswould offer no hazard beyond that of ordinarycombustible material.

Flammability Definition

4

Materials which will rapidly or completely vaporize atatmospheric pressure and normal ambient temperature, orwhich are readily dispersed in air and which will burnreadily



3 Liquids and solids that can be ignited under almost allambient temperature conditions.

2Materials that must be moderately heated or exposed torelatively high ambient temperatures before ignition canoccur.

1 Materials that must be preheated before ignition can occur.

0 Materials that will not burn.Reactivity Definition

4Materials which in themselves are readily capable ofdetonation or of explosive decomposition or reaction atnormal temperatures and pressures.

3

Materials which in themselves are capable of detonationor explosive reaction bur require a strong initiating sourceor which must be heated under confinement beforeinitiation or which must be heated under confinementbefore initiation or which react explosively with water.

2

Materials which in themselves are normally unstable andreadily undergo violent chemical change but do notdetonate. Also materials which may react violently withwater or which may form potentially explosive mixtures withwater.

1

Materials which in themselves are normally stable, butwhich can become unstable at elevated temperatures andpressures or which may react with water with some releaseof energy but not violently.

0Materials which in themselves are normally stable, evenunder fire exposure conditions, and which are not reactivewith water.

6.10 Results of Consequence AnalysisMaximum Credible Accident and Consequence (MCAC) Analysis aims atidentifying the unwanted hazardous events which can cause damage tohuman beings and the environment in and around M/s WDBL alcoholstorage facilities at Atrauli Village. For this purpose a host of probable orpotential accident scenarios have been visualized, examined, screened andthe credibility of the most probable events established.

The following steps have been followed for the analysis: A detailed study of the storage and handling information Identification of representative failure cases of the tanks. Consequence analysis of the release cases and shortlisting of the

most hazardous events.



The release scenarios are selected based on hazard identification, pastaccident data and engineering judgment. Chemicals handled in this transferoperation are basically non- boiling in nature. Spillage of these chemicalsmay lead to heat radiation effects.

6.10.1 Identification of Potential Hazard AreasThe facilities are examined along with the layout. An inventory of theamount of various chemicals to be stored is made. The consequence interms of heat radiation due to release of chemicals are broadly analysed.

6.10.2 Release ScenariosThe releases of chemical from the pipe line over the ground from the landpoint to the storage terminal, storage tank failure are all the possiblescenarios. Failure of underground pipe line has not been consideredcredible. Even in case of such a failure, the released material will beconfined underground and is unlikely to find an ignition source.

6.10.3 Source Strength EstimationIn general, liquid release can be expected from pipe failures as the pipeline extends over a long distance. The released liquid will form the poolwhich can spread. The most vulnerable section of the piping network will benear flanges, valves and other fittings. It may be worthwhile for M/s. WDBLto provide some sort of collecting mechanism to hold any unexpectedrelease near the loading area and isolation valves. Major failures of pipe linewill lead to pool formation which on ignition can lead to pool fire.

6.10.4 Consequence AnalysisConsequence Analysis is a tool to estimate the potential damage due toaccidental release of a hazardous chemical. A large number of failure casescan lead to the same type of consequences hence representative failure casesare selected for this analysis.The release scenarios are selected based on hazard identification, pastaccident data and engineering judgment. Alcohol, which is proposed to behandled in this storage and transfer operation, is basically non-boiling innature. Spillage of the alcohol, if it finds any ignition source, may lead toheat radiation effects.

6.10.5 Heat Radiation Effects due to Pool FireM/s WDBL handles alcohol which is basically non-boiling liquid, it cancause heat radiation effects due to pool fires. The release of combustibleliquid can take place due to catastrophic rupture of the tank itself or ruptureof a transfer line. In case of a transfer line, the spillage can be stoppedthrough isolation valves. However, in case of rupture of tanks or the line



close to the tank (before isolation valve), the release can be large enough tofill the bund. This may likely to result in a pool fire in case of immediateignition. This could be the worst possible scenario in the storage area asfar as the heat radiation effects are concerned.It is found that pool fires generally tend to have localized effects and aremainly of concern in establishing the potential for cascade effects andemployee safety zones rather than for any off-site problem. The estimationof damage distance can help in solving issues connected with inter tankspacing, thermal insulation, fire/wall barrier specification etc.The estimation of heat radiation depends on the bund size (which is same aspool volume in the case of catastrophic rupture of the tank leading tospillage of large quantity of the chemical), burning rate (a property whichdepends on the heat of combustion and latent heat of vaporization),surface emitted power (which takes into consideration the radiated fractionof total combustion power), besides the atmospheric transmissivity andgeometric view factor. However, the following points are to be noted:

Duration of burning varies with the quantity spilled. However, it doesnot have any direct of effect on the radiation levels.

Burning rate is independent of the meteorological conditions solong as sufficient oxygen is available in the atmosphere. We assumecomplete combustion in our calculation.

The pool fire doesn’t depend on the material of construction of bundand bund floor.

However, the surface emitted power by the chemical is included in themathematical calculation.It should be noted that the damage distances due to heat radiation isindependent of the quantity spilled. It depends on the area exposed.However, the quantity will determine the duration of the fire.Release of flammable liquid followed by ignition may lead to pool fire. Thetransfer lines of M/s. WDBL mostly will go over the ground all over thestorage terminal. Release and spreading of chemicals at the storage tankarea is quite possible.In case of leak / rupture of transfer line at the storage terminal may spilland spread the chemical. On immediate ignition the scenario will bespreading of burning pool. Delayed ignition may also lead to spreading ofburning pool or confined pool fire if there are bunds. Spreading burningpools cause less damage than the pool fire resulting after spreading as thespreading area is less due to loss of chemicals in the burning. In case ofleak of underground lines, released chemicals will diffuse from the groundand form a pool on the ground but quantity in the pool will be low as theground itself acts as an obstruction. On ignition, this will damage pipelinedue to heating which leads to catastrophic failure of transfer line.Nevertheless, this situation has remote probability.



The thermal radiation effects due to pool fires at the storage terminal arecalculated and the results are presented in Table 6.5Table 6.5: Thermal Radiation Effectes due to Fire

S.No.Thermal radiationintensity (KW/m2)

Hazard distance(m)

1 37.5 32 12.5 83 4.0 17

4 KW/m2 thermal radiation intensity occurs at a distance of 17m and will bewithin the premises. Hence no outside population would be affected due tothe pool fire scenario. There will be no effect on any structure related to theplant.A heat radiation effect of 37.5 KW/m2 can cause sufficient damage toadjacent units and fatality rates will be 100%. 12.5 KW/m2 level can causeignition of wood, melt plastic tubing etc., while 4.0 KW/m2 can cause painto personnel if unable to reach cover within 20s. However, blistering of theskin (second degree burns) is likely but the lethality level will be zero. Thefiremen with protective clothing can handle the fire without discomfort underthis heat radiation level.

If a tank ruptures and results in a pool fire, this will spread to other tanks inthe same enclosure. If the other tanks/bunds also catch fire because of thecascade effects, the difference will mainly be that the total heat flux willremain the same but the fire will last for a longer duration. This is becausethe scenario chosen covers the chemical with maximum radiation intensityand maximum quantity.

6.11 Recommendations1. General Recommendations to combat liquid pool firesThe major hazard in a flammable storage may arise from pool fire ofcombustible liquid.I. Removal of all ignition sources and maintaining sterile conditions in andall around the plant area.II. Measures for Containing Liquid Pool FiresPool fire in one part of the installation may spread to another unless itis adequately contained. It is essential to provide spill-impounding areaspopularly known as bunds to prevent spread of liquid from the immediatespill area to other sections and if the liquid from the immediate spill isignited despite safety precautions, impounding areas will serve to control thefire hazard by



Minimizing the fire size thus reducing radiant heat exposure to thesurroundings

Localizing the need for fire protection.III. General Recommendations

i. Joints in piping should be kept to a minimum. Piping morethan 50 mm outside diameter should have welded or weldedflanged joints except when connecting to equipment fitted withscrewed connections. Piping 50 mm diameter and less may havescrewed joints. Where piping has screwed joints, which may besubjected to vibration, consideration should be given to tackwelding them to prevent them from coming loose.

ii. To prevent the accumulation of static electricity metal pipingshould be electrically continuous so that the resistance to earth

of the installation does not exceed 106 ohms. Reference should bemade to BS 5958: Part 1:1980 for further information.

IV. Specific Recommendationsi. Hydrocarbon sensors may be provided at the vulnerable areas

and in case of any alcohol vapor release, immediate action to betaken to dilute the alcohol vapor concentration by suitable vapordispersal mechanism.

ii. The entire area has to be kept free from the sources of ignition andmade sterile during the storage, handling and transfer operation ofall flammable chemicals.

iii. The piping design should conform to the codes and regulations.iv. In case of a spill, mobile foam dispending system can be effective in

reducing vapor generation by minimizing surface area exposed toatmosphere in addition to providing containment.

i. Other protective gadgets like gloves, DCP, CO2 Extinguishersshould be made available.

The thick green belt to be developed will help to mitigate the radiationintensity level further and no outside population will be affected.



CHAPTER - 7DISASTER MANAGEMENT PLAN

7.1 Disaster Management PlanThe Disaster Management Plan (DMP) is a guide, giving generalconsiderations, directions and procedures for handling emergencies likely toarise from planned operations. Site specific documentation contingent to –and demonstrating suitable implementation of the DMP is described in thischapter.The DMP must also be revaluated prior to start of operations and it is theresponsibility of the Plant Manager to do this. The DMP has been preparedfor WDBL based on the Risk Assessment and related findings covered in theearlier chapters of this report.Structure:The DMP is supposed to be a dynamic, changing, document focusing oncontinual improvement of emergency response planning and arrangements.A structure working on a Plan, Do, Check & Review (PDCR) cycle has beentherefore suggested. Another advantage of doing this is to have a system thatis in synchronicity with commonly used EHS systems such as ISO 14001and OHSAS 18000. The DMP is covered in further detail in the remainingsections of this Chapter.Policy:The Quality Health Safety & Environment policies are to be made accessibleto all at site and to other stakeholders. The policies must be framedconsidering legislative compliance, stakeholder involvement, continualimprovement, and management objectives.

7.1.1 DisastersA disaster is catastrophic situation in which suddenly, people are plungedinto helplessness and suffering and as a result, need protection, clothing,shelter, medical and social care and other necessities of life.Disasters can be divided into two main groups. In the first, are Disastersresulting from natural phenomena like earthquakes, volcanic eruptions,cyclones, tropical storms, floods, avalanches, landslides etc. The secondgroup includes disastrous events occasioned by man, or by man’s impactupon the environment. Examples are industrial accidents, radiationaccidents, factory fires, explosions and escape of toxic gases or chemicalsubstances, river pollution, mining or other structural collapses, air, sea,rail and road transport accidents and can reach catastrophic dimensions interms of human loss.There can be no set criteria for assessing the gravity of a disaster in theabstract since depends to a large extent on the physical, economic and



social environment in which it occurs. What would be considered a majordisaster in developing country, will be equipped to cope with the problemsinvolved, may not mean more than temporary emergency elsewhere.However all disasters bring in their wake similar consequences that callfor immediate action, whether at the local, national or international level, forthe rescue and relief of the victims. This includes the search for the deadand injured, medical and social care, removal of the debris, the provision oftemporary shelter for the homeless food, clothing and medical supplies, andthe rapid reestablishment of essential services.

7.1.2 Objectives of Disaster Management of PlanThe disaster Management Plan is aimed to ensure safety of life, protection ofenvironment, protection of installation, restoration of production andsalvage operations in this same order of priorities. For effectiveimplementation of Disaster Management Plan, it will be widely circulatedand personnel training through rehearsals.The Disaster Management Plan would reflect the probable consequentialseverity of undesired event due to deteriorating conditions or through knockon effects. Further the management should be able to demonstrate thattheir assessment of the consequences uses good supporting evidence andbased on currently available and reliable information, incident data frominternal and external sources and if necessary the reports of out sideagencies.To tackle the consequences of a major emergency inside the factory orimmediate vicinity of the factory, a Disaster Management Plan has to beformulated and this planned emergency is called Disaster Management Plan.The objective of the Industrial Disaster Management Plan is to make use ofthe combined resources of the plant and the outside services to achieve thefollowing.

Minimise damage to property and the environment. Effect the rescue and medical treatment of causalities. Provide for the needs of relatives. Provide authoritative information to news media. Secure the safe rehabilitation of affected areas. Safeguard other people.

Initially contain and then ultimately bring the situation under the control.Preserve subsequent records and equipment for subsequent enquiry thecause and circumstances leading to emergency.



7.1.3 Emergencies7.1.3.1 General, Industrial, EmergenciesThe emergencies that could be envisaged in the plant are as follows:

Pool fire scenario due to storage of R.S./ENA/Ethanol. Contamination of food / water. Sabotage / social disorder. Structural failures. Slow isolated fires Earthquakes.

7.1.3.2 Specific Emergencies AnticipatedFire consequences can be disastrous as they involve in huge quantities offuel. During the study of risk assessment, the probabilities of occurrence ofhazards are worked out along with the nature of damage. This is thereason why one should study risk assessment in conjunction with DMP.

7.1.3.3 Emergency OrganisationsIt is recommended to setup an Emergency Organisation. A senior executivewho has control over the affairs of the plant would be heading theEmergency Organisation. He would be designated as Site Controller. In caseof stores, utilities, open areas which are the not under the control ofproduction heads, executive responsible for maintenance of utilities wouldbe designated as Incident Controller. All the Incident Controller would bereporting to the site controller. Each Incident Controller, for himself,organises a team responsible for controlling the incidence with the personnelunder his control. Shift Incharge would be the reporting Officer, who wouldbring the incidence to the notice of the Incidence Controller and SiteController.Emergency Coordinators would be appointed who would be undertake theresponsibilities like fire fighting, rescue, rehabilitation, transport andsupport services. For this purposes, Security Incharge, PersonalDepartment, Essential services personnel would be engaged. All thesepersonnel would be designated as key personnel.In each shift, electrical supervisor, electricians, pump house incharge andother maintenance staff would be drafted for emergency operations. In theevent of power communication system failure, some of staff members in theoffice/ plant offices would be drafted and their services would be utilised asmessengers for quick passing of communications. All these personnel wouldbe declared as essential personnel.



7.1.3.4 Emergency CommunicationWhoever notices an emergency situation such as fire, growth of fire, leakageetc. would inform his immediate superior and Emergency Control Center.The person on duty in the Emergency Control Centre would appraise the sitecontroller. Site controller verifies the situation from the Incident Controller ofthat area or the shift Incharge and takes a decision about an implementingon Site Emergency. This would be communicated to all the IncidentControllers, Emergency Coordinators. Simultaneously, the emergencywarning system would be activated on the instructions of the Site Controller.

7.1.3.5. Emergency ResponsibilitiesThe responsibilities of the key personnel are appended below

7.1.3.5.1 Site ControllerOn receiving information about emergency he would rush to EmergencyControl Centre and take charge of ECC and the situation and assesses themagnitude of the situation on the advice of incident controller and decideswhether affected area needs to be evacuated.

Whether personnel who are at assembly points need to be evacuated. Declares Emergency and orders for operation of emergency siren. Organises announcement by public address system about location of

emergency. Assesses which areas are likely to be affected, or need to be

evacuated or are to be altered. Maintains a continuous review of possible development and

assesses the situation in consultation with Incident Controller andother key personnel whether shutting down the plant or any sectionof the plant required and if evacuation of persons is required.

Directs personnel of rescue, rehabilitation, transport, fire brigade,medical and other designated mutual support systems locallyavailable, for meeting emergencies.

Controls evacuation of affected areas, if the situation is likely to goout of control or effects are likely to go beyond the premises of thefactory, informs to District Emergency Authority, Police, Hospital andseeks their intervention and help.

Informs Inspector of factories, Deputy Chief Inspector of factories,APPCB and other statutory authorities.

Gives public statement if necessary. Keeps record of chronological events and prepares an investigation

report and preserves evidence. On completion of on site Emergency and restoration of normalcy,

declares all clear and orders for all clear warning.



7.1.3.5.2 Incident Controller Assembles the incident control team. Directs operations within the affected areas with the priorities for

safety to personnel minimise damage to the plant, property andenvironment and minimise the loss of materials.

Directs the shutting down and evacuation of plant and areas likelyto be adversely affected by the emergency.

Ensures that all-key personnel help is sought. Provides advice and information to the Fire and Security officer

and the local Fire Services as and when they arrive. Ensures that all non-essential workers / staff of the effected areas

evacuated to the appropriate assembly points and the areas aresearched for causalities.

Has regard to the need for preservation of evidence so as to facilitateany enquiry into the cause and circumstances, which caused orescalated the emergency.

Coordination on with emergency services at the site. Provides tools and safety equipments to the team members. Keeps in touch with the team and advice them regarding the method

of control to be used. Keep the site Controller of Emergency informed of the progress being

made.

7.1.3.5.3 Emergency Coordinator - Rescue, Fire Fighting On knowing about emergency, rushes to Emergency Control Centre. Helps the incident controller in containment of the emergency. Ensure fire pumps in operating conditions and instructions pump

house operator to be ready for any emergency, which standarrangement.

Guides the fire fighting crew i.e. Firemen trained plant personnel andsecurity staff.

Organises shifting the fire fighting facilities to the emergency site, ifrequired.

Takes guidance of the Incident Controller for fire fighting aswell as assesses the requirements of outside help.

Arranges to control the traffic at the gate and the incident area /directs the security staff to the incident site to take part in theemergency operations under his guidance and supervision.

Evacuates the people in the plant or in the near by areas as advised bysite controller

Searches for casualties and arranges proper aid for them. Assembles search and evacuation team.



Arranges for safety equipments for the members of this team. Decides which paths the evacuated workers should follow. Maintains law and order in the area, and if necessary seeks the help of

police.

7.1.3.5.4 Emergency Coordinator - Medical, Mutual Aid,Rehabilitation, Transport and Communication.

In the event of failure of electric supply and there by internaltelephone, sets up communication point and establishes contact withthe Emergency Control Center (ECC).

Organises medical treatment to the injured and if necessary will shiftthe injured to near by hospitals.

Mobilises extra medical help from outside, if necessary Keeps a list of qualified persons first aiding workers of the factory

and seek their assistance. Maintains first aid and medical emergency requirements. Makes sure that all safety equipments are made available to the

emergency team. Assists Site Controller with necessary data and to coordinate the

emergency activities. Assists Site Controller in updating emergency plan. Maintains liaison with Civil Administration. Ensure availability of canteen facilities and maintenance of

rehabilitation centre. He will be in liaison with Site Controller / Incident Controller. Ensures availability of necessary cash for rescue/ rehabilitation

and emergency expenditure. Controls rehabilitation of affected areas on discontinuation of

emergency. Makes available diesel, petrol for transport vehicles engaged in

emergency operation.

7.1.3.5.5 Emergency Coordinator – Essential ServicesHe would assist Site Controller and Incident Controller

Maintains essential services like Diesel Generator, Water, Firewater,Compressed Air / Instrument Air, Power Supply for lighting.

He would plan alternate facilities in the event of power failure, tomaintain essential services such as lighting, etc.

He would organize separate electrical connections for all utilities andduring emergency or fires, essential services and utilities are notaffected.



Gives necessary instructions regarding emergency electrical supply,isolation of certain sections etc. to shift Incharge and electricians.

Ensure availability of adequate quantities of protective equipment andother emergency materials, spares etc.

7.1.3.5.6 General Responsibilities Of Employees During An EmergencyDuring an emergency, it becomes more enhanced and pronounced when anemergency warning is raised, the workers if they are incharge of processequipment should adopt safe and emergency shut down and attend anyprescribed duty as essential employee. If no such responsibility is assigned,he should adopt a safe course to assembly point and await instructions. Heshould not resort to spread panic. On the other hand, he must assistemergency personnel towards objectives of DMP.

7.1.3.6 Emergency Facilities7.1.3.6.1 Emergency Control CentreFor the time being office block is identified as Emergency control centre. Itwould have external Telephone and Fax facility. All the Incident controllerofficers, senior personnel would be located here.The following information and equipment are to be provided at theEmergency control centre (ECC).

Intercom, telephone P&T telephone Fire suit / gas tight goggles / gloves / helmets Factory layout, site plan Emergency lamp / torchlight Plan indicating locations of hazard inventories, plant control room,

locations of safety equipment, road plan, assembly points, rescuelocation vulnerable zones, escape routes Hazard chart

Breathing apparatus Wind direction, wind velocity indications Public Address Megaphone, Hand bell, Telephone directories (Internal,

P&T). Address with telephone numbers and key personnel, Emergency

coordinator. Important addresses, telephone numbers such as experts from

outside, Government agencies neighboring industries etc. Emergency shutdown procedures. Nominal roll of employees.



7.1.3.6.2 Emergency Power SupplyPlant facilities would be connected to Diesel Generator and would be placedin auto mode.

7.1.3.6.3 Fire Fighting FacilitiesFirst Aid Fire fighting equipment suitable for emergency should bemaintained as per stationary requirements as well as per TAC Regulations.Fire hydrant line converting major areas would be laid. It would bemaintained as 6 kg / sq. cm. Pressure.

7.1.3.6.4 Location of WindsockOn the top of each main block and on the top of administrative block windsock would be installed to indicate direction of wind during emergencyperiod.

7.1.3.6.5 Emergency Medical FacilitiesGas masks and general first aid materials for dealing with chemical burns,fire burns etc. would be maintained in the medical centre as well as inthe emergency control room. Private medical practitioners help would besought. Government hospital would be approached for emergency help.Apart from plant first aid facilities, external facilities would be augmented.Names of Medical Personnel, Medical facilities in Atrauli would be preparedand updated.Necessary specific medicines for emergency treatment of Burns patients andfor those affected by toxicity would be maintained.Breathing apparatus and other emergency medical equipment would beprovided and maintained. The help of near by industrial managements inthis regard would be taken on mutual support basis.

7.1.3.7 Emergency Actions7.1.3.7.1 Emergency WarningCommunication of emergency would be made familiar to the personnelinside the plant and people outside. An emergency warning system would beestablished.

7.1.3.7.2 Emergency ShutdownThere are number of facilities which can be provided to the help dealwith hazard conditions. The suggested arrangements are

Stop feed Deluge contents Remove heat Transfer contents



7.1.3.7.3 Evacuation of PersonnelThe area would have adequate number of exits, staircase. In the event of anemergency unconnected personnel have to escape to assembly point.Operators have to take emergency shutdown procedure and escape. Timeoffice maintains a copy of deployment of employees in each shift atEmergency Communication Centre. If necessary, persons can be evacuatedby rescue teams.

7.1.3.7.4 All Clear SignalAt the end of emergency, after discussing with Incident Controllers andEmergency Coordinators, the site controller orders an all clear signal.

7.1.3.7.5 Occupational HealthIn large scale industries where multifarious activities are involved duringconstruction, erection, testing, commissioning, operation and maintenance,the men, materials and machines are the basic inputs. Along with thebooms, the industrialization generally brings several problems likeoccupational health and safety. Occupational health needs attention bothduring construction and operation phases. However the problem varies bothin magnitude and variety in the above phases.

7.2.1 Construction & ErectionThe occupational health problems envisaged at this stage can be mainly dueto constructional accident and noise.To overcome these hazards, in addition to arrangements to reduceit within TLV’S, personnel protective equipments should also be suppliedto workers.

7.2.2 Operation & MaintenanceThe working personnel should be given the following appropriate personnelprotective equipments.

Industrial Safety helmets Crash helmets Face shield with replacement acrylic vision Zero power plain goggles with cut type filters on both ends Zero power goggles with cut type filters on both sides and blue colour

glasses Welders equipment for eye and face protection Cylindrical type earplug Ear plugs Canister gas masks Self contained breathing apparatus



Leather apron Boiler suit Safety belt / line man's safety belt Leather hand gloves Asbestos hand gloves Canvas cum leather hand gloves with leather palm Industrial safety shoes with steel toe Electrical safety shoes without steel toe and gum boots

7.2.3 Occupational Health SurvellianceOccupational Health Surveillance (OHS) shall be under taken as regularexercise for all the employees specifically for those engaged in handlinghazardous substances. All the first aid facilities shall be provided in theOccupational Health Centre. The medical records of each employee shall bemaintained separately.Occupational health centre for medical examination of employees with allthe basic facilities will be established with in the plant. The noise levels incritical area shall be monitored regularly and the workers at high noise levelgenerating areas should undergo audiometric tests once in six months.Anticipated Occupational & Safety Hazards

Heat Stress & Stroke Physical activity Extremes of age, poor physical condition, fatigue Excessive clothing Dehydration Cardiovascular disease Skin disorders Noise Dust Exposure Illumination Burns and shocks due electricity

7.2.4 EMP for the Occupational Safety & Health hazardsThe health of workers can be protected by adopting the following measures:

Proper Designing of building, Work area. Relaxation facilities to workers with good ventilation & air

circulation. This will help in relieving of thermal stress. Good Housekeeping practices. Well engineered ventilation & exhaust system. Enclosure. Isolation of specific areas



Enforcement of usage of Personal Protective Devices. Regular Work Environment Monitoring Statistical Monitoring Working hours Rotation of employees in specific areas to avoid continuous exposure

Frequency of Periodical Examination:For employees <30 Years once in five years Between 31-50 Years once infour years Between 41-50 Years once in two years Above >50 years once ayear

Plan of pre placement and periodical health status of workers:Pre-employment checkup will be made mandatory and following test will beconducted:

Plan of evaluation of health of workers Chest x rays Audiometry Spirometry Vision testing (Far & Near vision, color vision and any other ocular

defect) ECG Haemogram (examination of the blood) Urine (Routine and Microscopic) Complete physical examination Musculo-skeletal disorders (MSD) Backache Pain in minor and major joints Fatigue, etc. Medical records of each employee will be maintained separately and

will be updated as per finding during monitoring. Medical records of the employee at the end of his / her term will be

updated.

7.3 Safety PlanSafety of both men and materials during construction and operation phasesis of concern. The preparedness of an industry for the occurrence of possibledisasters is known as emergency plan. The disaster in any plant is possibledue to collapse of structures and fire / explosion etc

Keeping in view the safety requirement during construction, operationand maintenance M/s. WDBL has formulated safety policy with thefollowing regulations.



To take steps to ensure that all known safety factors are taken intoaccount in the design, construction, operation and maintenance ofplants, machinery and equipment.

To allocate sufficient resources to maintain safe and healthyconditions to work.

To ensure that adequate safety to instructions are given to allemployees.

To provide protective equipment, safety appliances and clothing andto ensure their proper use.

To inform employees about materials, equipments or processesused in the work, which are known to be potentially hazardous tohealth or safety.

To promote the established machinery, joint consultation in healthand safety to ensure effective participation by all employees.

To keep all operations and methods of work under regular review formaking necessary changes from the point of view safety in the light ofexperience and upto date knowledge.

To provide appropriate facilities for first aid and prompt treatment ofinjuries and illness at work.

To provide appropriate instructions, training and supervision toemployees’ health and safety, first aid and to ensure that adequatepublicity is given to these matters.

To ensure proper implementation of fire preventive methods and anappropriate fire fighting service together training facilities forpersonnel involved in this service.

To publish /notify regulations, instructions and notices in thecommon language of employees.

To prepare separate safety rules for each type of process involved. To ensure regular safety inspection by a competent person at suitable

intervals of all buildings, equipments, work places and operations.

7.3.1 Safety Organisation7.3.2 Construction and Erection PhaseA qualified and experienced safety officer will be appointed.The responsibilities of the safety officers include identification of thehazardous conditions and unsafe acts of workers and advice on correctiveactions, conduct safety audit, organize training programmes and provideprofessional expert advice on various issues related to Occupational Safetyand Health.



7.3.3 Operation & Maintenance PhaseWhen the construction is completed the posting of safety officers should bein accordance with the requirement of factories act and their duties andresponsibilities should be as defined there off.

7.3.4 Safety CircleIn order to fully develop the capabilities of the employees in identification ofhazardous processes and improving safety and health, safety circles wouldbe constituted in each area of work. The circle would consist of 5-6employees from that area. The circle normally should meet for about anhour every week.

7.3.5 Safety TrainingSafety training will be provided by the safety officers to all the employeeswith the assistance of faculty members called from professional safetyinstitutions and universities. In addition to regular employees, limitedcontractor labours are also provided with safety training.To create safety awareness safety films will be shown to workers and leafletsetc. will be distributed.

Compartmentalization of the cable galleries, use of proper sealingtechniques of cable passages and crevices in all directions wouldhelp in localising and identifying the area of occurrence of fire aswell as ensure effective automatic and manual fire fightingoperations.

Spread of fire in horizontal direction would be checked by providingfire stops for cable shafts.

Reliable and dependable type of fire detection system with properzoning and interlocks for alarms

Housekeeping of high standard helps in eliminating the causesof fire and strengthens fire prevention and fire fighting.

7.3.6 Health and Safety Monitoring PlanThe potential occupational hazardous work places will be monitoredregularly. The health of employees working in these areas will be monitoredonce in a year.

7.4 Social Impact AssessmentThe local areas will be benefited by way of generation of employmentopportunities, increased demand for local products and services. There willbe an overall improvement in the income level of the local people.The project creates employment to about 60 persons once the plant iscommissioned. Priority will be given to locals for Skilled and Semi--skilled



workers. With the development of this Plant there will be lot of scope formore industrial investments which in turn will benefit the nation.The project proponent intends to conduct regular health checkups in thesurrounding villages. Therefore, there will be a certain enhancement ofeducational and medical standards of people in the study area. There will begenerally positive and beneficial impacts by way of economic improvements,transportation, aesthetic environment and business generation. There will bean overall upliftment of socio-economic status of people in the area. Projectauthorities have proposed a budget of Rs.5.00 Crores for CSR activitiesand will be taken up as per need based assessment in village panchayats.Detailed break-up of CSR activities is specified in Chapter -8.

7.5 R & R Action PlanThere is no habitation in the proposed project site. Hence no Rehabilitation& Resettlement Action Plan has been envisaged in the proposed project.



CHAPTER 8ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN

8.1 IntroductionIndustrial development is associated with a few positive and negativeimpacts on the environment. The negative impacts should not hinderindustrial development but they should be properly mitigated.An environmental management plan (EMP) has been prepared for theproposed plant, M/s WDBL to minimize negative impacts and is formed onthe basis of prevailing environmental conditions and likely impacts of thisproject on various environmental parameters. This plan will also facilitatemonitoring of environmental parameters.Preparation of Environmental Management plan is required for theformulation, implementation and monitoring of environmental protectionmeasure. EMP includes schemes for proper and scientific treatment anddisposal mechanism for air, liquid and solid hazardous pollutants. Apartfrom this, green belt development, safety aspect of the workers, noisecontrol, fire protection etc. are also included in it. The various componentsof the EMP are outlined in subsequent sections.

To draw a rigid EMP is especially important for us because India has tosupport 16.1% of the world’s population only on 2.3 % of the global areawith 0.4% only of energy reserve.Environmental management is a crucial segment of Industrial Management,in view of the global concept of sustainable development. Apart from thesocial obligation, the industries are liable to suffer a series of drastic actionsby statutory authorities, if the former ignore the above said aspect. At itsworst, the running factories may be brought to a grinding halt by thepollution control authorities that possess the requisite powers.Therefore, preparation of Environmental Management Plan is a must to fulfillbifocal aspect of the statutory compliance as well as that of social concern.Water needs of Industry are normal, but generally this resource is dwindling.Thus, on one hand one should use it less and on the other the source shouldnot be left polluted for others. Air environment needs to be continuouslymanaged, because man needs inhalation every moment, so also is Flora andFauna dependent on it. The biological aspects, soil and ground water are allinterdependent. Thus need of proper environmental management andconscious plan for it.Industrial development is associated with a few positive and negativeimpacts on the environment. The negative impacts should not hinderindustrial development but they should be properly mitigated.



An environmental management plan (EMP) has been prepared for theproposed installation, to minimize negative impacts and is formed on thebasis of prevailing environmental conditions and likely impacts of thisproject on various environmental parameters. This plan will also facilitatemonitoring of environmental parameters.Preparation of EMP is required for the formulation, implementation andmonitoring of environmental protection measure. EMP includes schemes forproper and scientific treatment and disposal mechanism for air, liquid andsolid hazardous pollutants. Apart from this, green belt development, safetyaspect of the workers, noise control, fire protection etc. are also included init. The various components of the EMP are outlined in subsequent sections.

8.2 Purpose of Environmental Management PlanVarious purposes of the environmental management plan are:To treat and dispose off all the pollutants viz. liquid, gaseous and solidwaste so as to meet statutory requirements (Relevant Pollution Control Acts)with appropriate technology.

To support and implement work to achieve environmental standardsand to improve the methods of environmental management.

To promote green-belt development. To encourage good working conditions for employees. To reduce fire and accident hazards. Budgeting and allocation of funds for environment management

system. To adopt cleaner production technology and waste minimization

program.

8.3 Details of Environmental Management Plan8.3.1 During Construction Phase8.3.1.1 Air EnvironmentConstruction phase will be for a short period and hence the impacts willalso be for a short and temporary period. During construction activities,mainly emission of dust and gases from movement of vehicles andconstruction activity is expected.However, following measures will be taken to reduce/contain suchemissions:

Preparation of paved internal movement roads will be taken up at theinitial stage of civil construction work.

Water will be sprinkled on loose top soil to prevent re-suspension ofdust into ambient air due to movement of vehicles etc.

Separate civil construction material storage yard will be createdwithin the site and it will be enclosed.



Possibility of raising green belt along with construction activity will alsobe explored.

Transport vehicles and construction equipments/machineries will beproperly maintained to reduce air emissions.

Vehicles and equipments will be periodically checked for pollutantemissions against stipulated norms.

Idle running of vehicles will be minimized during material loading /unloading operations.

Exhaust vent of D.G. set will be kept at proper height to ensure quickdispersal of gaseous emissions.

All construction workers will be provided appropriate PPEs like dustmask, ear plug, helmet, safety belt etc. and made to wear them duringworking hours.

8.3.1.2 Water EnvironmentWater quantity being small, no major impact on existing water resources ofthe study area is envisaged. Further, there will be no housing facilities atsite for construction workers and hence a major source of impact on waterenvironment will be avoided. Proper and sufficient sanitary facilities will beprovided to construction workers to maintain all hygienic conditions at site.Storm water drain compatible with the local hydrological pattern of the area,will be provided to carry – off, any run - off or storm water from thepremises. Care should be taken during construction work & will nor createany obstruction/dips in the topography which can lead to accumulation ofwater within premises leading to undesirable consequences like health andhygiene problems etc.

8.3.1.3 Solid WasteMain solid waste generation during construction phase will be constructiondebris like rubble, brick bats, debris, steel scrap, wooden scrap, sand, graveletc. However, these materials are inert in nature and will not result intoleaching of any substance or constituent.

These materials will be properly sorted and will be used withinpremises for filling of low lying areas.

Wooden scrap, steel scrap will be given to scrap dealers. On completion of civil work, all debris etc. will be completely

removed from site to avoid any incompatibility with future use.

8.3.1.4 Noise EnvironmentFollowing measures are proposed during construction period to mitigateadverse impacts:



Construction machinery and vehicles will undergo periodicmaintenance to keep them in good working condition.

All machineries to be used for construction purpose will be of higheststandard of reputed make and compliance of noise pollution controlnorms by these equipments will be emphasized by company.

Feasibility of putting up acoustic enclosure / temporary barrieraround areas with high noise levels will also be explored.

All construction workers working in high noise areas will beprovided appropriate PPE,s like ear muffs and made to wear themduring working hours.

Possibility of raising green belt along with construction activity willalso be explored so as to serve as a noise barrier.

8.3.1.5 Land EnvironmentFollowing steps are proposed to take care of impact of construction activityon project land area:

On completion of civil works, all debris etc. will be completelyremoved from site to avoid any incompatibility with future use.

Other materials like paints, diesel etc. will be properly stored andhandled to prevent any spillage on land.

All the wastes will be stored at a designated site within the premises toprevent scattered discharge on land.

8.3.1.6 EcologyAs the Project site is having few shrubs and no major cutting exercise willbe there and hence no major impact on ecology is anticipated.However, possibility of rising of green - belt along with constructionactivity will be explored so that greening of area can be started at thebeginning of project.

8.3.1.7 Socio-EconomicAs there will be no temporary housing colony for construction workers,neither socio - economic impact due to the same is envisaged.Overall socio - economic effect of construction phase will be positive due todirect and indirect employment opportunity for the local livings. Localpeople from nearby villages of the surroundings of the site will be employedfor construction work to the maximum extent possible.

8.3.1.8 Storage of Hazardous MaterialsThe hazardous materials used during the construction may include petrol,Diesel, Welding gas, Paint etc. These materials should be stored andHandled according to the guidelines specified under hazardous wastes



Storage, Handling and transportation Rules (EPA, 1989). Some of theprecaution of Storage includes the following:

Dyke enclosure should be provided which should be able to containcomplete contents of the largest Tank.

Diesel and other fuels should be stored in separate dyke enclosure Tanks having a Diameter of more than 30 m should be separated by

fire walls from other storage tanks : and, The Distance between the storage tanks should be at least half their

height

8.3.1.9 Migrant Laborers and Truck DriversSelf and Secure camping area should be provided for the migrant laborersduring construction period. Adequate arrangement should be made for watersupply, Sanitation and Cooking fuel.

8.3.2 During Operation PhaseOperation phase of any industry being longer in duration and because of itspotential to create continuous impacts is quite important from the impactpoint of view. Comprehensive and effective EMP has to be prepared andimplemented to safe-guard environmental concerns during operation phaseof any unit.

8.3.2.1 Air EnvironmentThe air pollutants in the plant may be classified broadly into particulatematter like dust, fumes etc. and gases like Sulphur dioxide, carbon monooxide, nitrogen oxide etc. The measure to control the air pollution willensure the ambient air quality standards as laid down by Central PollutionControl Board for industrialareas.The system proposed for air pollution control will provide acceptableenvironment condition in the working areas and abate air pollution in thesurrounding area of the plant. The technological equipment andprocesses have been selected with the above objectives. Depending onquality of emission from different sources, suitable air pollution controlsystem will be provided. The chimney height will be as per CPCB norms toensure ground level concentration of different pollutants within permissiblelimit.Dust collection equipment i.e wet scrubber will be adopted to removeparticulate matter from gas streams. The pollutant itself will be collectedthrough suction hoods, ducts etc.Following measures are proposed to mitigate negative impact of operationphase of the project on the surrounding air environment:

All transfer points will have wet scrubber attached to them to controland capture dust emission.



Height of all the stacks will be as per statutory requirement (58meters). All the stacks will have stack monitoring facility (SMF)consisting of sampling port-hole, platform and access ladder.

Adequate spares of critical components of dust collection systems willbe kept to ensure trouble - free operations and continuous complianceto emission norms.

A comprehensive plan for fugitive emission control based on CPCBguidelines is prepared and followed.

Transport vehicles will be properly maintained to reduce air emissions. Vehicles will be periodically checked for pollutant emissions against

stipulated norms. Idle running of vehicles will be minimized during material loading /

unloading operations.

8.3.2.2 Control and Monitoring of Secondary Fugitive EmissionsThe unit will install air pollution control equipments to control particulatematter emissions. Fugitive emissions from the proposed plant would besignificant as there will be air pollution due to activities like materialhandling, crushing, transfer points of materials and movement ofvehicles. These operations generate large quantity of dust. Specificinstances of fugitive dust generation may include dust blown by wind fromthe raw-materials stockpile, dust caused by vehicular traffic within thefactory, dust leakage from conveyors, conveyor transport points, storagehoppers and packers etc, Good housekeeping, proper maintenance, wettingof dusty areas, use of enclosed storage wherever feasible etc., wouldconsiderably reduce fugitive dust.For effective prevention and control of fugitive emissions, the M/s.WDBL shall implement the followings:

Storage area shall be clearly earmarked. Enclosure shall be provided for all the loading & unloading operations,

if possible. All transfer points shall be fully enclosed. Airborne dust shall be control by sprinkling of water. All roads shall be paved on which movement of raw materials or

products will take place. Preventive measures shall be employed to minimize dust build up on

road. Conveyors shall be provided with conveyor cover. Maintenance of air pollution control equipment shall be done regularly. All the workers shall be provided with disposable dust mask. Green belt will be developed around the plant to arrest the fugitive

emissions.



Regular training shall be given to the personnel operating andmaintaining fugitive emissions control systems.

The fugitive emission will be monitored at following locations withinplant area as per CPCB/SPCB guidelines, details of such locations is givenin table-8.1.Table - 8.1 Location of Fugitive Monitoring

Sr. No. Area Monitoring Location

1. Raw Material Handling Transfer Points

2. Product Processing Area Furnace Area

8.3.2.3 Water Environment Total water requirement for the proposed project would be 540

KLPD which will be sourced from deep bore well within premises.Water conservation measures shall be taken to optimize the freshwater requirement. Moreover, record of water consumption fordifferent usages shall be maintained.

Proper and sufficient sanitary facility will be provided toconstruction workers to maintain hygienic conditions at site. Thesewage will be disposed off through septic tank followed by soakpit/well.

Philosophy of maximum recycling and reuse of treated waste waterwithin the plant will be adopted to minimize consumptive waterrequirements and to achieve “zero” effluent discharge from theplant.

Adequate spares for effluent collection, handling, treatment anddisposal system shall be maintained.

Records of analysis results of treated and untreated wastewatershould also be maintained.

Record of the wastewater generation and recycle shall bemaintained on printed logbook/computer.

Proper housekeeping shall be adopted to prevent spillages andcontaminated surface runoff going to storm water drains.

The water balance of proposed unit is given in fig 8.1



8.3.2.3.1 Proposed Waste Water Treatment PlantM/s WDBL decided to install Distillery unit of Capacity 58 KLPD grainbased. The final Product of Distillery plant will be RS/ENA/AA. CaptivePower plant of 2.0 MW will also be installed. To ensure Zero Dischargeeffluent industry, Industry has decided to install Multi effect evaporatortechnology, Decanter, DDGS Dryer along with CPU unit.Spent wash from the bottom of the column will be fed to decanter.Decantation section comprises of decanter centrifuge for separation ofsuspended Solid from Spent Wash (SLOP). Supernatant of spent wash will beconcentrated in MEE and the reject from MEE (SLOP) will be mixed withDecanter sludge (wet cake) for drying in DDGS dryer and Dried Solid will besold as cattle feed.



8.3.2.3.2 Spent wash treatment:

8.3.2.3.3 Treatment Units MULTI EFFECT EVAPORATORS

Industry proposes to install four effects forced recirculation evaporatingplant fallowed by a single stage finisher in which we will concentrate thespent wash up to 60-65 % by volume of capacity 400 m3/day.Technical SpecificationFeed Rate - 324 m3/dayInitial Solids - 12 %Slop - 97.2Condensate Output - 226.8 m3/day



Condensate WaterTemperature : 60 - 65TDS : Less than 20 mg/litT.S.S : NilpH : 6.5 to 7.5BOD : Less than 30 mg/litCOD : less than 150 mg/litCondensate water coming evaporator can be used as:-

Makeup up cooling water in Condenser Washing of equipments Fermentation

Salient features of Forced recirculation evaporation plant Continuous trouble free plant Volume of the Waste water will be reduced by 60-65% No Scaling and Contamination Continuous Process reduces Man Power requirement Specially designed Turbine is Used Turbine can be operated at high as well as low stream pressure. Optimum consumption of steam and Electricity

Cleaning shall be required after 30 days of continuous running of the forcedrecirculation plant. So there is a saving of chemicals, Steam and PowerConsumption.After MEE concentration we will get 70-75% of total spent wash condensatei.e. 226.8 m3/ day along which again treated in CPU.

DECANTATION:Decantation section comprises of a centrifuge Decanter for separationof suspended solids from spent wash coming out of grain distillationPlant. The decanter sludge will be fed into DDGS dryer.

DRYER:DWGS is then fed in Dryer to reduce the moisture of up to 30 % .Thisby product is termed as DDGS which will now have moisture contentbelow 10% will be in a powder form and can be sold directly as cattlefeed.



8.3.2.3.4: Waste Water Treatment StrategySummary of waste water treatment strategy is given in table 8.3:Table No. 8.3Spent Washtreatment

Spent wash from the bottom of the column will be fedto decanter. Decantation section comprises of decantercentrifuge for separation of suspended Solid fromSpent Wash (SLOP). Supernatant of spent wash will beconcentrated in MEE and the reject from MEE (SLOP)will be mixed with Decanter sludge (wet cake) fordrying in DDGS dryer and Dried Solid will be sold ascattle feed.

Other Effluent Will be treated in Secondary Effluent treatment Plantand 100% recycling will be done.

Domestic WasteWater

Separate soak pit and septic tank.

8.3.2.3.5 Secondary Effluent Treatment Plant for Effluent SectionI: Design BasisCPU will treat 438 m3 per day of Evaporation Condensate (spent washcondensate), cooling tower blow down, boiler blow down, miscellaneouswashing, etc from Distillery along with Spent Leese. The Combined effluentshall first be treated in diffused aeration system comprises of activatedsludge process. The Pretreatment in the form of Equalization, Neutralizationand Solids removal shall be provided. The treated Effluent after BiologicalTreatment can be discharged on land for Irrigation / Surface water streams.However, the treated effluent shall then be subjected to tertiary treatmentconsists of carbon filter and sand filter. The treated water can be used forProcess / Cooling Towers. Flow diagram of waste water treatment system(CPU) is given fig 8.2



8.3.2.3.5.1 Raw Effluent Characteristics:Following are the main characteristics of the effluent reaching of ETP:Table No. 8.4S N Parameters Flow

m3/dCODmg/L

BODmg/L

TSSmg/L

TDSMg/L

pH

1. RawEffluent

438 3500 - 5000 2000 - 2500 500 2000 3.5 – 4.5

Characteristicsadopted

500 6000 3000 + 10% 600 2500 3.0-8.0

Proposed Effluent Treatment System upon reaching steady state wouldproduce following results when operated under optimum design conditionsand subjected to a regular testing of various parameters and regularmonitoring of CPU.



8.3.2.3.5.2 Characteristics at outlet of treated effluent:The treated water will be recycled back in process:Table No. 8.5

Sr. No Parameters Values Units

1 Quantity 1280 m3/day2 Temperature Ambient ºC

3 COD < 100 mg/l

4 BOD < 20 mg/l

5 TSS < 30 mg/l

6 TDS < 3 00 mg/l7 pH 7 to 8 -

8 Bacteria Nil

8.3.2.4 Solid WasteSolid wastes shall be generated in the form Distillers Wet Grains with Soluble(DWGS) and Dried Distillers Grains with Soluble (DDGS) from process andFly ash from boiler. Following steps shall be taken;

Dried Distillers Grains with Soluble (DDGS) will be sold for cattle feed. Fly as generated from boiler will be sold to the cement or brick

manufacturer for manufacturing of briquettes or can be used in fillingof low lying areas.

Fermenter sludge will be used as manure. Record of solid waste generation and disposal shall be maintained on

printed logbook. All Necessary precaution shall be taken during handling, loading and

unloading of solid waste.The details area given in table no 8.6There will be no major generation of hazardous waste from the project. Asmall quantity of used lubricating oil will be generated which will be properlystored and disposed off. There will be no disposal of industrial effluent onland as small quantity of treated industrial effluent will be used on land forgardening purpose and sewage waste water will be disposed off through soakpit/well.Table No. 8.6Solid Waste Generation and Its DisposalParticular Quantity DisposalFly ash generation 2.7 MT/Day Will be used in land filling or

briquettes preparation.Fermenter Sludge 2.4 MT/Day Will be used as manure along with fly

ash.Grain Residue 54.0 MT/Day Will be used as cattle feed.



8.3.2.5 Rain Water Harvesting Scheme:Rain Water Harvesting is a way to capture the rain water when it rains,store that water above ground or charge the underground and use it later.There are a number of types of systems to harvest rainwater ranging fromvery simple to the complex industrial systems. Generally, rainwater iseither harvested from the ground or from a roof. The rate at which watercan be collected from either system is dependent on the plan area of thesystem, its efficiency, and the intensity of rainfall.As the company will require continuous water, it would be met fromground water. To compensate the ground water loss, it is proposed torecharge the water through rain water harvesting system.

8.3.2.5.1 Storm Water Drainage Line: Channels will be installed whereverrequired to collect and transport rain water to the storage tank. Drainagewill be semi-circular and will be made using Galvanized Iron sheet folded torequired shapes. Drainages will be fixed using Iron Brackets.

8.3.2.5.2 Conduits: Pipes will be used to carry rain water from catchmentto the recharge pit, passing through filter. A valve will be put at the end ofwall for first flushing.

8.3.2.5.3 Filter: Sand Filter will be used to remove suspended pollutantsfrom the rainwater.

8.3.2.5.4 Recharge: After filtration, water will be recharged usingpercolation pit, filled with pebbles or brick and river sand and covered withperforated concrete slabs. Depth of recharge pit will be designed accordingto Water table of the area.

8.3.2.5.5 Proposal for Rain Water Harvesting:The daily water requirements in the proposed project is about 540 Cu.mtsand the annul water requirements workout to be about 178200 Cu.mts.(330 days).It is impossible to imagine life without water. All plants and animals musthave water to survive. If there was no water there would be no life on earth.Around 30 percent of the world's freshwater is stored underground in theform of groundwater. This constitutes about 97 percent of all the freshwaterthat is potentially available for human use.Natural replenishment of ground water storage is slow and is unable to keeppace with the excessive exploitation of ground water. With increasingurbanization, the land area for natural rain water recharge is also shrinkingand large unutilized runoff carries pollution the water bodies. Artificialrecharge to groundwater aims at augmentation of the ground water storage



by modifying the natural movement of surface water, utilizing suitable civilconstruction techniques to increase the seepage rate exceeding that undernatural conditions of replenishment. About 75% of annual rainfall occur inmonsoon period during 20 to 75 rainy days ,these rain goes waste in from ofsurface run off.Most of the urban areas in the country are facing water scarcity. Thedependence on ground water has increased many folds and the naturalrecharge to ground water has decreased due to increased buildings andpaved areas etc. Roof top rain water harvesting, which involves the collectionof rainwater from the roof of the buildings and its storage in surface tanks orrecharge groundwater is beyond doubt and is the most powerfulmanagement strategy available to face the challenge of fast depletion inground water storages.Artificial recharge projects are site specific. The type of artificial rechargestructure and rain water harvesting techniques depends on local hydro-geological and hydrological condition. The first step in planning the project isto demarcate area of recharge.Water conversation is the important phenomenon to change the scenario ofarea. In urban area roof top rainwater harvesting scheme will be beneficial.Water falling on roof tops can be collected and diverted to the openwells/tube-wells/bore-wells by providing a filter bed. Roof top rain waterharvesting, which involves the collection of rainwater from the roof of thebuildings and its storage in surface tanks or recharge to sub- surfaceaquifer, can play an important role in conservation of water.

Ideal Conditions for Rain Water Harvesting and Artificial Recharge toGround WaterArtificial Recharge techniques are adopted where:

Adequate space for surface storage is not available especially for urbanareas.

Water level is deep enough (>6m) and adequate subsurface storagespace is available.

Permeable strata are available at shallow/moderate depth. Where adequate quantity of surface water is available for recharge to

ground water Ground water quality is bad and our aim is to improve it. Where there is possibility of intrusion of saline water especially in

coastal areas. Where the evaporation rate is very high from surface water bodies. In other areas, rainwater harvesting techniques may be adopted.



Design Considerations:The important aspects to be looked into for designing a rain water harvestingsystem to augment ground water resources are-

Hydrogeology of the area including nature and extent of aquifer, soilcover, topography, depth to water level and chemical quality of groundwater.

The availability of source water, one of the prime requisite for groundwater recharge.

The availability of source water, one of the prime requisite for groundwater recharge, basically assessed in terms of non-committed surplusmonsoon runoff.

Area contributing run off like area available, land use pattern,industrial, green belt, paved areas, roof top area, etc.

Hydro-meteorological characters like rain fall duration, general patternand intensity of rainfall.

Computation of Rainfall & Approach for Artificial Recharge to GroundWater:As per Dynamic Ground Water Resources of India of CGWB, Atrauli Blockfalls under Safe category, having stage of ground water development lessthan 100 %,as Implementation of recharge mechanism shall ensure thebalance between the discharge vis-a- vis recharge relationships of the aquifersystem and improve in the ground water quality. The normal annual rainfallfor the said area is 816.5 mm. It is proposed to implement rain waterharvesting structures by diverting the runoff that is generated from thecatchment area, roof sheds, paved areas, roads and green belt areas forrecharging into the ground water system. Rain water harvesting mechanismsare proposed here through roof top, road and pavement within plantpremise.The collection efficiency accounts for the fact that all the rainwater fallingover the area cannot be effectively harvested because of evaporation, spillageetc. Factors like runoff coefficient and first flush wastage are taken intoaccount when estimating the collection efficiency. Runoff coefficient is thefactor which accounts for the fact that all the rainfall falling on catchmentscannot be collected. Some rainfall will be lost from the catchments byevaporation and retention on the surface itself. The percentage of waterwhich is flowing out from an area is known as runoff coefficient. Runoffcoefficient plays an important role in assessing the runoff availability anddepends upon the catchments characteristics.General values are given in table below which may be utilized for assessingthe runoff availability.



Table No. 8.7-Runoff coefficient of different land usesType of catchment Runoff coefficientRoof top 0.75 - 0.95Paved area 0.50 - 0.85Bare ground 0.10 - 0.30Green area 0.05 - 0.10

Water harvesting potential=Rainfall (mm) Collection Efficiency RooftopArea or catchment areaTotal rainwater harvesting capacity of the campus calculated based on theformulae mentioned above is given in table below:The industry has proposed this project in area =16600 m2

Table No. 8.8Area Breakup:Sl no, Particulars Area (m2) Area (%)

1 Plant Area 5000 302 Admin Office 500 33 Storages 1500 94 Utilities 1500 95 Road Parking 1700 106 Store & Work Shop 1000 67 Green Belt 5400 33

Total 16600 100

Rain Water Harvesting & Artificial Recharge Within Plant Premises:Based on the site plan and the land use pattern of the plot area, thecomputation of runoff for each unit has been worked out and the details aretabulated below.Total land for proposed unit is: 4.11 acre or say 1.66 hectare.



Table No. 8.9 Runoff Available for Recharge-Rain water harvesting capacity of Project area :

Area inm2

RunoffCoefficient

Rainfallin m

AnnualRunoff in

m3

Runoff inone hour

duration of30 mm(0.03 M)intensity

Roof area(Ground

Coverage)9500 0.80 0.8165 6205.4 228

Paved area(area under

roads)1700 0.60 0.8165 832.83 30.6

Green area 3400 0.10 0.8165 277.61 10.2Open area 2000 0.20 0.8165 326.6 12.0

Grand total 16600 7642.4 280.8

From the above computation, it is evident that a total quantum nearly of7642.4 cu.m. of rain water can be fruitfully harvested annually byconstruction suitable recharge structures in the premises. In order to designthe recharge structures, hourly runoff of 30 mm/hr has been taken intoaccount and the details are tabulated below.Hourly Computation of Runoff - (30 mm/hr)Thus the total rainwater harvesting capacity of built up area of the industryis about 7642.4 Cu.mts per annum.Assuming retention time of 0.25 hour in the recharge pit, the design volumefor the recharge pit is 280.8/4 = 70.2 m3

Let us provide recharge pit of 2.340 m × 2.340 m in size and 3.00 depth.Volume of one pit = 16.35 m3

Required no. of pits = 70.2/ 16.53=4.2 (4 appx.)Proponent shall provide 4 nos. rechargepits each of 2.34 m × 2.34m ×3.0m in size at peak rainfall intensity of 30 mm.



Fig: 8.3: Tentative design of recharge structure.

8.3.2.6 Noise EnvironmentFollowing precautionary measures will be adopted to control the noise level: Noise generating sources and their platforms will be maintained

properly to minimize noise vibrations generated by them Personnel working near the noisy machines in different plant

locations, will be provided with well designed ear muffs / plugs(effective noise reduction 10-15 dBA)

Green belt will be developed to act as a noise barrier. Noise barriers/ shields in the form of walls, beams will be provided

around the units wherever found feasible Training to personnel will be imparted to generate awareness about

effects of noise and importance of using PPEs.





















8.3.2.7 Land EnvironmentThere will be no major generation of hazardous waste from the project. Asmall quantity of used lubricating oil will be generated which will be properlystored and disposed off. There will be no disposal of industrial effluent onland as small quantity of treated industrial effluent will be re-used. Onlytreated sewage will be used on land for gardening purpose.

8.3.2.8 Migrant Laborers and Truck DriversAdequate arrangement should be made for water supply, food and sanitationfacility.

8.3.2.9 Green Belt Development Adequate green belt will be provided all around the plant and inside

the plant premises (approx.33 % of total land). Approximately about 2000 plants will be planted annually. The green belt will be developed especially around dust generating

areas like bagasse yard, conveyors of raw material handling, coolerdischarge, magnetic separators and solid waste disposal area aredensely covered.

Two numbers of nurseries are planned to meet the requirement ofplants for green belt development.

Suggested plant species are shown in Table-8.10 to 8.13Table 8.10 : Plant Species Recommended For Reduction Of Noise Level

S.No Scientific name Common Name1 Azadirachta indica Neem2 Aegle mamelos Bel3 Calbezia trocera Dhala sirisa4 Carissa carandas Karaunda5 Peltophorum inerme Perungondrai6 Saraca indica Asoka7 Syzygium cumini Zaman8 Tamarindus indica Imli9 Pongamia pinnata Beng10 Cassia siamia Chakundi

Table 8.11: Plant Species Recommended For Protection against Gasesand Particulates

S.No Scientific name Common Name1 Butea monosperma Dhak2 Cassia fistura Amaltas3 Cassia siamia Kassod4 Citrila toona Mahanim



5 Dalbergia sissoo Shisham6 Dillenia indica Chalta7 Ficus religosa Pipal8 Hardwick binata Anjan9 Mathuca indica Mahua

Table 8.12: Suggested Plant Species For Green Belt Development:Large Plants

S.No Scientific name Common Name1 Cedrreia toona Mahanim2 Dalbergia sissoo Shisham3 Azadirachta indica Neem4 Delonix regia Gul mohr5 Millingtonia hortensis Aksh nim6 Miomosops elengi Maulsari7 Peltophorum inerme Perungondrai8 Samania saman Debdari9 Thespisia populnea Paras pipal

Table 8.13 Medium PlantsS.No Scientific name Common Name1 Cassia siamia Kassod2 Dillenia indica Chalta3 Mathuca indica Mahua4 Casuriana equisetifolia Jungali Sum5 Pongamia pinnata Beng6 Tabulia spasiosa -7 Terminalia catappa Jangli badam8 Thevetia peruviana Pile kamer9 Lucaena leucocephala Subabul

Table 8.13 Small PlantsS.No. Scientific name Common Name1 Averehoa carabbola Carabola2 Nallotus philippensis Sundur3 Artaboteys odoratissimus Madanmast4 Caesalpinia pulcherima Gulotora5 Callistemon lanceolatus Bottle brush6 Caryota urens Mari7 Cestrum dirunum Din-Ka Raja8 Nelia azedarch



8.3.2.9.1 Plantation along Road SidesAutomobiles are the source of pollution of gaseous and particulatepollutants. Component of green belt on road side hence should be with bothabsorbers of gases as well as of dust particles. The choice of plants for roadside should include shrubs of height 1 to 1.5 meter and trees of 3-5 meterheight. Medium sized trees, alternating with shrubs are ideal for sorption ofparticulates and gases, as the company is doing the same in existing plant.The budgetary plan is given in the table-8.14.

Table-8.14 Budgetary Outlets of Greenbelt Development for Five Years

SR. No. YEAR NO. OFPLANTS

BUDGET(RS. IN LAKHS)

1. 1st Year 1000 5,00,0002. 2nd Year 800 4,00,0003. 3rd Year 500 2,50,0004. 4th Year 400 2,00,0005. 5th Year 300 1,50,000

TOTAL 3000 15,00,000

8.3.2.10 Socio - Economic EnvironmentA comprehensive plan for Socio - economic uplift of the area has beenprepared by M/s. WDBL, and presented in chapter-7.

8.3.2.11 Occupational Health Surveillance ProgrammeHealth hazards associated with the occupation are called occupationalhazards. In chemical industry due to handling of toxic and hazardouschemicals there are possibilities of developing occupational diseases.Company shall carry out the following checks to curb the problem:i) Pre - employment medical checkup at the time of employment. ii) Annualmedical checkup shall be done for all employees.

Table 8.151. Nature of Laboratory examination

Pathologicali) Bloodii) Urineiii) Stool

2. Radiological (X-Ray)3. Pathological

i) Lung function testii) Sputum testiii) Liver function test



4. Audiometric Exam5. Occupational diseases suspected6. Occupational diseases detected7. No. of workers declared unfit for

further work8. Others (clinical exam)

The detailed program is already discusses in chapter 7.

8.3.2.12 General ConsiderationsFor good housekeeping of the proposed project, following measures will beplanned: Maintaining cleanliness of roads to prevent accumulation of dust and

waste material. Inculcating positive attitude among employees for good house-keeping. Maintaining hygienic conditions in canteens, near drinking water

source and toilets.

8.3.2.13 Concept of Waste-Minimisation, Recycle/Reuse/RecoverTechniques, Energy Conservation, and Natural Resource Conservation

Waste-minimisation: Process optimization by using latest technologyequipment.

Recycle/reuse/recover: Wastewater generated from the process andother sources shall be reutilized in the process and or shall be usedfor gardening and green belt development after giving suitabletreatment.

The solid waste generated from the process shall be dried and sold for cattlefeed. The boiler ash shall be sold to suitable vendors.

Energy Conservation Measures: Latest Technology has been selectedfor distillation process consuming optimal energy. In order to conserveEnergy, the following measures have been taken right at the time ofselection of Equipments and Technology:

To go for highly energy efficient wet scrubber. To go for automatic system for plant functioning False leakages in the plant will be arrested by carrying out regular

checks.

Natural Resource Conservation: bagasse/rice husk shall be used asfuel boiler fuel as a replacement of coal.

To conserve ground water rain water harvesting will be carried out tostore rain for future use and also to recharge ground water. Recycling



of process water shall be done up to the extent possible to reducethe fresh water demand.

8.3.2.14 Monitoring ProgrammeRegular monitoring of important and crucial environmental parameters is ofimmense importance to assess the status of environment during plantoperation. With the knowledge of existing baseline conditions, the monitoringprogramme can serve as an indicator for any deterioration in environmentalquality due to operation of the plant and suitable mitigatory steps could betaken in time to safeguard the environment. The following routinemonitoring programme would therefore need to be implemented. The detailedprogramme for monitoring are given in Chapter 5.

8.3.2.15 Air QualityBoth ambient air quality and stack emissions would be monitored. It isproposed to undertake continuous monitoring of stack emissions, theambient air would be monitored once a week at least at five locations to befinalised in consultation the State Pollution Control Board for SO2; NOX,PM10 and PM2.5 .Action Plan to Control Ambient Air Quality as per NAAQS Standards

The particulate matter emission from the boiler stack will bemaintained < 150 mg/ Nm3.

All the internal roads will be asphalted in the proposed project. Water sprinklers will be installed at the fuel unloading areas and on

project roads Ash will be stored in silos only.

By following above control measures, we will comply with the NationalAmbient Air Quality Standards issued by the Ministry vide G.S.R. No. 826(E)dated 16th November, 2009.

8.3.2.15.1 Meteorological ObservationsA permanent weather station should be installed within the plant premises.The temperature, humidity, wind speed, wind direction, cloud cover, rainfalland solar radiation should be monitored and recorded daily.

8.3.2.16 Water QualityAll the effluent emanating from the plant and township would be monitoreddaily. It is proposed to monitor the physical, chemical parameters and heavymetals in the effluent.



8.3.2.17 Ecology8.3.2.17.1 TerrestrialIt is proposed to monitor the food crops once a year to understand thesource of these pollutants in the crops.

8.3.2.18 Human HealthThe disease pattern in the area would be evaluated through health surveyaround the propose site once in a year.

8.3.2.19 Environmental AuditA detailed Environmental Audit is to be carried in line with GOI, MOEFgazette notification dated, April 22, 1993 every year and report is to besubmitted to regulatory agencies and proper upkeep of all the documentswill be carried for use at any later date.

8.3.2.19.1 Implementation of an Environmental Management SystemCommitmentIt is essential that the top management of the industry is committed todevelopment of its activities in an environmentally sound manner andsupports all efforts in achieving this objective.Experience has shown that all attempts to change the processes andproduction methods which reduce/prevent wastes and inefficient use ofresources ultimately result not only in environmentally sound practices butalso better business returns.

8.3.2.20 Environment Management CellA separate Environment Management Cell will be earmarked for monitoringof pollutants and development of greenbelt as per EnvironmentalManagement Plan. Environmental Management Cell (EMC) will meet at leastonce a month to assess the progress and analyze the data collected for themonth. Any deviation/variation noticed shall be immediately taken intoconsideration for improvement of the same. Yearly action plan of EMP will beupdated with respect to results achieved and proposed activities for nextyear.The Environmental Management Cell will also collect data about health ofworkers, green belt development etc. Organogram of the EnvironmentalManagement Cell is presented in figure-8.4.



FIGURE - 8.4AN ORGANOGRAM OF ENVIRONMENT MANAGEMENT CELL

The cell will also be responsible for monitoring of the plant safety and safetyrelated systems which include:

Checking of safety related operating conditions. Visual inspection of safety equipments. Preparation of a maintenance plan and documentation of

maintenance work specifying different maintenance intervals and thetype of work to be performed.

Other responsibilities of the cell will include : Conduct and submit annual Environmental Audit. A SPCB registered

agency will be retained to generate the data in respect of air, water,noise, soil and meteorological data and prepare the EnvironmentalAudit report. Timely renewal of Consolidated Consents &Authorization (CC & A) will also be taken care of.

Submitting environmental monitoring report to SPCB. Data monitoredby the cell will be submitted to the Board regularly and as per therequirement of SPCB. The cell will also take mitigative or correctivemeasures as required or suggested by the Board.

Keeping the management updated on regular basis about theconclusions/results of monitoring activities and proposes measures toimprove environment preservation and protection.

Conducting regular safety drills and training programs to educateemployees on safety practices. A qualified and experienced safetyofficer will be responsible for the identification of the hazardousconditions and unsafe acts of workers and advise on correctiveactions, organize training programs and provide professional expertadvice on various issues related to occupational safety and health.

Conducting safety and health audits to ensure that recommendedsafety and health measures are followed.

Unit head

Manager EHS

Dy . ManagerEHS

AssistantManager Safety

EHS



8.3.2.21 Preparatory Environmental ReviewAn industry with no formal environmental management system should firstestablish its current position with regards to environment through apreparatory environmental review. This should cover following four areas: Legislative and regulatory requirements; Evaluation and registration of significant parameters and their

environmental impacts; Review of existing environmental management practices and

procedures; and; Assessment of feedback from investigation of previous environmental

incidents and non-Compliance with legislation, regulations or existingpolicies and procedures.

The resulting report should address: The nature and extent of problems and deficiencies; The priorities to be accorded to rectify them and - An improvement program designed to ensure that the personnel and

material resources required are identified and made available.

8.3.2.22 Environmental PolicyThe industry's management should actively initiate, develop and support theenvironmental policy which is relevant to its activities, products and servicesand their environmental effects. Broadly this should: Be consistent with the occupational health and safety policy and other

industrial policies (such as quality policy); Indicate which of the industrial activities are covered by the

environmental management system; Be communicated and implemented at all levels of the industry; and Be available publicly.

8.3.2.22.1 Reporting System to the DirectorsAt M/s. WDBL, all the safety officers and HSE officers collect theEnvironment and safety compliance data and submit it to their respectiveHeads and then safety & HSE Heads submit a signed Environment andsafety compliance report to the unit manager and unit manager gives thecompliance report to Managing Director who submit it with his sign to theBoard of Directors, every month. Any Environment related non compliances/ violations / notices are immediately brought to the notice of the Board ofdirectors and discussed in board meeting.



8.3.2.23 Environmental EffectsThe industry should establish and maintain procedures for:Receiving, documenting and responding to internal as well as externalcommunications concerning environmental aspects and management;Identifying, examining and evaluating the environmental effects of itsactivities under normal and abnormal/emergency situations (including riskassessment) and compiling significant effects in a register; and Recording alllegislative, regulatory and other policy requirements and codes in a register.

8.3.2.24 Environmental Objectives and TargetsThe objectives should be set with a view to realizing gradual and steadyimprovements in environmental performance through application of bestavailable and economically viable technology.The areas targeted for improvement should be those where improvementsare most necessary to reduce risks (to environment and industry) andliabilities. These should be identified through cost-benefit analysis whereverpracticable and should be quantitative and achievable.

8.3.2.25 Environmental Management ProgramThe establishment of an environmental management program is the key tocompliance with the industry's environmental policy and achievement of theenvironmental objectives and targets.It should designate the responsibility for achieving the targets at each leveland the means thereof. It should deal with the actions required for theconsequences of the industry's past activities as well as address the life cycleof development of new products so as to effectively control adverse impacts.

8.3.2.25.1 Environmental Management Manual & DocumentationThe documentation is intended to provide an adequate description of theenvironmental management system. The manual is expected to provide areference to the implementation and maintenance of the system.

8.3.2.25.2 Operational ControlThe management responsibilities should be defined to ensure that thecontrol, verification, measurement and testing of environmental parameterswithin the industry are adequately co-ordinated and effectively performed.The control, verification, measurement and testing should be made throughdocumented procedures and work instructions defining the manner ofconducting activities, the absence of which can lead to violation of theenvironmental policy.In the event of non-compliance, procedures for investigation of the causativemechanism should be established and the factors reported for correctiveactions.



8.3.2.25.3 Environmental Management RecordsThe industry should establish and maintain a system of records todemonstrate compliance with the environmental management systems andthe extent of achievement of the environmental objectives and targets. Inaddition the other records (legislative, audit and review reports),management records should address the following:

Details of failure in compliance and corrective action; Details of incidents and corrective action; Details of complaints and follow-up action; Appropriate contractor and supplier information; Inspection and maintenance reports; Product identification and composition data; Monitoring data; Environmental training records; and Housekeeping.

8.3.2.25.4 Environmental StatementAs a mandatory requirement under the Environment Protection Rules (1986)as amended through the Notification issued by the Ministry of Environmentand Forests in April 1993, an Environmental Statement should be preparedannually. This should include the consumption of total resources (rawmaterial and water per tone of product), quantity and concentration ofpollutants (air and water) discharged, quantity of hazardous and solid wastegeneration, pollution abatement measures, conservation of natural resourcesand cost of production vis-a-vis the investment on pollution abatement. Thismay be an internal or external audit, but carried out impartially andeffectively by a person properly trained for it. Broad knowledge of theenvironmental process and expertise in relevant disciplines is also required.The intention of this statement is:

To identify the process/production areas where resources can be usedmore efficiently through a comparison with the figures of a similarindustry (thereby reducing the consumption per unit of product);

To determine the areas where waste generation can be minimized atsource and through end of pipe treatment (thereby reducing thewastes generated and discharged per unit of product); and

To initiate a self correcting/improvement system through an internalanalysis to achieve cost reduction through choice of superiortechnology and more efficient practices.



8.3.2.26 Budget and Procurement ScheduleOn regular basis, Environment Management Cell shall inspect the necessityand vailability of the materials, technologies, services and maintenanceworks.The Cell shall make appropriate budget for the purpose. Regularrecord review for any change in financial requirement of environmentm a n a g e m e n t shall be done and appropriate budgetary provisions shallbe made. Along with other budgets, Budget for environmental managementshall be prepared and revised regularly as per requirement. The budgetshall include provisions for:

Environmental Monitoring Program. Operation and Maintenance of Environmental Technologies /

Equipments. Laboratory works for Environmental management activities. Emergency Purchase of necessary material, equipments, tools,

services. e. Greenbelt development. Social and Environmental Welfare and Awareness programs / training

(CSR). Annual Environmental Audit.

8.3.2.26.1 Budget for Environmental Management PlanThe total capital investment on environmental control measures isenvisaged to be about Rs 980 Lakhs, the Details are given in Table-8.16.

Table 8.16 EMP Cost Details

S.No. Particulars Initial Cost(Lakhs)

RecurringCost (Lakhs)

1. Air Pollution Control Systems 45.00 25.00

2.WastewaterTreatment

Multiple EffectEvaporator

240.00 15.00Decanter centrifugeDDGS dryer, CPU

500.00 12.00

3. Fire and Safety 80.00 5.00

4.Green Belt Development/

Solid Waste Disposal5.00 5.00

5. Rain Water harvesting/Recharge 20.00 1.006. Mini Lab Setup 40.00 5.007. Occupational Health 50.00 5.00

Total 980.00 73.00

The cost towards environmental protection measures is 980 LakhsThe recurring cost towards environmental measure is 73 Lakhs.



8.3.2.27 Waste Minimization, recycle/reuse/recover techniquesThe proposed Grain based distillery would be based on “Zero LiquidDischarge” (ZLD), therefore there will be no effluent discharge out of plantpremises.Spent wash wil l be init ially concentrated decanter centrifuge, thesupernatant will move to MEE (Multiple Effect Evaporator ) and decantersludge along with slops from the MEE will move to DDGS dryer formanufacturing of dry cattle feed.Boiler ash collected and sold to brick manufacturers and can be used infilling of low lying areas. The other solid wastes expected from the unit arecontainers, empty drums which are returned to the product seller or soldto authorize buyers after detoxification.

8.3.2.28 Energy Conservation/Natural Resource ConservationLED will be used in whole plant premises, and hence energy will beconserved. Waster after treatment in ETP will be reused.

8.4 SummaryThe environmental management plan consists of the set of mitigation,management, monitoring and institutional measures to be taken duringimplementation and operation to eliminate adverse environmental impactsor reduce them to acceptable levels. Effective environmental managementplan will be formed. Stack height would be approx. 58 m for the boiler forgaseous emission confirming to the CPCB norms. For D. G. Sets, stackheight of 8 m above the roof level will be maintained. In order to avoidfugitive emissions from different sources, dust collectors will be provided atmaterial transfer points. Spent wash will be initial ly concentrateddecanter centrifuge, the supernatant will move to MEE (Multiple EffectEvaporator) and decanter sludge along with slops from the MEE will move toDDGS dryer for manufacturing of dry cattle feed.Boiler ash collected and will be sold to brick manufacturers for briquettspreperation or it will be used as manure. Green belt development (plantationof dense trees across the boundary) will help in reducing noise levels in theplant as a result of attenuation of noise generated due to plant operations,and transportation. Fire safety measures will be incorporated within thefactory premises. All the fire extinguishing media such as water, drychemicals, CO2, sand, dolomite, etc. will be kept in vital locations. LED willbe used in whole plant premises, and hence energy will be conserved.



CHAPTER -9ANALYSIS OF ALTERNATIVE

THE ‘NO BUILD’ SCENARIO:From a purely physical environmental point of view, the ‘do-nothing’ ispreferable to any project implementation, since it would avoid creation of anyof the adverse impacts associated with the project. However, the potentialsocio-economic benefits to the nation would be foregone and industrialgrowth would be hampered. It is concluded that the ‘No build’ alternative isunacceptable, and the potential socioeconomic benefits of implementation ofsuch project far outweigh the adverse impacts, all of which can be controlledand minimized to an allowable level.A project of any nature consists of various activities, which involve men,money and material. These activities may consume natural resources anddischarge wastes, which are likely to have serious consequence to theenvironment. A number of alternative options may be available to carry outmany of these activities. An option with least or nil adverse environmentimpacts is to be selected. Critical analysis is therefore required for selectionof the right alternative. Alternative Analysis (AA) has been done for criticalaspects of the project.The project will be using ample availability of grain from local area &bagasse/rice husk (renewable energy source) from sugar units and localmarkets for generation of ethanol & power i.e. 2.0 MW to supply muchneeded power to national grid. Displacement of fossil fuel energy productionduring bagasse use period will also result in net reduction in CO2 emissionsso contributing to the control of climate change.The project would also provide additional revenue to the sugar industrywhich will help to secure its future and so offset some of the current andincreasing pressures on the financial viability of the distillery sector.M/s WDBL has proposed 58 KLPD grain based distillery along with 2.0 MWpower project in the premises adjacent to WDBL.While setting-up the proposed project following parameters were kept inconsideration:



Technology alternatives:The existing technology used by M/s WDBL for manufacturing of alcohol isone of the best and proven technologies; hence no alternative technologyhas been analyzed. The whole process is based on Multi Pressuredistillation followed by Multi Effect Evaporation and decantation.Site Alternatives:The site for the said distillery project has been selected on account offollowing reasons:-A) Availability of Required LandThe distillery unit of 58 KLPD is proposed adjacent to the existingdistillery unit premises and area required is about 4.11 acres. Hencealternative site was not studied.B) Raw material source, availability.The raw material i.e. grains is required for production of RS/ENA/AA whichwill be available from adjacent local market and concerned areas.C) Site ApproachThe site is approachable by the nearest railway station namely ALIGARH –15 Kms away from project site. The nearest airport is IGI Airport N. Delhi,which is 124 Km from the project site. The state highway NH-91 is at adistance of 10.0 kms from the project site.D) Topography / Nature of TerrainThe existing site has plain topography and doesn’t require cuttingor filling and subsequently doesn’t entail huge manpower and machinery.E) Availability of waterThe water will be sourced through Borewell and NOC from the CGWA, NewDelhi has been granted regarding ground water abstraction.F) Environmental ConsiderationsThe site selected is feasible w.r.t following listed points below:--

No forest land involved at site. No cultivable land involved at site. No requirement of cutting of trees No displacement of people Away from critically polluted area Away from national park and wildlife sanctuaries Away from tiger reserve/elephant reserve/turtle nestling grounds Away from core zone of biosphere reserve. Away from archeological sites.



Proposed project site has been selected on the basis of following selectioncriteria:

i. Location in rural area ensures adequate availability of manpower atmarginally lower rates, compared to metro cities of India.

ii. There is no National Park, Biosphere Reserves, Tiger Reserves, Reserved/ Protected Forests within 10 Km radius of study area.

iii. There is no water body within core zone.Thus, no alternate site has been proposed for our 58 KLD capacity grainbased distillery plant.



Chapter 10ADDITIONAL STUDIES

10.0 IntroductionAs per the EIA Notification 2006 and its amendments, Form –I along withproposed TOR for REIA study has been submitted to SEIAA UP. Apresentation was made before the SEAC UP on 29th April, 2015 for theapproval of TOR for EIA study. The SEAC UP has prescribed the additionalTerms of Reference for preparing the EIA/EMP report through its letter no.714/PARYA/SEAC/2642/2014/DDY dated 06-8-2015.The following Additional Studies were done in reference to the additionalTerms of References;

Public Consultation Traffic Study On site,off site emergency plan

10.1 Public ConsultationPublic Hearing new distillery unit of 58 KLD RS/ENA/AA based on grainalong with co generation of power 2.0 MW Village Ahmadpura, TehsilAtrauli, District Aligarh; Uttar Pradesh was conducted on 16th December,2016 at 11.00 am at plant site.Details of the Public Hearing Proceedings are appended herewith theEIA/EMP Report:

Public Hearing Proceedings Public Hearing Notice published in Newspapers “Times of India and

Dainik Jagran”. Photographs of Public Hearing Action Plan for the issues raised during Public Hearing

10.1.1 Public Hearing ProceedingsPublic hearing proceedings (Hindi) along with attendance sheet have beenenclosed as Annexure-3 with this Final EIA/EMP Report.

10.1.2 Public Hearing Notice published in Newspapers “Dainik Jagranand Times of India” dated 06.11.2016 and 08.11.2016The concerned photographs are as given in next section:



Dainik Jagran: 06.11.2016 Times of India: 08.11.2016



10.1.3 Public Hearing Photographs:





10.1.4 Action plan for the issues raised during Public Hearing:

Name ofthe person

Issued/Pointsraised

Reply to theIssues/Pointsraised

Action Plan alongwith BudgetaryAllocation

Shri ManojKumar,BlockPramukh

Local residentshould beprovidedopportunities foremployment inthe proposedindustry

-

Included at para 1.8of EIA and EMPreports assubmitted for publichearing. Totalmanpowerrequirement is 60persons. Foremploymentpreference will begiven to localpeople. Skilled laborif available shallalso be sourcedlocally.

Shri NawabSingh,Advocate,Atrauli

Theestablishment ofthe industry willincrease theavailability ofemployment inthe area. ThePollutionControl Boardshould informlocal populationabout the levelof pollution inthe Kali nadifrom time totime

-

No action requiredfrom the industryon the issue ofinforming localpopulation.However, 6 monthlypost projectmonitoring of waterquality is proposedin the EMP assubmitted for PublicHearing.

Shri PuranSingh,Principal,AdarshJanta InterCollege

There is apossibility ofgrowth inemployment inthe adjacentareas, thereforethere is no

- No action required



objection in thesetting up of theindustry

ShriRambabu,LocalResident

The existingindustry hasprovidedemployment tolocal residentand theproposedindustry willhelp in thedevelopment ofpeople livingnearby.

- No action required

ShriRajendraSingh,FormerMemberJilaPanchayat,Chaumuha.

The proposedindustry willresult inincreasedemployment.Other industriesmay also besetup in thearea so that thelocal workers donot have to goout of thedistrict insearch ofemployment.

-

Related to furtherindustrialization inthis area. Policydecisions, no actionrequired from theproject proponent

ShriRajendraPrasad,VillageAhmadpura

His fields arelocated adjacentto the factorybut he has noobjection to thesetting up offactory.

-No action requiredat the level ofproject proponent

ShriGajendraSharma,VillageAhmadpura

The setting up ofthe factory willcreateemploymentopportunities.Other similar

-

Policy decision noaction required atthe level of projectproponent



factories shouldalso be set up.

Shri VedpalSingh,VillageChandauliBujurg

There is noobjection to theearlier operatingfactory as wellas to theproposedindustry

-No action requiredat the level of theproject proponent

Shri BudhSen,VillageAhmadpura

The setting up ofindustry couldresult in anincrease inemploymentopportunities.


Anil KumarSharma,VillageBhavigarh

There has beena fall ininstances ofrobbery becauseof the existingindustrytherefore thereis no objectionto setting up ofthe factory.


Shri Roopkumar,MemberBlockPanchayatGovali

There is noobjection tosetting up of thefactory. There isa need to setupsimilar types ofindustries forthe developmentof the area.

-

Policy decision. Noaction required atlevel of the projectproponent

AshokKumar,VillageAhmadpura

People had go toAligarh foremploymentbefore theexisting industrywas setup butbecause ofsetting up of theindustry,




employment hasbeen createdhere, thereforethere is noobjection insetting up of thefactory.

Shri N. K.Sharma,Advocate

The environmentconsultant hasinformed aboutwater, air andsoil pollutionbut has saidnothing aboutnoise pollution.

TheEnvironmentconsultant toDr. ManojGarg informedthe committeethat theindustry willinstall aturbine for2.0 MW powergenerationwhich is likelyto create noisepollution. Anacousticenclosure isproposed tobe provided asa remedialmeasurewhich willensure thatthe volume ofnoisegeneratedremainswithin thestandardsprescribed bythe PollutionControl Board

Shri NawabSingh,Localresident

A 2MW powergeneration plantis proposed tobe installed

Shri S.S.Singh, VicePresident,M/s Wave

A sum of Rs.5.00lakhs is proposed tobe allotted for solarlights at



therefore solarlight should beinstalled atvillageAhmadpura

Distillery andBreweries Ltd,assured thatsolar light willbe installed.

Ahmdadpur

Dr. Manoj Garg, In reply to the various issues, Dr Manoj Garg,Environment consultant informed that under its Corporate Socialresponsibilities, the industry plans to install solar system, RO plantand Sulabh sauchalaya separately for men and women at 4 schools.In addition rain water harvesting is proposed in 10 ponds. A totaladditional capital expenditure of Rs. 1.25 crores along withmachinery recurring expenditure is provided.ADM City Aligarh, concluding the meeting, the ADM City informedthat no objections have been communicated during the publichearing process by any local resident/ public representative.Directions were given to ensure that the commitments under CSR areimplemented. Directions were also given that the possibility ofwater/air/noise/soil pollution shall be neglibly on the nearbyenvironment and that the provided norms should be judiciouslycomplied with.With all above mentioned conditions the public hearing committeehas expresses its agreement for establishment of proposed project.

10.2 Traffic study:Traffic Study:The automobile source is currently the major source of air pollutantemission in many air quality impact analyses. A traffic study is required forthe no-build alternative as well as the build-out alternative. This informationis required to assess the Traffic density pattern of the region and to assistthe proponent in planning vehicular movement during the project and theair quality due to vehicular emissions for the study period, should theproject not be implemented whereas the latter information is required toassess the air quality for the study period should the project beimplemented. The methodology adopted for carrying out the traffic study wasto select the major roads around the project site and count the variouscategories of vehicles moving on these roads. The traffic survey was carriedout at Site Road.



Table no. 10.1

Hours2 – Wheelers 3 & 4 Wheelers Medium

Vehicles Heavy Vehicles Total

No.s @0.75PCU No.s @1.0

PCU No.s @ 2.0PCU No.s @3.7

PCU No.s PCU’s/Hr

07.00-08.00 110 82.5 20 20 3 6 2 7.4 135.0 115.908.00-09.00 35 26.25 15 15 1 2 3 11.1 54.0 54.409.00-10.00 30 22.5 10 10 2 4 2 7.4 44.0 43.910.00-11.00 30 22.5 15 15 3 6 1 3.7 49.0 47.211.0-12.00 35 26.25 13 13 2 4 1 3.7 51.0 47.012.00-13.00 30 22.5 14 14 4 8 2 7.4 50.0 51.913.00-14.00 35 26.25 15 15 3 6 3 11.1 56.0 58.414.00-15.00 28 21 16 16 4 8 2 7.4 50.0 52.415.00-16.00 27 20.25 17 17 2 4 1 3.7 47.0 45.016.00-17.00 26 19.5 13 13 1 2 1 3.7 41.0 38.217.00-18.00 150 112.5 14 14 2 4 3 11.1 169.0 141.618.00-19.00 30 22.5 30 30 3 6 2 7.4 65.0 65.919.00-20.00 35 26.25 25 25 2 4 4 14.8 66.0 70.120.00-21.00 32 24 18 18 4 8 3 11.1 57.0 61.121.00-22.00 30 22.5 15 15 5 10 2 7.4 52.0 54.9

Worst case Baseline PCU/hr 141.6Total width of the road in meters (Arterial Road) 9.2

Carrying capacity of the road (the road is 2 lane 2 way road )As per IRC : 106-1990(PCU’s per hour)

PCU : Passenger Car Unit1500

The vehicular traffic is presently predominantly due to two wheelers followedby three wheelers. The traffic due to four wheelers and buses are minimal.

Table no. 10.2: Additional traffic due to proposed project:

S.No. Material Quantity perday

Mode oftransportation

Capacity ofvehicle

No.of tripsper day

1 Grain 145-165MT/day

Truck 15 Tonnes 112 Bagasse/rice husk 135 MT/day Lorry/trolley 10 Tonnes 143 Alcohol 58 KLPD Tankers 20KL 3

Baseline Maximum PCU /hr =141.6Additional PCU due to the proposed activities: 28.0(Overall Load/Worst Scenario)Total PCU = 141.6+28=169.6 which is less than 1500 PCU/hr.Hence, there will not be any adverse impact on vehicular traffic due toproposed distillery plant activities. The road network is capable of handlingthis increase in vehicular traffic due to the proposed distillery plantactivities.



10.3 Risk Assessment and Hazard ManagementHazard analysis involves the identification and identification andquantification of the various hazards (unsafe condition) that exist in theplant. On the other hand, risk analysis deals with the identification andquantification of the risk, the plant equipment and personnel to, due toaccidents resulting from the hazards present in the plant.Risk analysis involves the identification and assessment of risks to thepopulation exposed to hazards present. This requires an assessment offailure probability, credible accident scenario, and vulnerability of populationetc. Much of this information is difficult to get or generate consequently, therisk analysis in present case is confined to maximum credible accidentstudies and safety and risk aspect related to proposed grain based Distillery.Activities requiring assessment of risk due to occurrence of most probableinstances of hazards and accident are both onsite and off-site.On –site

Exposure to fugitive dust, noise, and other emissions Housekeeping practices requiring contact with solid and liquid wastes Emission/spillage etc. from storage & handling

Off-site Exposure to pollutants released from offsite/storage/related activities. Contamination due to accidental released or normal release in

combination with natural hazards. Deposition of toxic pollutants in vegetation/ other sinks and possible

sudden releases due to accidental occurrences.

10.3.1 On-Site Emergency PlanIntroductionThe views of the possible hazards that can arise out of the daily operationsin the distillery plant, various measures are adopted to prevent theoccurrence of a major accident. This comprises of:

Built in safety measures, alarms, trips and interlocks etc. Standard safe operating and maintenance procedures permit system

etc. Training of all the involved staff in normal and emergency operating

procedures. Training of all employees in safety, fire fighting and first aid.

However, in spite of these precautions, it is required to foresee situation ofmajor accident and plan for taking timely action to minimize the effects ofsuch incident on the safety and health of persons working in the plant aswell as those living around the premises.



10.3.1.1 Preparation of Plan10.3.1.1.1. Alarm SystemA siren shall be provided under the control of Security office in the plantpremises to give warning. In case of emergencies this will be used on theinstructions to shift in charge that is positioned round the clock. Thewarning signal for emergency shall be as follows:Emergency Siren: Waxing and waning sound for 3 minutes.All clear signal: Continuous siren for one minute.

10.3.1.1.2 CommunicationWalkies & Talkies are located at strategic locations; internal telephonesystem EPBX with P&T telephone would be provided.

10.3.2 Fire Protection System10.3.2.1 Fire Fighting SystemThe fire protection system for the unit is to provide for early detection, alarm,containment and suppression of fires. The fire detection and protectionsystem has been planned to meet the above objective an all-statutory andinsurance requirement of Tariff Advisory Committee (TAC) of India. Thecomplete fire protection system will comprise of the following.

a) Fire bridgeb) Automatic/manual fire detection & alarm systemc) Fire Hydrantd) Fire hydrant will be provided at all around in the plant as per TAC

Norms.e) Portable fire extinguishersf) Various areas of the plant will have one or more of the above system

depending upon the particular nature of risk involve in that area.g) Portable Chemical fire extinguishersh) These are intended as a first line of defense, and hence will be

stationed at strategic locations in different buildings and also foroutdoor facilities. Portable fire extinguishers will be foam type; carbondioxide type and multipurpose dry chemical (MPDC) type.

i) Fire Detection and Alarm SystemFire detection and alarm system an effective means of detection, visualindication of fire location and audible alarm of any fire at its incipient stage.This system will comprises fire alarm panels, automatic fire detectors,manual call points and fire siren (hooter).The main fire alarm panel will provided both visual and audible alarm of firein any protected areas of the plant.Manual break glass type fire alarms will be provided at strategic locationswhere high hazards exits.



Automatic fire detectors will be provided for bagasse/rice husk handlingareas and in plant areas such as control rooms, switchgear rooms, cablegalleries etc.

10.3.3 First AidA first aid centre with adequate facilities shall be provided. It shall bemaintained round the clock by a compounder cum dresser and a doctor. AnAmbulance shall also be provided at site to carry affected people to hospital.

10.3.4 SecurityThe security requirements of the company premises shall be taken care of byCSO assisted by a Fire In charge. The team, apart from the normal securityfunctions will manage the role required during a disaster managementoperation as a part the crises control team.

10.3.5 SafetyThe safety wing led by a safety Manager will meet the requirement ofemergencies round the clock. The required safety appliances shall bedistributed at different locations of the plant to meet any eventualities.Poster /placards reflecting safety awareness will be placed at locations in theplant area.

10.3.6 Evacuation ProcedureAs the major hazards is only due to fire, which has more or less localized

impact no mass evacuation, procedures are required. Evacuation wouldinvolve only the people working very close to the fire area.

10.3.7 Emergency Control CenterProvision is made to establish an Emergency Control Centre (ECC) fromwhich emergency operations are directed and coordinated. This centre isactivated as soon as on-site emergency is declared.The ECC consists of one room, located in an area that offers minimal riskbeing directly exposed to possible accidents.During an emergency, the Emergency Management staff, including the sitecontroller will gather in the ECC. Therefore, the ECC is equipped withadequate communication systems in the form of telephones and othernearby facility personnel.The ECC provides shelter to its occupants against the most commonaccidents; in addition, the ECC’s communication systems are protected frompossible shutdown. The ECC has its own emergency lighting arrangementand electric communication systems operation.



Only a limited and prearranged number of people are admitted to the ECC,when in use. This eliminates unnecessary interference and reducesconfusion.The ECC is always ready for operation and provided with the equipment andsupplies necessary during the emergency such as:

Updated copies of the On-site Disaster Management Plan. Emergency telephone numbers. The names, phone number, and address of external agencies, response

organizations and neighboring facilities. The adequate number of telephone (more than two). Emergency lights. List of fire extinguishers with their type no. and location, capacity, etc. Personal protective equipment. Safety helmets-List of quantity & location. Clock. Status board/message board. Material safety data sheets for chemicals handled at the facility.

Several maps of the facility including drainage system for surrounding areashowing:

Area where hazardous materials are stored. Plots plans of storage tanks, routes of pipelines, all water permanent

lines etc. The locations where personal protective equipment are stored. The position of pumping stations and other water sources. The position of pumping stations and other water sources. Roads and plant entrances. Assembly areas. Lay out of Hydrant lines.

10.3.8. Communication Equipment and Alarm SystemsThe kind of equipment is absolutely vital for notifying accident; makes theemergency known both inside and outside of the facility, and coordinating,the response actions among the various groups involved in responseoperations.In particular, this equipment is used to communicate within the facility;communicate between the facility and outside organizations; and inform thepublic.Different communications system can vary in effectiveness, depending on thetask. The most common types installed in the plant are given below.



10.3.8.1 SirensThese are audible systems commonly used in facilities. In case of anyemergency siren will be operated short intermittently for 1.5 minutes.An alarm dose more than just emergency warning. It also instructs people tocarry out specific assignments, such as reach to assembly point for furtherinstructions and actions, or carry out protective measures; this can beachieved only if the people are familiar with the alarm systems and aretrained to respond to it.

10.3.9 Personal Protective EquipmentThis equipment is used mainly for three reasons; to protect personnel from ahazard while performing rescue/accident control operations, to domaintenance and repair work under hazardous conditions, and for escapepurposes. The list of Personal Protective Equipment provided at the facilityand their locations are available in ECC.Effective command and control accomplish these functions necessitatespersonal trained in this On-site disaster Management Plan with adequatefacilities and equipment and equipment to carry duties and functions.

10.3.10 Off-site Emergency Preparedness PlanThe task of preparing the off-site emergency plan lines with the districtcollector, however the off site plan will be prepared with the help of the localdistrict authorities. The proposed plan will be based on the followingguidelines.Plan of Co-Ordination

a) Liaison with1. External Authority: Sub Divisional Officer (SDO) Principal Medical Officer (PMO) Dy. SP. Fire Officer. Local Panchayat Officials B.D.O. External Agencies Press Fire Station. Police. Medical. Voluntary Organization. Railway. Roadways. Private Bus Services



b) Making plan in advance ( By Management and External) Authorities/Agencies. Govt. Hospital.

c) Roll and Statutory duties of outside agencies. Traffic Centre. Assisting the Medical and Evacuation team. Preventing unauthorized entry of personnel into the affected areas. Control on lookers.d) Duties of Public Relation officer (PRO)

To keep liaison with Govt. To publish/ release news in the news papers.

e) S.D.O. To restore law & order. To help in getting aid from other Administrative Authorities.

f) Duties of Medical Officer A full time medical officer and he will discharge duties during any

emergency. He shall: Send the adequate medical staff to the emergency operation center

ensuring immediate medical attention. Organize for transporting the injured to the hospitals where in

arrangements are made to handle such emergencies. The nearbyhospitals should be identified in advance.

Inform all the nearby hospitals of the situation and apprise them ofthe antidotes that would be necessary for treatment, if any.

Make arrangements for requisition for extra ambulances for movementof the injured to hospital.

Ensure that records of blood group of all employees are easilyaccessible and enough blood of the specific group is available forcausalities.

Duties of B.D.O.( Block Development Officer) To control the spread of rumors.

Declaring the Major Emergency By putting notice on notice board. By publication in the News Papers. Announcement by P.A. System in nearby villages.

10.3.11 Procedure for Testing & Updating the PlanSimulated emergency preparedness exercises and mock fire fightingexercises including mutual aid scheme resources and in conservation withdistrict emergency authority to carried out time to time.



10.3.12 Disclosure of information to Worker & Public Awareness Systemin Existence or Anticipated

• Safety awareness among workers by conserving various trainingprogrammes and Seminars, competition, slogans etc.

• Practical exercise.• Distribution and practices of safety Instructions. Safety Quiz contests.• Display of Safety Posters & Safety Slogans.• Developing Safety Instruction for every Job and ensuring these

instruction/booklets or manuals by workers.

10.4 Risk Assessment & Damage controlRisk assessment is the determination of qualitative value of risk related to aconcrete situation and a recognized threat.Activities requiring assessment of risk due to occurrence of most probableinstances of hazard and accident are both onsite and off-site.

10.4.1 Risk Assessment for the ProjectThe distillery plant based on Molasses is labor intensive and uses large scaleand potentially hazardous manufacturing processes. The industryexperiences accident rates that are average compared with some othermanufacturing industries experiences risk of a number of hazards inherentto the Alcohol production process. Some examples of such hazards are:

• Exposure of Hazardous Material;• Physical Hazards,• Exposure to Heat from Boilers• Exposure to Chemical Stored

These mainly impact on those working within the industry, although healthhazards cannot as such impact on local communities.

10.4.1.1 Exposure to high temperatureRecommended prevention and control techniques include the following:

• Shielding surfaces where workers proximity and close contact with hotequipment is expected,

• Using personal protective equipment (PPE), as needed (e.g. insulatedgloves and shoes);

• Minimizing the work time required in high temperature environmentsby implementing shorter shifts at these locations.

• Proper Number Fire Extinguisher would install.

10.4.1.2 Physical HazardsInjuries during Project operation are typically related to slips, and fall;contact with falling/ moving objects; other injuries may occur due to contactwith, or capture in operating machinery. Activities related to maintenance of



equipment, including Boilers, Power Supply system, RO plant and beltconveyors, represent a significant source of exposure to physical hazards.Such hazards may include the following:

• Falling/impact with objects• Hot surface burns• Transportation• Contact with allergic substances.

Following management measures will be implemented to prevent thephysical hazards in the plant:

• Any person working on equipment with moving parts will personallyensure the equipment is de-energized, isolated and locked/ tagged out.

• Any person working from a position with the potential risk for a fallfrom height will use fall protection.

• Any person doing flame welding, cutting or brazing in the proximity ofany flammable material will obtain PPE.

• Prescribed PPE will be provided to all workers exposed to openprocesses or systems.

• Increase of any accident immediate & proper medical care shall be:

High Risk Categories PreventionContractor Contractor safety management

Young/Temporary Employees Special Safety InductionDirect Cause

Traffic & Mobile Plant Driving TrainingFall from Height, object falling

from HeightsSafety procedure for work atHeights, over head protection

Caught in Starting/MovingEquipment

Plant isolation Procedure



CHAPTER – 11PROJECT BENEFITS

11.0 IntroductionM/s WDBL is proposing to establish 58 KLPD grain based Distillery Plantwith 2.0 MW Power Generation at village Ahmadpura, Aligarh Uttar Pradesh

11.1 Promotion of Social & Economic StatusThe company will act as a catalyst for accelerating the all-rounddevelopment process in the surrounding villages of the project site. It willprovide services to ensure that the full-benefits of development schemes ofthe Government and other agencies reach to the villagers.

11.1.1 CSR Activities carried out by M/s WDBLCorporate Social Responsibility (CSR) is about how corporations takeresponsibility for contributing to, rather than becoming a barrier for social,environmental and economic development - also known as the Triple BottomLine (TBL).

People (the social bottom line) Planet (the environmental bottom line) Profit (the economic bottom line)

CSR activities will be taken up to full fill the basic requirement of the peoplein the area, the development activities needs to be taken up. The basicrequirement of the community needs will be strengthened by extendinghealth care, Education facilities will be improved, Providing Drinking waterto the villages affected, building/ strengthening of existing roads in the areaetc.The proposed project may create opportunities for indirect employmentwhich will help in improving the socio economic status of the region. Socialwelfare activities are taken up on large scale.M/s WDBL proposes CSR activities in the areas like Education, Health andfamily welfare, Social Causes and Sustainable livelihood, agriculture andwater harvesting around the project site.The total cost towards the CSR activity will be approx @ 5 % of total Profit asper factory act.The company will promote rural development programmes in the variousfields as given below:

11.1.2 Education Construction of Schools Financial assistance to deserving students Financial aid to nearby villages schools Promotion of education for girl child



Promotion of adult education programmes in nearby villages Cutting and tailoring classes: this activity will propose for ladies in

nearby villages.

11.1.3 Social Causes and Community Development Installation and Repair of hand pumps Drinking water distribution, construction and replenishment of water

tanks for cattle in nearby villages. Construction and repairing of rooms, electrification of police station,

Garden development Support for water harvesting scheme

11.1.4 Health and Family welfare Regular medical checkup of employees Free medical Treatment and medicines camp will be organize by the

company. Ambulance Facility will be provided to nearby villagers Health awareness camp will be organize regularly is to make people

aware of hygiene, Sanitation and other health related matters of dailylife.

11.1.5 Sports Donation for Scouts, Sports tournaments to nearby village’s school

and District authority. Financial aid to Deserving sports personnel Time to time local cricket and Different sports tournament will be

organized by the company.

EmploymentRegular interviews will be Conduct to extend facilities for various jobs in theorganization. Hundreds of villagers would have secured employment withcompany as per their qualifications and eligibility after establishment. AfterRegular interval of time employment camp will be organize by Company toprovide training to local youth relevant to project and they will eventuallygetting employment in the Company itself.

11.2 Employment PotentialThe proposed project creates employment to 60 people for operation of the58 KLPD plant (break-up is given below).

11.2.1 SkilledTotal skilled employment in the proposed plant will be 10.



11.2.2 Semi-SkilledTotal Semi-skilled employment in the proposed plant will be 10. Priority willbe given to local people for semi-skilled jobs.

11.2.3 UnskilledTotal Unskilled employment in the proposed plant will be 40. Top prioritywill be given to local people for unskilled jobs.

11.3 CSR Action PlanCorporate Social Responsibility (CSR) policy sets out M/s WDBL overallaims, Objectives and Targets in this area. It covers operation in all sectors.CSR action plan builds a smart, sustainable and inclusive economic areawith high employment and productivity levels, resources conservation andan environmentally acceptable and climate friendly energy supply, Combinedwith marked social cohesion.M/s WDBL will developed the following action plan for CSR with the aim ofstrengthening and increase Corporate Social responsibility.Year wise expenditure for Socio Economic DevelopmentThe proposed CSR Cost for next 5 years will be Rs.5.00 Crores.Year wise action plan for all developmental activities under “CorporateSocial Responsibility” are proposed as follows:TABLE 11.1: Proposed Budget for CSR

Activities Cost (in lacs)EducationDistribution of Education kit, books,stationary etc

30 lacs

Computer education to Girls 10 lacsOrganization of Bal Melas 20 lacsDistribution of school furniture’s like stool,table etc.

20 lacs

School support sport material / Schooldevelopment

20 lacs

Sub - Total 100 lacsHealth & Family WelfareMedical checkup camps 30 lacsAwareness programs & Blood DonationCamp

25lacs

Eye camps 25 lacsVeterinary health camps & Animalvaccination camp

20 lacs

Sub - Total 100 lacs



Sustainable Development & LivelihoodDistribution of Sewing Machine to females 30 lacsOrganization of self help groups 30 lacsProviding fruits plants & new ideas fordevelopment

20 lacs

Agriculture Awareness support training 20 lacsSub - Total 100 lacsInfrastructure DevelopmentConstruction of toilets in Schools & Govt.Building

40 lacs

Renovation of Govt. Schools 35 lacsMaintains of existing roads in consultationwith Govt.

25 lacs

Sub - Total 100 lacsSocial WelfareCultural Events 40 lacsSports Events 40 lacsPlantation during monsoon season inSchool, Govt. offices & both sides of roads

20 lacs

Sub - Total 100 lacs

TOTAL500 lacs(5 Crores)

11.4 Occupational Health & Safety plan:During operation stage dust, gas cutting, welding may cause hazards, microambient conditions near border, platforms etc. Periodical examination ofworkers occupational health is necessary.Health evaluation plan shall be shall be:SL. No. Occupation Type of

EvaluationFrequency Pre-Placement &

ThereafterFor Age

<30 every(years)

For Age30-40Every(year)

For Age41-50Every(year)

1 Spent WashConcerned

Areas

Chest X-ray,Spirometry &vision testing

5 4 2

2 DistilleryProcess area &Co-generation

Chest X-ray,Spirometry &vision testing

5 4 2



Area

3 Main ControlRoom

Far & Nearvision, colour

vision andhearing test

5 4 2

4 Ash & Bagassehandling area

Chest X-raySpirometry,

vision &Hearingtesting

5 4 2

5 Noise Pronearea

Audiometry Annually

Note: All workers engaged in material handling system will be regularlyexamined for lung diseases such as PFT (Pulmonary Function Test).

In order to maintain the situation within Permissible Exposure level (PEL),what measure the company has adopted so that health of the workers can bepreserved is mentioned. For future work, namely exposure specific healthstatus evaluation of worker, we propose to conduct health evaluation on apre designed format for chest X-rays, Audiometry , Spirometry, Vision testing(Far & Near vision, colour vision and any other vision ocular defect), ECGduring pre placement and periodical examination as per Factory Act &Rules, as Detailed above. This will be for future working plan when alcoholmanufacturing will involved, with an aim of maintaining OHS standards asper OSHAS/USEPA. Plan and fund allocation to ensure the occupationalhealth & safety of all contract and casual workers is separately earmarked.

11.5 ConclusionEstablishment of 58 KLPD Distillery Unit based on grain with generationPower 2.0 MW will produce Industrial Alcohol which will result in increase ofrevenue for M/s WDBL to promote more rural development programme inthe propose Distillery Unit.Project activity and the management will support the local administrationand will provide other form of assistance for the development of publicamenities in this region. M/s WDBL will generate fair amount of direct andindirect employment in the study area. The local economy will received boostdue to employee spending and services generate.The overall effect willimprove buying power of employees and thus a higher standard of living.This will be identified as a major positive benefit.



CHAPTER-12RECOMMENDATIONS

Following recommendations are delineated for evolving and creating effectiveenvironment management plan. These would entail planning to control land,air, noise pollution due to industrial activity during establishment as well asoperational phase of proposed industry. During Construction phase dust from clearing of site and operations

like excavation, leveling, transportation that generate dust could becontrolled by utilizing water spray wherever possible.

Proper drinking water supply & sanitation facilities should be providedto the workers so as to have minimum environment impact and theyshall not hinder the domestic waste disposal profile of surroundings.

Constructional and installation activities must be carried out in such a waythat any liquid waste emanating from these shall be properly treated &disposed. The transportation vehicles should be properly maintained tominimize smoke emissions. Spillage of oil shall be adequately taken care of.Any other type of solid waste obtained should be properly disposed off insuitable dumping areas provided for the purpose. Noise level arising due tofabrication, erection site preparation could be controlled by keeping it below55 dB(A) near residential by way of placing acoustic barriers, creatingtemporary earth bunds of soil at site. Judicious use of water in various plantpractices & its recycle will reduce the volume of waste to a great extent. Floorwashings, cooling water, leakages should be a minimized by way of collectionand then recycled back to process stream. Green belt provision should bedone within premises all along as per given details.In order to have a close monitoring on water use & conservation in plant, theindustry could go for installing flow measuring devices at various points ofintake as well as interconnecting drains of discharge. The flow and waterconsumption could be easily monitored on regular basis. Any overuse couldthen be controlled and points of recycle be identified.Attempts should be made to evolve an exhaustive procedure ofenvironmental operational matrix by the industry during operational phaseof its proposed establishment. This should than be compared with baselinesmatrix consisting of biological, physical, chemical, cultural, bio-culturallinkages in terms of evaluation with respect to scale of importance, scale ofoperational phase and scale of management by rating system.



CONCLUSION

There is no denying the fact that the Proposed 58 KLPD Distillery plantactivities may have some impact on the existing environment. The measuresrequired to mitigate these impacts have been dealt with in detail. From thedetailed analysis of the environmental impacts and the remedial measuressuggested/recommended it can be concluded that no significantdeterioration in the ecosystem is likely to occur due to the proposedestablishment of plant. On the other hand, several benefits like employmentgeneration; plantation and economic growth in the area will increase andalso contribute to the overall development of the nearby area.

From the detailed study of the environmental impact on account of proposedplant and the remedial measures suggested thereof in the Environmentalmanagement plan it could be concluded that no significant deterioration inthe ecosystem is likely to be caused in the long run.

The proponents M/s. Wave Distilleries and Breweries Limited is aCompany of repute, having highly experienced administrative andtechnical staff, capable of managing the industry with full confidence.So, it is recommended that ‘Environmental Clearance’ for theestablishment of this project could be granted.



COMPLIANCE OF TOR

Sl No. TOR POINT TOR COMPLIANCE DETAILS1 Executive summary of the

project.Refer to 7-21

2 Justification of the project. Refer to chapter 1, section 1.6pg no.33-34

3 Detailed break-up of the landarea along with latestphotograph of the area

Refer to chapter 2, section 2.11,pg no.53

4 Present land use based onsatellite imagery and details ofland availability for the projectalong with supportingdocument.

Refer to chapter 3, section 3.10.3,pg no.110-112

5 Details of site and informationrelated to environmental settingwithin 10km radius of theproject site.

Refer to chapter 2, section 2.2,table 2.1, pg no.36-38

6 A copy of lease deed orallotment letter, if land isalready acquired.

Annexed as annexure 1.

7 Information regarding eco-sensitive area such as nationalpark/wildlife sanctuary/biosphere reverses within10km radius of project area

Refer to Chapter 2, table 2.1, Pgno.36-37

8 List of existing distillery unitsin the study area along withtheir capacity and sourcing ofraw material.

Refer to chapter 1, section 1.10,pg no.35

9 Details of proposal productsalong with manufacturingcapacity.

Refer to chapter 2, section 2.4, pgno.40-41

10 Number of working days of thedistillery unit.

Working days of the distillery unit -330 days

11 Details of raw materials, itssource & availability of all rawmaterials including cerealgrains requirement.

Refer to chapter 2, section 2.5, ,pg no.41-42

12 Source and quantity of fuel(rice husk/coal etc.) for theboiler. Measures to take care ofSO2 emission. Stack heightshall be based on maximumsulphur content in the coal.

Refer to chapter 2, table 2.3, pg no.42Refer to chapter 4, section4.3.5.2.2, Pg no.176 no coal will beused as fuel.

13 A copy of Memorandum of No coal will be used.



Understanding (MoU) signedwith the coal suppliers shall besubmitted.

14 Storage facility for rawmaterials, prepared alcohol,fuel and fly ash.

Refer to chapter 2, section 2.6.1.12 pg no.51Section2.9 pg no. 53

15 Action plan to control ambientair quality as per NAAQESstandards for PM10, PM2.5, SOx,and NOx as per GSR 826(E)dated 16th November, 2009.

Refer to chapter 8, section8.3.2.15, pg no. 246

16 One season site-specific micro-Meteorological data usingtemperature, relative humidity,hourly wind speed anddirection and rainfall and AAQdata (except monsoon) forPM10, PM2.5,Sox, NOx and HC(methane & non methane) shallbe collected.

Refer to chapter 3, section 3.8,3.8.5 pg no.94-100

17 The monitoring stations shalltake into account the pre-dominant wind direction,population zone and sensitivereceptors including reversedforests.

Refer to chapter 3, section 3.3.3,pg no.65-66

18 Data for water and noisementioning shall also beincluded.

Refer to chapter 3, section 3.6-3.7.4 pg no.81-94

19 Mathematical modeling forcalculating the dispersion of airpollutants and ground levelconcentration along withemissions from the boiler.

Refer to chapter 4, section 4.3.5.1 -4.3.5.2.6 pg no.169-182

20 An action plan to control andmonitor secondary fugitiveemission from all the sources.

Refer to chapter 4, section 4.3.5.3,pg no.183

21 Details of the use of steam fromthe boiler.

Refer to chapter 2, section 2.7, pgno.52

22 Ground water quality aroundproposed spent wash storagelagoon and the project area.

No bore well is available at spentwash storage lagoon

23 Details of water requirement,water balance chart for grainbase distillery an cogenerationplant.

Refer to chapter 8, section 8.3.2.3 –8.3.2.3.5.2, pg no.229-234

24 Measure for conservation waterby recycling and reuse to

Refer to chapter 8, section 8.3 .2.3,pg no.229



minimize the fresh waterrequirement.

25 Fresh water requirement shallbe restricted up to 10Kl/Kl ofalcohol for grain baseddistillery.

Noted for compliance.

26 Permission of withdrawal ofwater from competentauthority.

NOC regarding withdrawal ofground water has been granted byCGWA New Delhi (Annexed asAnnexure 2)

27 Proposed effluent treatmentsystem for grain distillery(spent wash and spent less)along with utility waste waterincluding CPP and scheme forachieving zero discharge.

Refer to chapter 8, section8.3.2.3.1 pg no.231

28 Capacity for spent washholding tank and action plancontrol ground pollution.

Capacity of spent wash holdingtank is 1000KL which stores fordays spent wash. The tank will beRCC constructed above groundlevel with HDPE sheet at bottom toavoid percolation of spent wash

29 Dryer shall be installed to dryDWGS.

Industry has proposed to installdryer

30 Layout for storage of ricehusk/biomass.

Refer to chapter 2, fig. 2.3 pg no.39

31 Details of solid wastemanagement includingmanagement of boiler ash

Refer to chapter 8, section 8.3.2.4pg no.235

32 Action plan for development ofgreen belt on all sides along theperiphery of the project area, indownward direction, and alongroad sides etc.

Refer to chapter 8, section 8.3.2.9 –8.3.2.9.1, pg no.242-244

33 List of flora and fauna in thestudy area.

Refer to chapter 3, section 3.11-3.11.3, pg no.119-128

34 Noise levels monitoring at fivelocations the study area.

Refer to chapter 3, section 3.6-3.6.5, pg no.81-85

35 Detailed EnvironmentManagement Plan (EMP) withspecific reference to details ofair pollution control system,water & waste watermanagement, monitoringfrequency, responsibility andtime bound implementationplan for mitigation measureshall be provided.

Chapter 8, pg no.223-253



36 EMP shall also include theconcept of waste- minimization,recycle/reuse/recoverytechniques energy conservationand natural resourceconservation.

Noted for compliance and compliedin EMP.

37 Risk assessment for storageand handling of alcohol andmitigation measure due to fireand explosion and handlingareas.

Refer to chapter 6, pg no.203-211

38 Alcohol storage and handlingarea fire fighting facility as pernorms.

Refer to chapter 6, section 6.3 pgno.200-208

39 Provision of Foam System forfire fighting to control fire fromthe alcohol storage tank.

Refer to chapter 6, section 6.4 pgno.201

40 Action plan for rainwaterharvesting measures at plantsite shall be included to harvestrainwater from the roof topsand storm water drains torecharge the ground water.

Refer to chapter 8, section 8.3.2.5pg no.236-241

41 Details of occupational healthprogramme.

A. To which chemicals,workers are exposeddirectly or indirectly.

B. Whether these chemicalsare within ThresholdLimit Values(TLVJI Permissibleexposure Levels as perACQJH recommendation.

C. W hat MeasuresCompany has taken tokeep these chemicalswithin PELNLV.

D. How the workers areevaluated concerningtheir exposure tochemicals during pre-placement and periodicalmedical monitoring.

E. What are onsite andoffsite emergency planduring chemical disaster.

F. Liver function test (LFT)

Refer to chapter 8, section 8.3.2.11pg no.244-245

Refer to chapter 7, section7.1.3.7.5-7.2.4 pg no.217-219

Refer to chapter 11, section 10.4pg no.278-279



during pre-placementand periodicalexamination.

42 Details of occupational healthsurveillance programme.

Refer to chapter 7, section 7.2.3-7.24pg no.218-219

43 Traffic study of the area for theproposed projects in respect ofexisting traffic, type of vehicles,frequency of vehicles fortransportation of materials,additional traffic due toproposed project, parkingarrangement etc.


44 Action plan for post-projectenvironmental monitoring.

Refer to chapter 5,pg no.194-199

45 At least 5% of the total cost ofthe project shall be earmarkedtowards the CSR activities.Complete details should besubmitted.


46 Total capital cost and recurringcost per annum forenvironmental pollution controlmeasures. Public hearingissues raised and commitmentsmade by the project proponenton the same shall be includeseparately in EIA/EMP Reportin the form of tabular chartwith financial budget forcomplying with thecommitments made.

Refer to chapter 2, section 2.20pg no.60-62, chapter 8, section8.3.2.26 pg no.252,Chapter 10section 10.1.4 pg-261-265, publichearing proceeding are annexed asannexure 3

GENERAL GUIDELINES:A A legal affidavit by the project

proponent on Rs.100/- nonjudicial stamp paper, dulyattested by Public Notary,stating that:

I. “There is no litigationpending against theproject and/ or landin which the project isproposed to be set up(please give name &ownership etc. of theproject) and that forany such litigation




what so over, the soleresponsibility will beborne by the projectproponent.”

II. “No activity relating tothis project (i.e. nameof the project)including civilconstruction has beenof undertaken at siteexpert fencing of thesite to protect it fromgetting encroachedand construction oftemporary shed(s) forthe guard(s). (iffencing has not beendone, then the samemay be deleted).”

III. “I/We hereby giveundertaking that thedata and informationgiven in theapplication,enclosures and otherdocuments are truebest of my knowledgeand belief and I/Weam/are aware that ifany part of the dataand informationsubmitted is found tobe false or misleadingat any stage theproject will be rejectedand clearance given, ifany to the project willbe revoked at our riskand cost.”

IV. Project does not fallunder any buffer zoneof no-development asdeclared/identifiedunder any law.

B Another legal affidavit by theconsultant stating “(a) That theprescribed TORs have beencomplied with (to be deleted if

Noted For Complaince



not applicable) & (b) thatdetails and the data presentedare factually correct”, as perMoEF circular dated04.08.2009 is also to besubmitted along with EIA.

C Current site photographsviewing towards the projectarea from four directionsindicating date of photographtaken, direction from whichtaken, name of the project, andsignature of project andsignature of project proponentalong with consultant with sealshould be submitted, so as toensure that no constructionhas been started before thegrant EC.


D EIA should strictly follow theguidelines prescribed inannexure to the EIAnotification of 2006 and themethods of monitoring andanalysis (Annexure-IV):Guidance for assessment ofrepresentativeness andreliability of baselineenvironmental attributesdetailed under EIA manualJanuary, 2001 and otherguidelines in the matter.

EIA has been prepared as perguidelines.

E The status of accreditation ofthe EIA consultant withNABET/QCI shall bespecifically mentioned. Theconsultant shall certify that hisaccreditation is for the sectorfor which this EIA is prepared.

The implementation of notificationnumber S.O. 648(E) dated 03-03-2016 has been deferred by orderspassed by the High Court ofKarnataka on 21-03-2016 in writpetition number 15026-15038 of2016.A similar matter was put before theHonorable High Court of Gujarat inthe matter of special CivilApplication number 5312 of 2016.The Honorable Judges passed aninterim order on 05-04-2016through which the implementation



of the impugned notification dated03-03-2016 has been deferred tillfurther orders.The Honorable High Court of WestBengal, in orders passed in W.P.no. 7283(W) of 2016 has directedthat the notification, in so far asthe petitioner is concerned, cannotbe implemented in view of theorder passed by the Gujarat HighCourt, which is in general termsand not restricted to the petitionerstherein. The direction alsoestablishes that an order staying aParliamentary Act, whether interimor final would, subject to theapplicability of the Act, have effectthroughout the territory of India.Based on the legal positionregarding the implementation ofnotification number S.O. 648(E)dated 03-03-2016 and the fact thatimplementation is deferredthroughout the country and notrestricted to just the Petitioners,ETRC is preparing EIA/EMPreports and does not see any barfor it to practice its profession tothe satisfaction of the EAC/SEAC.

F On the front page of EIA/EMPreports, the name of theconsultant/ consultancy firmalong with their completedetails including theiraccreditation, if any shall beindicated.

Noted for compliance and complied

G While submitted the EIA/EMPreports, the name of theexperts associated with/involved in the preparation ofthese reports and the name oflaboratory through which thesamples have been got

Detailed In EIA Report



analyzed should be stated inthe report. It shall clearly beindicated whether saidlaboratory is accredited byNABL or approved under theEnvironment (Protection) Act,1986 (Please refer MoEF officememorandum dated 4th august2009).The name project leader of theEIA study shall also bemotioned.

H The EIA document shall beprinted on both sides, as for aspossible.

Noted for compliance.

;ili.:;i .rl '1;f;i;

,ftSr $a .a,a qffi}:*trrTrT'

wr ssTsrq, ={* ktrq-\'3{R rrm lr{q{ur qrflErq

Government of lndiaCentral Ground Water AuthorityMinistry of Water ResoLrrces,

River Development & Ganga Rejuvenation

MEMBER SECRETARY

File No:- 21-4t1086/UP/lND/2016 -f 5UL/

NOC No: - CGWA/NOC/IND/OR!G12O16I2344Dated:1 g NCI\j 2016

To,M/s Wave Distilleries and Breweries Ltd.Village Ahmadpura, Block Atrauli,District Aligarh Uttar Pradesh - 202280

Sub:- NOC for ground water withd.rawal to M/s Wave Distilleries and BreweriesLtd., in respect of their Distilleries manufacturing unit located at VillageAhamadpuri, Block Atrauli, District Aligarh, Uttar Pradesh - reg.

Refer to your application on the above cited subject. Based on recommendations ofRegional Director, Central Ground Water Board, Northern Region, Lucknow vide theirrecommendations dated 0310912016 and further deliberations on the subject, the NOCof Central Ground Water Authority is hereby accorded to M/s Wave Distilleries andBreweries Ltd., in respect of their Distilleries manufacturing unit located atVillage Ahamadpuri, Block Atrauli, District Aligarh, Uttar Pradesh .The NOC is,

however subject to the following conditions:-

1. The firm may abstract 540 cu.m/day (and not exceeding 1 ,78,200 cu.m/year) ofground water, through proposed one (1) tubewell only. No additional

'ground water

abstraction structures to be constructed for this purpose without prior approval of theCGWA.2" The well to be fitted with water meter by the firm at its own cost and monitoring ofground water abstraction to be undertaken accordingly on regular basis, atleast once in

a month. The ground water quality to be monitored twice in a year during pre- monsoonand postmonsoon periods"3. M/s Wave Distilleries and Breweries Ltd., shali, in consultation with the RegionalDirector, Central Ground Water Board Northern Region, Lucknow implement groundwater recharge measures atleast to the tune of 1,10,000 cu.m/year as proposed, foraugmenting the ground water resources of the area within six months from the date ofissue of this letter. ln addition, the firm shall adopt 1 no. village for Water Security Planin District Aligarh, Uttar Pradesh. The necessary guideline for the Water Security Planis available on website of Ministry of Water Resources, RD & GR (www.mowr.qov.in).Both, the Demand Side Management /Supply Side Management with maintenance ofstructures in the said villages to be ensured and a comprehensive plan to be submitted

West Block - 2, Wing - 3, Sector - 1, R.K. Puram, New Delhi - 110066

Tel : 011-26L75362,26L75373,26175379 ' Fax : ALL-26L75369Website : www.cgwa-noc.gov.in

wrw grfere m-ffi - Eqq qqffi ffi-fl

to Regional Director. CGWB' Firm shall also undertake periodic maintenance of

recharqe structures at rts own cost Firm to take up area specific plantation to enhance

the recharge measures f "tt'"'

'tit' also to-take. uo recharge measures alongwith

provision of safe drinking ;t;t ;;i t;"iiation for 2 Nos of primary schools in adjacent

I'l'???tonoronraphs of the recharge structures after.completion of the same are to be

furnished immediately to tn""n"g*iinul'orrector, central Ground water Board Northern

;i;;;;;ir.;;k;;*loi',e'irication"and under intimation to this office'

5. The firm at its own cost s-rr^a]i instati g Nos. of piezometers fitted with automatic water

level recorders fraving tef;r;etry-rJ.[*i ,t suitable locations and execute ground

water regime monitoring ptg;;'Z in and around the project area on regular basis in

consultation with the Cunt"-ttiounO Water Board Northern Region' Lucknow'

6. The sround *"tur ,onioi^!";;;';;";p":t oi s No 2 & 5 to be submitted to

Central Ground Water goard NJrtnern negion' Lucknow on regular basis at least once

i il3'i;r, shall ensure proper recycling and reuse of waste water after adequate

["iH:lt,"*. report in respect of s' No 1 to 7 may be submitted to CGWA wrthin one

U:1,i$""?..sion is liable to be cancelled in case of non-compliance of any of the

conditions as mentioned in S No l to 8'

10. This NOC is suolect io-pieiaiting centraystate Government rules/laws or courts

orders related to constru"ctioi'"i"'iJu"*"iuground water withdrawal/construction of

recharge or conservatio;:i;;"t";';itcharle of effluents or anv such matter as

applicable a, - ^-^r:^^^+ / ^r^n^nant of this oblioation I11. This NOC does not absolve the applicant ./ proponent of this"oblig

reouirement to obtain .th;, ;;irb;y "no "a'rinirtrrtive

clearances from other statutory

and administrative authorities'12. The NOC does not imiry that other.statutory. / administrative clearances shall be

granted to the project oy Ih6 concerned authorities. such authorities would consider

the project on merits ano O! iafing decisions independently of the NOC

rs. if,ir NOC is valid from o8l11t2O16tll07l11l201B'\- --"-'/*'

Member Secretary

?"?ilJ"r"n.'o"r secretary, Uttar Pradesh Pollution Control Board' PIGUP Bhawan'

Third Ftoor, B-Btock, vtl'nrtirlanolbomti Nagar, Lucknow, Uttar Pradesh with a

request to ensure th"t;i;;;;;tilns mentiontd in the Noc are complied bv the

firm.). ifre Oistrict Magistrate, District Aligarh' Uttar Pradesh'

3. The Regionar olrector,?ntiaf ldiouno Water^Board Northern Region' Lucknow'

This has reference to your recommendation dated 03/09/2016'

4. TS to the Chairman, C"ntt"iCto'nA Water Board' Bhuial Bhawan 'Faridabad'

5. Guard File 2016-17 Membe^ecretary

.FTtTirI UTTAR PRADESH

T-ql6t,

I SEPmh

cR 224487

o jhft! & 8rc@l * trd , ^

&3 l hsd dLt |hry)

rhe Foi€d M/3 we Dbdled6 lnd 8rcw.ner

dh6nstoisr4ii$€?Pdctoi,

je\I

c

\

t'I

NORTH EAST

WEST SOUTH

Date post:	15-Mar-2018
Category:	Documents
Upload:	buikhanh
View:	216 times
Download:	1 times

FINAL ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT...

Documents